|
Pilates & Yoga Session Hosted by the Sports, Health and Fitness Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Capitol Ballroom 6-7 (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno) |
Presenting Authors: |
Please come to this event becoming a tradition at ABAI. Dress comfortably and join us for a session led by qualified instructors (who are also BCBA-D). The session will be divided into introductory pilates strengthening exercises and finished with yoga stretches and relaxation. No experience necessary. We look forward to seeing you to revive and refresh; a really great way to start a conference day. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELLED: Using Video Feedback to Develop Self-Management in Learners With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
304 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Wroblewski, M.S. |
KIMBERLY WROBLEWSKI (CEAT), MARY HOPTON-SMITH (CEAT) |
Description: We are well aware of the many areas of skill development that require carefully planned teaching approaches for learners with autism. One important, and perhaps neglected skill area is that of self-management. The importance of self-management as a pivotal skill is well documented in the literature, but in the presenter's view, requires a more enthusiastic and committed approach in the applied setting. This workshop provides information on how we can promote self-management by developing a learner's ability to self-assess using video feedback. Whilst there is a growing body of research on the value of video technology, there is limited information on the use of video feedback as an isolated approach to teaching, however its uses have proven effective as part of a comprehensive intervention programme. This workshop expands upon the research by providing examples of how this technique can be used in an applied setting. This workshop will illustrate the benefits of using video feedback as a tool for teaching self-management of self-care and social interaction skills. It will provide information on assessment and development of prerequisite skills, preparing a learner for the video feedback activities, establishing a practical taping and review schedule and designing and evaluating video feedback programmes. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Recognise the value of teaching self-management as a pivotal skill
- Assess and teach the prerequisite skills required for the implementation of an effective video feedback programme
- Use a comparative analysis and test of social significance to identify target behaviours to assess using video feedback
- Implement baseline measures of target behaviours prior to the introduction of a video feedback programme
- Implement a structured video feedback programme as part of a more comprehensive intervention programme for learners with autism
- Measure outcomes for individual target behaviours and self-management behaviours during and after the video feedback programme implementation
- Identify strategies for counteracting the practical challenges of implementing a video feedback programme
- Recognise and respond to the ethical issues involved in using video feedback
|
Activities: Participants in the workshop will accessa PowerPoint presentation that includes didactic instruction, group discussion and video examples. Additionally, participants will be guided through the process of using the information provided to develop self-management video feedback programmes with their own learners. Participants will have access to copies of the PowerPoint presentation and related programme and data collection forms. |
Audience: The workshop is designed for teachers, special education teachers, psychologists, behaviour analysts, consultants, and supervisors of home-based intervention programmes. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in the 21st Century: Imitation, Autism, and the Mirror Neuron |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Bob Ellis, Ph.D. |
BOB ELLIS (The Resource Center) |
Description: People learn by doing. One of the most powerful tools for facilitating that process is imitation. However, it has never been clear how that perception-action process actually occurs. Given that those on the autistic spectrum have a very difficult time imitating, understanding that process has taken on critical importance. In 1994, a group of researchers reported a new class of motor neurons that responded when an action was just being observed. That finding ignited an international firestorm that some have suggested would have an impact on psychology much as the discovery of the double helix had on biology. For those of us working with learners on the spectrum, imitation has blossomed into a primary focus. It is becoming increasingly clear that an inability to imitate may be the core developmental deficit in autism spectrum disorders (ASD): It can account for the social and communication problems as well as the motoric, emotional, Theory of Mind, and inhibition difficulties. In this workshop, I will address the following: review the role of compromised imitation in the ASD developmental profile; introduce the Mirror Neuron and its role in the imitation process; then, review the implications of those developments for using imitation more effectively as a teaching tool. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Describe imitation compromise as the core deficit in autism spectrum disorder
- Provide three examples, positive or negative, of the relationship between imitation and intentionality
- Describe in behavioral terms the role played by imitation in social reciprocity, emotional reciprocity, and intentionality
- Describe, in behavioral terms, how mirror neurons facilitate social reciprocity, emotional reciprocity, and intentionality
- Describe three different procedures for increasing the rate of imitation for children on the spectrum
|
Activities: Participating in discussion. |
Audience: Those working with (teaching) children, adolescents, and adults on the autism spectrum disorder. |
Content Area: Methodology |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
POWER-Solving: A Systematic Approach to Teaching Social Skills |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Michael Selbst, Ph.D. |
STEVEN GORDON (Behavior Therapy Associates, P.A.), MICHAEL C. SELBST (Behavior Therapy Associates, P.A.) |
Description: Youth with social skills impairments include those with a range of DSM-IV diagnoses such as autism, Asperger's disorder, and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Social skill deficits have been associated with negative outcomes in future adjustment (i.e., educational achievement, interpersonal relationships, and psychological well-being). The scientific research on social skills training has generally found a weak effect with limitations as to the manner in which it has been implemented. POWER-SolvingTM has been adapted from the social information processing literature related to improving problem solving skills. POWER-SolvingTM is an acronym that addresses the core deficits seen in many of these children: put the problem into words, observe and measure feelings, what is the goal and how strongly is the goal desired, explore and evaluate solutions, and review and reward . POWER-SolvingTM was implemented in a 6-week summer day program for children with social skills impairments known as Helping Improve Social-skills Through Evidence-based Practices (HI-STEP). Principles associated with applied behavior analysis (ABA) such as pinpointing target behaviors, functional behavior assessments, positive behavior supports, antecedent/consequence interventions and data collection are the backbone of the summer program. This workshop is at an Intermediate Level and assumes participants have prior knowledge of ABA principles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify the five steps associated with POWER-SolvingTM
- Identify the components of applying POWER-SolvingTM social skills
- Identify evidence-based strategies that contribute to success in social skills and problem-solving
- Apply POWER-SolvingTM to a specific social skill of their choosing
|
Activities: Participants will view PowerPoint presentation regarding the history and concepts of POWER-SolvingTM. Videotapes of learners using POWER-SolvingTM will be viewed. Opportunity to apply behavioral strategies to teaching a social skill of their choosing will be provided. |
Audience: Teachers, paraprofessionals, parents, and mental health professionals |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Developing Advanced Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism Necessary for Describing Experiences and Developing Friendships |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
301 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: James Partington, Ph.D. |
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), NISSA INTARACHOTE (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Description: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder have significant delays in communication and social interaction. Consequently, their parents often feel frustrated and disappointed by their inability to participate in daily interactions that most families take for granted, such as storytelling, laughing together, discussing daily events, and speaking with their child about his or her thoughts or feelings. To develop these interaction skills, it is usually necessary to teach a variety of specified advance language skills that are often not adequately addressed in many intervention programs. Some of these skills include being able to describe events as they are happening. Another important set of skills is to be able to ask peers and family members for information. Additionally, the child also must be taught to remember and describe what they are told about their peers. Intervention programs that develop these types of skills can improve a child's ability to establish and maintain meaningful friendships. Specific strategies will be presented that educators and professionals can use to develop these advanced language skills and that focus teaching the child to attend to the actions and interests of peers and family members. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify deficiencies in a learner's receptive language skills that interfere with the child's ability to engage in conversations with peers and family members
- Identify deficiencies in a learner's manding, tacting, and intraverbal skills that interfere with the child's ability to engage in conversation about their peers
- State three strategies to help children with autism attend to the activities and interests of their peers such that they can engage in conversation about their peers
- State three strategies to help children with autism engage in conversation about the activities they have engaged in with peers
|
Activities: Role playing and target selection. |
Audience: Professionals, para-professionals, and educators. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Bringing ABA Into Inclusive Classrooms to Improve Outcomes for Students With ASD |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Debra Leach, Ed.D. |
DEBRA A. LEACH (Winthrop University) |
Description: The presenter will provide step-by-step procedures for embedding ABA interventions within general education classrooms to support students with ASD. First will be a very brief overview of ASD and a rationale for using ABA in general education classrooms. There will be a review of the dimensions of ABA that should guide implementation. Next, tools for assessing the strengths and interests of students and their present levels of performance in communication, social interaction, academics, behavior, and independent functioning will be provided. This will be followed by a discussion on how to use assessment information to set goals for ABA interventions. Next will be a review of behavioral teaching strategies such as positive reinforcement, prompting/fading procedures, shaping, task analysis, time-delay, embedded discrete trials, following the child's lead, behavioral momentum, self-monitoring, modeling/request imitation, video modeling, and peer-mediated interventions. A template for using these strategies to develop ABA teaching plans will be shared. Data collection tools that are easy to use within inclusive classrooms will be provided with explanations for how to use data to monitor progress and to make instructional decisions. The session will end with guidelines for creating collaborative teams of general educators, special educators, related service providers, paraprofessionals, and families. |
Learning Objectives:
At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify the characteristics of students with ASD
- Recognize the dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis
- Distinguish different approaches to using ABA with students with ASD
- Conduct assessments for developing ABA interventions for students with ASD in inclusive classrooms
- Set goals for ABA interventions for students with ASD in inclusive classrooms
- Develop ABA teaching procedures for students with ASD in inclusive classrooms
- Collect and analyze data to make instructional decisions
- Collaborate with parents and professionals when implementing ABA interventions for students with ASD in inclusive classrooms
|
Activities: Lecture, discussion, small group activities, analysis of video clips |
Audience: Teachers, behavior analysts, administrators, speech/language pathologists. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Teaching Critical Communication Skills: Help! I Can't Wait to Ask for a Break! |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants), LORI A. FROST (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Description: There are many skills that are typically taught in communication intervention programs. Individuals with complex communication needs, however, must master certain critical communication skills if they are to function independently in the home, community, school and/or vocational setting. Some of these skills involve the actions of the speaker, including: requesting reinforcers, requesting help, requesting a break, and affirming and rejecting offered things/events. These skills are crucial because in their absence we often see numerous contextually inappropriate behaviors (CIBs). A second set of critical skills relates to those of the listener, including: responding to mands to wait, follow directions, schedule following, and transitions. The absence of these skills also is associated with frequent CIBs. This workshop focuses on why these nine skills are a priority for teaching and how we teach them. The strategies covered are relevant for anyone with complex communication needs, and addresses all communication modalities (e.g., speech, PECS, sign language, speech-generating devices, etc.). This workshop will focus on how to teach these skills in a manner that may help prevent future CIBs related to absent or weak communication skills. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify critical speaker communication skills
- Identify critical listener communication skills
- Analyze these critical skills in terms of Skinner's analysis of Verbal Behavior
- Identify central issues regarding prompting and stimulus control for each skill
- Identify central issues regarding reinforcement and generalization for each skill
- Use ongoing assessment forms to monitor performance and progress
|
Activities: Participants will review forms associated with the assessment of critical communication skills as well as a lesson plan format that will guide lesson design. Participants will view videotapes and identify key elements regarding these skills. Participants will develop lesson plans related to these skills for their own students/learners. |
Audience: Teachers, behavior analysts, speech pathologists and other professionals providing communication training in autism and developmental disabilities. Familiarity with Skinner's verbal operants will be helpful. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Everybody Calm Down! Behavior Relaxation Strategies for Individuals With Autism: From Preschool Through High School |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Kathleen McCabe-Odri, Ed.D. |
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Advance, Inc.), LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Inc.), LORI LORENZETTI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), JENNIFER CORNELY (Partners in Learning, Inc.), NICOLE M RZEMYK (Partners in Learning, Inc.) |
Description: Individuals with autism can have life-long challenges with managing disruptive behaviors and levels of stress. Behavior relaxation training (BRT) is a well-documented methodology proven to reduce the physical responses of stress for many groups of individuals, including students with autism. This workshop incorporates research-based behavior relaxation protocols with visual supports to assist children and young adults with autism in developing a comprehensive relaxation routine that can successfully reduce disruptive outbursts. In addition, students with autism are taught to recognize possible functions of disruptive behavior as well as appropriate behavior substitute actions. This workshop addresses strategies for students of preschool age through high school, presenting a variety of case studies and systems that have successfully reduced problem behavior and reinforced pro-social responses across the age groups. Through video examples and objective data of pre and post intervention progress, participants will gain knowledge to use BRT approaches with their own students and clients. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Develop protocols for behavior relaxation training for individuals with autism from pre-K through high school
- Measure student progress using objective measurement procedure
- Utilize visual systems to assist students in mastering behavior relaxation protocols
- Utilize visual systems to assist students in identifying possible functions of disruptive behavior
|
Activities: Audience members will practice BRT techniques, including deep breathing and "tense/calm" poses. Audience members will troubleshoot specific cases of their own involving individuals with autism to develop BRT protocols. Audience members will develop age-appropriate sequences for BRT curriculum. |
Audience: Behavior consultants, certified behavior analysts, graduate students, teachers |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Toilet Training Individuals on the Autism Spectrum: Behaviorally Based Approaches |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Frank Cicero, Ph.D. |
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs) |
Description: Toilet training is a skill that once mastered, significantly increases the independence and quality of life of individuals on the autism spectrum. The current workshop will introduce the audience to various behaviorally based methods for toilet training that can be found in the literature. Topics discussed will include urination training, bowel training, and overnight training. How to teach requesting will also be discussed. Data-based case studies will be presented throughout. The audience will be presented with various materials that can enhance effectiveness. Time will be left for audience questions and participation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: - Recognize an empirically supported, behaviorally based method of urination training that has shown to result in rapid skill acquisition
- Identify various bowel training procedures that are tailored to the function of bowel movement accidents
- Embedspontaneous requests into toileting schedules
- Assess the function of nocturnal enuresis and design effective treatment strategies based on function
|
Activities: 1. The audience will analyze data from toilet training interventions and learn how to make logical plan modifications. 2. The audience will practice skills related to toileting interventions. 3. The audience will have a chance to ask case-specific questions. |
Audience: The workshop content is appropriate for parents who have a child on the autism spectrum, however content and presentation will be designed for behavior analysts already working in the field who are having difficulty with toilet training. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
CANCELLED: The Importance of Sensitivity Training for Typical Peer Models and Application of an Intergrated Peer Groups (IPG) Model |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Michelle Chrzczonowski, M.S. |
MICHELLE CHRZCZONOWSKI (Pinnacle Academy), KIRSTINA ORDETX (Center for Autism Resource and Education) |
Description: Eric Schoplar had referred to a lack of awareness in the general public regarding the severity and nature of problems affecting children in our society (Scholpar, 1985). Even with an increase in media attention to autism, little has been done to increase acceptance and sensitivity of those persons with autism in the community. Past research had demonstrated that typical children can be effective in facilitating successful intervention with children with autism when taught to use specific social strategies. Sensitivity training for typical peers should include pivotal skills, chosen to increase the success. Target strategies should focus on decreasing the typical peer's potential for frustration during their attempts to gain, persist, and maintain the attention and interest of their social partners. They should also strive to increase their awareness of the functions of behavioral responses, which may be encountered during social interactions. When typical peer models and siblings are not given adequate support through training and education, social inclusion can lead to semi-successful opportunities, which are dependent upon continuous adult facilitation and prompting. In these cases, generalization is thwarted and typical peers may become more caregivers than "friends." This paper will identify sensitivity training as a critical component of peer-mediated intervention and the successful inclusion of children with autism. The most unique addition to this presentation is a structured component by 10-year-old Mac, who has prepared his own sensitivity presentation, which he has shared with students of all ages in his community. Data will be reviewed to reflect the perceptions of typical peers before and after training. |
Learning Objectives:
At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify essential environmental supports to facilitate improved socialization
- Review assessment tools that will aide in goal setting for developmentally appropriate play and social skill targets
- Conduct a preference assessment to assist in determining child selected play materials for therapeutic intervention
- Review and identify best practice approaches for implementation of social skills training for children with autism using a typical peer
- Determine criteria for appropriate typical peers for therapeutic intervention
- Identify critical training components of sensitivity training for typical peers participating in implementation
- Determine and develop developmentally age-appropriate social and play target skills.
|
Activities:
- Identify age-appropriate activities to help typical peers to understand autism
- Recognize a four-step model to teach peers
- Review and critique video of application of IPG model.
|
Audience: Certified Behavior Analysts |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Douglas Woods, Ph.D. |
DOUGLAS W. WOODS (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), MICHAEL HIMLE (University of Utah) |
Description: This workshop will outline an evidence-based behavioral approach for managing Tourette Syndrome: Comprehensive Behavioral Intervention for Tics (CBIT). CBIT is a collection of behavioral techniques (e.g., Habit Reversal Training (HRT), Function-Based Assessment & Treatment) that have been shown to be efficacious for reducing tics. Although HRT has been used for decades, many behavior analysts are not familiar with recent advancements in HRT or the recently developed and expanded CBIT treatment package. CBIT extends HRT by including specific techniques to address tics that are maintained by automatic negative reinforcement (i.e., urge reduction) and individually tailored function-based assessment and intervention techniques to identify and modify antecedents and consequences that exacerbate tics. Authoritative information on TS, the impact of environmental events on tics and the theoretical and research background from which CBIT was developed will be provided. Information on conducting a function-based assessment and interventions will be presented. The core components of HRT will be explained through discussion and demonstration. Recent data from two parallel multi-site randomized clinical trials, establishing the efficacy of the CBIT intervention in reducing tic severity, will be described. The presentation will also address concerns about using behavior therapy and the limitations of the CBIT approach. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Understand the impact of environmental events on tics
- Summarize the current state of evidence supporting behavioral interventions for tics, specifically the techniques that comprise the CBIT intervention package
- Describe the CBIT protocol for tic management
|
Activities: In addition to learning the general therapeutic techniques, attendees will learn the underlying theory of behavioral interventions for tics, the data supporting the theory, to appreciate the complexities of the influence of environmental variables on this biologically based disorder, and strategies for developing appropriate interventions based on this knowledge. Various instructional technologies will be used including didactic instruction, videotapes, and role-play demonstrations. |
Audience: Researchers, clinicians, and graduate students interested in better understanding the impact of environmental variables on tics and/or learning behavioral intervention strategies for Tourette syndrome and chronic tic disorders. The target audience also includes a broader range of professionals who are in positions where people with TS will be contacted/served. Typical settings include hospitals, inpatient/outpatient clinics, schools, or universities. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Contemporary Behavioral Perspectives on the Treatment of Obesity |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Becky Nastally, Ph.D. |
BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), ALYSSA N. WILSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Description: In this workshop, participants will be presented with instruction, treatment protocols (Cognitive Behavior Therapy and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy), and research findings aimed at basic behavioral conceptualizations of obesity. Given the perspective that effective treatment should be informed by sound assessment, innovative and behavioral assessment of this problem will also be presented. Specifically, and from the background of an active research agenda in the area of addiction, the goal of the workshop will be to inform participants of interesting trends and directions for behavioral and empirically validated treatment of obesity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Compare and contrast past and present behavioral treatments for obesity
- Discuss the potential strengths and weaknesses that have been associated with each of these
- Formulate an operational definition of 'obesity' or 'food addiction'
- Conduct an indirect functional analysis of problematic eating behavior
- Assist a client in identifying antecedents of overeating
- Explain the basic conceptualization of weight loss from both a CBT and ACT perspective
- Outline and conduct a therapy session from both a CBT and ACT perspective
|
Activities: Instructors of the workshop will assist participants in meeting the above objectives by facilitating the following activities: interactive powerpoint presentation to provide instruction, mediated discussion of theoretical issues surrounding the problem, and small group work in the area of problem solving and implementation of therapeutic assessment and protocols |
Audience: This workshop will be beneficial for clinicians who practice or are interested in practicing in the area of weight loss (not limited to behavior analysts), researchers, professors, and students. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Bridging Science and Practice in Inpatient Treatment Settings for the Seriously Mentally Ill |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Jannette Cross, Ph.D. |
JANNETTE CROSS (Independent Practice) |
Description: Effective inpatient treatment remains an illusion for most with serious mental illnesses. An overview will be provided of the landmark research (Paul & Lentz, 1977) by Gordon Paul, last year's B. F. Skinner Invited Lecturer. This includes presentation of a model for formal program evaluation, a comprehensive paradigm for assessment, and an effective and cost-efficient approach to treatment, the Social Learning Program. This approach bridges the gap between science and practice. It takes inpatient treatment to the state of an applied science and has potential generalization to a range of other settings. Despite the strong empirical evidence, there has been less application of Dr. Pauls work than would be expected. Problems with dissemination will be discussed. Some consider the Social Learning Program too old and too much work; others find the comprehensive assessment paradigm too difficult. Despite the age of this work, its relevance for practice and research remains current. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: - Recognize the procedures and conclusions of Paul & Lentz (1977)
- Identify the four areas of treatment focus of the Social Learning Program
- State the basic principles, components and procedures of the Social Learning Program
- Identify the elements of the comprehensive paradigm for assessment in residential facilities
- Define the concepts and methods of the Clinical Frequency Recording System
- Complete one of the Clinical Frequency Recording System forms
- Identify the type of information provided by the TSBC/SRIC System
- Identify settings and populations in which this work would have utility
|
Activities: Participants will engage in active discussion of the merits of the Social Learning Program and comprehensive assessment systems as well as application potential. Participants will role play the Appearance Procedure and will practice recording on Clinical Frequency Recording System forms. |
Audience: Individuals interested in inpatient treatment, assessment and treatment research of those with serious mental illnesses. This includes clinicians, administrators and policy makers. In addition, those involved in other residential treatment or rehabilitation settings could benefit from this information. |
Content Area: Methodology |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Changing Thoughts, Feelings, and Urges |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
407 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Abigail Calkin, Ph.D. |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), EMMA F. DOUGLAS-COBANE (Treehouse Trust) |
Description: This workshop looks at thoughts, feelings, and urges as inner behaviors that a person can observe, count, and change. It reviews the history of private events and inner behavior, and includes some charts of people who have counted inner behaviors in the past 40 years. The workshop also teaches how to use the Standard Celeration Chart to record the frequencies and changes of any inner behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- State the research background and their familiarity with research on observing and changing inner behavior
- Define thoughts, feelings, and urges and name specific examples of each
- Practice writing positive thoughts, feelings, and/or urges at 30-35 per minute and saying them at 50-75 per minute
- Count and record some specific inner behaviors for the duration of the workshop
- Discuss and develop a plan to change inner behaviors of self or clients
|
Activities: The primary focus is to identify, list, count, record, and change inner behavior and to practice these skills. There is a minimal amount of lecture on the literature and successes of this technique. |
Audience: Psychologists, clinical behavior analysts, social workers, parents and teachers of regular or special education children, including those with behavior disorders. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Behavioral Pharmacology: How to Distinguish Between Social and Automatic Functions for Problem Behaviors for Individuals Taking Psychotropic Medications |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Tina Patterson, M.Ed. |
TINA G. PATTERSON (BCBA Consultant) |
Description: Workshop content will cover recommended practices for: a) how to gather and document information on individual's administration of psychotropic medications b) how to track psychotropic side effects for individuals demonstrating problem behaviors such as self-injurious behavior, physical aggression, and property destruction c) how to work cooperatively with prescribing physicians.
The task of gathering and documenting information on an individual's administration of psychotropic medications requires effective and efficient communication between caregivers, physicians, and behavior professionals. Participants will be given a systematic guideline of how to establish communication with caregivers and prescribing physicians that facilitates data-based decision-making. Tracking psychotropic side effects requires knowledge of titration measurement tools and research-based information for reliable resources. Participants will be given titration tools and shown how to locate reliable resources on psychotropic medications in order to create a graphical representation of a dose-response curve for prescribing physicians. Graphical demonstrations will be used as examples. Effective communication approaches are essential when working with prescribing physicians. Participants will be shown several different types of examples of how to establish professional rapport with prescribing physicians. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Use tools that will assist them with the measurement of psychotropic side effects and behavior
- Display and interpret psychotropic side effects and behavioral data
- Facilitate behavior analysis services in collaboration with prescribing physicians and caregivers.
|
Activities: Activities
- Tracking side effects using a titration form and locating reliable web resources for psychotropic side effects
- Developing a graph that demonstrates a dose-response curve
- Viewing video examples and engaging in role play scripts for talking to prescribing physicians and caregivers.
|
Audience: BCBAs BCABAs psychologists other behavior professionals |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
Data Collection and Measurement Strategies in Community Settings With Variability That Cannot Be Controlled |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Mary Hoadley, M.Ed. |
MARY ROBERTA HOADLEY (Parley Services Limited) |
Description: In community settings reporting data is increasingly recognized as necessary for the effective allocation of system resources. ABA offers a unique best practice in this regard. Adults who live in and participate in community settings receive variable supports from variable supporters, where valid and reliable data collection can be challenging. In this session we will consider the importance of good data collection to ensure that interventions are effective, and to provide feedback and outcomes measurement. We will look at effective methods for data collection and measurement reporting, to facilitate a contextual fit for measurement tools with nonprofessional observers and environments. |
Learning Objectives:
At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Operationalize objective, observable, measurable actions for the ongoing evaluation of interventions as outcomes for the purpose of measurement.
- Describe at least three single-case designs for systematically analyzing variables, and for demonstrating functional relationships, which include the basic essentials of establishing baselines and increasing inter-observer agreement in data-taking in community settings with nonprofessional observers.
- Identify behavioural and environmental contexts in which each type of data collection methodology would be appropriate, and know how to ethically report the data.
|
Activities: This presentation will enhance the ability of behaviour analysts to design and implement effective data collection for adults in community settings with high variability such that valid and reliable data collection can be challenging. We will consider the importance of good data collection to ensure that interventions are effective and to provide feedback and outcomes measurement. We will look at effective methods for data collection, to facilitate the contextual fit of measurement tools in nonprofessional environments. We will also explore the added benefits of incorporating data collection as a tool to improve fidelity in interventions through focusing staff attention or client attention on targeted behaviour and specific technologies. |
Audience: ABA practitioners working with adults or in community and facility settings |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
Addressing Problem Behavior of Children and Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ennio Cipani, Ph.D. |
ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University), JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Description: This 3-hour workshop will cover functional behavioral assessment, diagnostic and treatment considerations for problem behaviors exhibited by children and adults with developmental disabilities. A four category function-based diagnostic system for classifying problem behaviors (direct access; DA 1.0, direct escape; DE 3.0, socially mediated access; SMA 2.0, socially mediated escape; SME 4.0), as well as sub-categories under each category (e.g., SME 4.1, unpleasant social situations) will be presented as the basic foundation of a functional approach. An overview of functional behavioral assessment methods will be covered as such methods relate to the above system. This will then be followed by a complete presentation of deriving functional treatment, incorporating differential reinforcement contingencies in a variety of settings, including pre-school, home intervention programs for children with autism, after-care and adult day treatment and residential environments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify the four major function-based diagnostic categories of problem behavior and identify the factors involved in deciding the function and diagnostic category of problem behavior
- Identify several major functional behavioral assessment methods and generate a plan for conducting such an assessment method with a specific problem behavior (particularly analogue and in-vivo experimental analysis)
- Generate experimental tests to determine the diagnostic category of the replacement behavior
- Generate a functional treatment plan based on assessment data and hypotheses about behavioral function
|
Activities: Active student responding (ASR) involving questions after each major function-based category, using a true/false format involving a response cards method (green circle held up for true, red circle held up for false) |
Audience: BCBAs, educational and mental health personnel, practicing professionals including other licencees' in mental health |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
CANCELLED: Sleep Disorders and Intellectual Disabilites: Behavioral Interventions and Research Update |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Taira Lanagan, M.S. |
ARTHUR E. WILKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Description: Sleep problems are a frequently reported issue for individuals with intellectual disabilities and these disturbances can include delay to sleep onset, night waking, early waking, co-sleeping, bedtime resistance, as well as daytime sleepiness. The estimated prevalence of sleep disturbance in individuals with intellectual disabilities varies from 24% to 86%. The lack of sleep is known to exacerbate challenging behaviors including aggression, self-injury, and non-compliance on days following disturbed sleep. Sleep disturbance also contributes to dysfunction in families and interferes with parent and sibling quality of life. For nearly 20 years clinicians utilizing behavioral treatments have successfully treated many forms of sleep disturbance. Behavioral sleep treatments have included the faded bedtime with and without response cost, the bedtime pass, graduated and non-graduated extinction, stimulus fading, chronotherapy, and bedtime routines. Research describing these behavioral interventions will be discussed and the primary purpose of the workshop will be to give practical strategies for the implementation of evidence-based behavioral interventions for sleep disturbance. Information will also be provided on possible medical causes that will help clinicians make more appropriate physician referrals. Sleep diaries, behavioral logs, and other data tracking methods, will be presented for collecting baseline data and ongoing data for measuring treatment effectiveness. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify sleep disturbance in individuals with intellectual disabilities
- Identify and address poor sleep hygiene issues in the sleep environment to promote greater sleep success
- Establish a bedtime routine and identify reinforcers for use in sleep interventions
- Describe strategies of evidence-based behavioral sleep interventions
- Identify secondary problems associated with sleep disturbance
|
Activities: Attendees will be guided through presented information with Power Point slides, and case studies for group discussion. |
Audience: Behavior analysts, special education teachers, social workers, speech and language pathologists, and parents. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
CANCELLED: Teaching Self-Management Skills to Children With Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Holly Almon, M.S. |
HOLLY ALMON (West Coast Behavioral Consultants), KATHLEEN S. LAINO (West Coast Behavioral Consultants), ANDREW M. SYVERTSEN (FEAT of Washington), PAUL ROGERS (Blueprints), VALORI N. BERENDS (Academy for Precision Learning) |
Description: In order to develop a more active and independent role in society, learning self-management skills is essential. Children and adolescents must establish these skills in order to manage their own behavior and take responsibility for their actions and well-being. Teaching self-management skills to persons with disabilities requires an assessment of their current repertoire, an analysis of supporting and undermining influences in their natural environment, careful planning, and scoping and sequencing of component and composite skills. In this workshop participants will be introduced to how Blueprints designs, measures, and teaches self-management skills. The importance of teaching self-advocacy and perspective taking skills will also be discussed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to:
- Name major subgroups of skills within the self-management skills repertoire
- Describe at least three component skills under one major composite skill area
- List several ways to measure these skills in the natural environment.
|
Activities: The workshop will consist of activities such as lecture, data review, discussion, guided practice, and small group exercises. |
Audience: Applied behavior analysts/BCBAs/BCaBAs designing instruction in school- and home-based programs, professionals, practitioners interested in teaching self-management skills to children, adolescents, or young adults with developmental disabilities. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Training and Supervising Support Staff: Evidence-Based Strategies |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dennis Reid, Ph.D. |
DENNIS H. REID (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center), CAROLYN GREEN (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center) |
Description: This workshop will describe evidence-based strategies for training and supervising support staff in human service settings. Initially, a step-by-step behavioral model of supervision will be summarized. Next, each step will be described, supplemented with case illustrations and supportive research. Strategies to be covered include specifying performance expectations as staff work behavior, performance- and competency-based staff training, monitoring staff performance in ways acceptable to staff, actively supporting quality work performance, and resolving recurrent performance problems. Means of enhancing staff motivation in terms of promoting work effort and work enjoyment will also be described. Information to be presented will be based on over four decades of behavioral research on staff training and supervision and the workshop instructors' combined 60-plus years of supervisory experience. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Describe the steps constituting a behavioral, evidence-based approach to supervision.
- Demonstrate the five steps of performance- and competency-based staff training.
- Describe how to systematically monitor staff performance in a manner usually well accepted by staff.
- Demonstrate the seven steps of supportive and corrective feedback.
- Identify two evidence-based means of increasing staff enjoyment with their work.
|
Activities: Workshop activities will include instructor presentation, viewing powerpoint summaries of key points, completing paper and pencil activities relating to scenarios depicting applications of key points, viewing role-play demonstrations of target supervisory procedures, practicing target procedures in role-play situations, and opportunities to ask questions and receive instructor feedback. |
Audience: The target audience is anyone who either supervises staff or is dependent on staff for carrying out programmatic procedures (e.g., authors of behavior support plans). The workshop will be most relevant for supervisors, and aspiring supervisors, in residential and day treatment settings for people with developmental and related disabilities, consultants, and supervisors in schools for students with special needs. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Behavioral Practice in the Era of Bio-psychiatry and Big Pharma: Steps to Success. |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: W. Wyatt, Ph.D. |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Third Millenium Press) |
Description: Psychiatry increasingly relies upon biological explanations of common disorders such as unipolar depression, anxiety disorders, and child conduct problems, often going well beyond the data in doing so. Subsequently, the pharmaceutical industry increasingly provides treatment. The two sectors employ marketing tactics of questionable legitimacy. One result is that non-drug treatment, such as applied behavior analysis (ABA), may tend to be marginalized. The history of these phenomena and recommendations for dealing with them are the focus of this workshop. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop the participant should be able to:
- Describe the importance of the topic for behavioral practioners
- List important events in the history of the bio-causation movement in the U.S.
- Describe the impact of the pharmaceutical industry on treatment of behavioral difficulties
- Describe studies of effectiveness of anti-depressants and other psychotropic medications
- Describe several efforts at pushback; List ten recommendations for behavioral practioners as they function within the pharma/psychiatric/bio-causation zeitgeist.
|
Activities: This workshop will be conducted in didactic style, with opportunities for participants' questions and and case study descriptions. |
Audience: The workshop is appropriate for behavioral practioners who interface with medical practioners including physicians within various specialities, but especially psychiatrists and family practioners. This workshop is also suitable for faculty members who train practioners-to-be, and for graduate students who anticipate behavioral practice. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
BACB Ethics 2.0: Understanding the New Additions to the Code of Ethics |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
303 (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Jon Bailey, Ph.D. |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), MARY R. BURCH (BaileyBurch Workshops) |
Description: Some changes were made to the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct over the past summer. Those included adding "risk-benefit analysis," "seeking a medical consultation" under some circumstances, and enhanced language for dealing with ethical violations by behavioral and non-behavioral colleagues. There is also new language on the ethics of providing "media-based services" which requires some discussion as well as a recommendation that BCBAs employ a Declaration of Professional Services as part of their practice. In this 3-hr workshop we will present and discuss these changes and more to the code of ethics and provide suggestions for updating your professional behavioral skills. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: - Describe risk-benefit analysis and how it applies in everyday behavioral practice
- Discuss circumstances under which a medical consultation is appropriate
- Outline techniques for providing ethical services when using media-based methods
- Outline the advantages of using a Declaration of Professional Practice with their clients
- Describe ways of dealing with non-behavioral colleagues who present ethical challenges
|
Activities: Participants will learn to write ethics scenarios and to analyze them using the Index to the BACB Guidelines. We will discuss the cases that are generated in the workshop. In addition, participants will practice doing a risk-benefit analysis and complete an exercise on communicating with clients using colloquial English. |
Audience: Experienced BCBAs who wish to review the new additions to the Code of Ethics. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
CANCELLED: Behavioral Consultation: Strengths-Based Models of Parent Training |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jessica Everett, Ph.D. |
JESSICA R. EVERETT (Melmark New England), BARBARA O'MALLEY CANNON (Melmark New England), MARY KAMINSKI (Melmark New England), KRISTI LOMBARDO (Melmark New England) |
Description: Behavioral consultation to students with disabilities often includes a parent training component. Parent training provides parents with needed skills to effectively manage their child’s behavior as well as strategies for generalizing mastered skills. Additionally, parent training has been found to reduce stress related to parenting. Behavioral consultation that includes parent training may take the form of didactic or hands-on instruction, may be conducted either individually or in a group setting, and is typically skills-based. Behaviorally based parent training is enhanced by assessing and identifying parenting strengths prior to training and designing intervention that incorporates these strengths as motivating variables. The present workshop will review assessment tools used to identify parenting strengths as one component of behaviorally based parent training. Additionally, two parenting curricula will be reviewed. The first curriculum focuses on individualized parent training from a traditional skills-based approach. The second curriculum is a commercially available, evidence-based group parent training that has been modified for use with parents of children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Key components of this curriculum, which combines a behavioral and strengths-based approach to skill development, will be presented. Empirically based decision making related to recommendations for frequency, duration, and format of behavioral parent training will also be presented. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Identify assessment tools related to the identification of parenting strengths
- Identify the key components of specific individualized and group-based parent training curriculums
- Utilize empirically based knowledge to make recommendations for frequency, duration, and format of behavioral parent training
|
Activities: Workshop activities include didactic instruction, discussion, review of case examples, and role-play. Participants will have the opportunity to engage in small group activities that focus on collaborative problem-solving and decision making. |
Audience: Individuals working with parents in home, school, or clinic-based settings such as psychologists, special education teachers, or behavior analysts. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
Precision Teaching and Standard Celeration Charting Part Deux; Application of the Science |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kerri Milyko, M.A. |
KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), KELLY J. FERRIS (Organization for Research and Learning), JENNIFER TESTA (Morningside Academy), JEFFREY GESICK (University of North Texas) |
Description: Precision teaching (PT) beginners are often proficient with the mechanics of the standard celeration chart (SCC). For example, they are often able to chart frequencies, draw celerations, and discuss learning pictures displayed on the chart. However, many of these individuals are uncertain how to apply the principles of PT or the SCC to their clinical or educational work. The present workshop, therefore, will address how to take the mechanics of charting and the underlying principles of PT and use them to transform a typical education classroom, a discrete trial program, and other clinical settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Shapesensitivity to the learner
- Training necessary teacher repertoires for high quality instruction
- Develop programs for new learners
- Transform current programming/curriculum to a PT-friendly curriculum
- Testfor emergent repertoires
- Sequence component/composite repertoires
- Employ various interventions.
These objectives will be discussed and explained by data and key representatives from Morningside Academy, Organization for Research and Learning, and Precision Teaching Learning Center. |
Activities: Participants will engage in interactive, direct instruction techniques to become fluent with the educational objectives. Next, they will practice how to transform various learning environments to those that employ PT techniques. Finally, through the review of clinical data from the three PT agencies and data provided by participants, participants will evaluate actual clinical data and interventions that led to successes or failures. Requirement: Attendees are to bring charted data to the workshop. Preferably, these data are charted on the SCC. If not, data charted in Excel using a logarithmic y-axis will be accepted. |
Audience: This workshop is intended for individuals who are fluent at basic SCC charting mechanics or have attended an introductory PT workshop. Ideally, participants would have [minimal] previous experience applying PT in real-life situations. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
CANCELLED: Developing and Evaluating Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorders Using a Research-Based Approach |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/AUT; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Christina Whalen, Ph.D. |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown), MANYA C. R. VAUPEL (Spectrum Circles) |
Description: There are a large number of interventions for autism and related developmental disabilities. Many of them deem themselves to be "evidence-based" and some interventions are acknowledged through peer review as established and evidence-based. Developing an intervention is not as simple as having an innovative idea and then putting it into action. There are systematic and proven approaches for developing interventions using research-based procedures. Similarly, evaluating interventions is a tricky process - what designs are appropriate, how much is enough, what is needed to become an established and evidence-based treatment? This workshop will teach scientifically proven processes for building an intervention from the idea phase into a well-established and evidence-based treatment. Fidelity of implementation and social validity are critical for a successful intervention and should be planned in the earliest stages of the development process and followed through into efficacy research. Development and efficacy procedures will be discussed along with how to incorporate fidelity of implementation and social validity. Research designs, data analysis tips, and grant writing techniques and opportunities will also be discussed for development and efficacy research phases. Participants will have the opportunity to work with each other on planning out studies that relate to their own research interests. Although this workshop will lean more toward the literature in autism, the skills acquired in this workshop will be applicable to most other intervention research and procedures from other fields will be discussed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Carry out research-based procedures for developing an intervention
- Review the guidelines from the National Institute of Mental Health, the Institute of Education Sciences, and the National Standards Project for conducting quality research and developing an evidence-based intervention
- Identify the steps for evaluating a new intervention and what is required to become an established treatment. Participants will be able to describe several research designs and evaluative procedures (single subject and group design) for intervention research
- Describe strategies for including fidelity of implementation and social validity in their own research designs
- Identify various grant opportunities and techniques for effective grant writing for development and efficacy studies
- Work with institutional review boards (i.e. human subjects) in an effective and efficient manner
|
Activities: 8:00-8:15 Introductions, 8:15-8:30 NIMH Guidelines for Intervention Research, 8:30-9:30 Grant Writing for Development Phase, 9:30-9:45 National Standards Project-Evidence-Based Practices, 9:45-9:55 Break, 9:55-10:15 Efficacy Research-Design, Data Analysis, Grant Writing, 10:15-10:45 Small Group Project: Design Your Own Intervention Research Study, 10:45-11:00 Q & A; Grant Opportunities |
Audience: Clinic leaders, education directors, researchers, and graduate students |
Content Area: Methodology |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior: Beyond the Elementary Verbal Operants |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Mark Sundberg, Ph.D. |
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Description: The primary focus of Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior is on the analysis of complex human behavior. However, the analysis of these complexities in the book can easily be missed with the typical applied focus on establishing the basic elementary verbal operants (i.e., mands, tacts, intraverbals) for individuals with language delays. Following Skinner's introduction of the elementary verbal operants in chapters 3-8 of Verbal Behavior (1957), he presents an analysis of multiple control, autoclitics, self-editing, logical and scientific verbal behavior, and thinking. The current workshop will focus on these advanced topics, as well as other complexities presented in the book, such as Skinner's analysis of private events, automatic contingencies, and extensions of verbal behavior. We will suggest that these advanced topics are essential analytical tools for interpreting virtually all complex behavior. In this context we will analyze topics such as language acquisition, novel and emergent behavior, problem solving, and recall, as well as the concepts of stimulus equivalence, naming, and relational frame theory. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to:
- Describe how multiple variables control most forms of verbal behavior
- Recognize how verbal behavior is manipulated by speakers with autoclitics
- Explain how verbal behavior is edited by speakers
- Identify stimuli that arise within the body control verbal behaviors
- Explain how behavior is controlled by automatic contingencies
- Relate how novel and generative behavior emerges
- Account for equivalence, naming, and relational frames from a Skinnerian viewpoint
|
Activities: Participants will participate in didactic presentations, discussions, and exercises in the analysis of complex verbal behavior. Handouts will be provided to each attendee that will provide information on each topic, as well as exercises related to those topics. |
Audience: Participants should have formal training in behavior analysis and a working knowledge of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. Participants should bring their copy of the book Verbal Behavior to the workshop. |
Content Area: Theory |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
Implementation of the VB-MAPP as an Assessment and Curriculum for Children With Autism in a Center-Based Setting |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Nancy Champlin, M.S. |
NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (Autism Concepts, Inc.), NICOLE M. CARLISLE (Autism Concepts, Inc.), LESLEY A. MACPHERSON (Autism Concepts, Inc.), KATIE SHELTON (Autism Concepts, Inc.), ALANA BELEZZI (Autism Concepts, Inc.), AIMEE COLLIER (Autism Concepts, Inc.), CYNDA HOENIG (Autism Concepts, Inc.), MEGAN HUBER (Autism Concepts, Inc.) |
Description: There is an apparent disconnect between published evidence supporting the effects of the Verbal Behavior (VB) approach and the quickening pace of dissemination and consumer interest in this approach to early and intensive behavioral intervention (Carr & Firth, 2005). Mark Sundberg provides behavior analysts functional tools in the form of assessments based on Skinner's theoretical classification of language. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) provides a verbal behavior approach to design language-based interventions. In the current research, the VB-MAPP and Verbal Behavior Analysis Teaching and Tracking Program (VBATT) were used to assess and guide the language intervention of 10 participants, 2 to 11 years old, diagnosed with autism. The VBATT includes materials and data sheets to aide in teaching skills. All participants were enrolled in center-based ABA programs emphasizing verbal behavior. A multiple probe design was used. Data demonstrated that the VB-MAPP was effective at assessing skill levels across operants and the VBATT materials, which served as a tool proved to increase participants' skill level in these operants. Treatment integrity and reliability measures were assessed throughout. The purpose of this study was to further the research on the effectiveness of verbal behavior as a behavioral language intervention. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: - Identify the VB-MAPP components
- Identify and demonstrate how to teach each of the verbal operants
- Identify how to perform a VB-MAPP assessment
- Identify the sequential order to teach each task analyses; Identify components of an effective verbal behavior program
|
Activities: This workshop will provide didactic and interactive instruction. Participants will observe assessments using the VB-MAPP and teaching verbal operants through video modeling. |
Audience: This workshop is designed for a general audience of behavior analysts, psychologists, social workers, speech language pathologists and teachers who serve children with developmental delays and autism spectrum disorders in clinical/school settings or home-based programs. It is also appropriate for parents who want to develop skills in the use of a behavioral approach to teach language. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
Health, Sport and Fitness Special Interest Group-6K Local Run |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:00 AM–9:30 AM |
Capitol Ballroom 6-7 (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Presenting Authors: |
A 6K (just over 3 miles) run organized by members of the Health, Sport and Fitness Special Interest Group. All levels of runners welcome. Will meet in the assigned room to communicate the route and then head out as a group. Please wear appropriate running attire. |
|
|
|
|
Closed Meeting: Special Interest Group Leadership Training |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
9:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Capitol Ballroom 1 (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
ABAI is pleased to offer a leadership training session for officers of ABAI Special Interest Groups (SIGs) for the purpose of providing strategies for guiding the growth of SIGs and providing services to members and constituents. This training is for SIG leaders only. Topics are being finalized. Attendees will have the opportunity to discuss strategies for growth and service provision with other SIG leaders. Although the SIG training is free for up to three officers per SIG, registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only. |
|
|
|
|
Parents, Professionals, and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Chair: Audrey Meissner (New Haven Learning Centre) |
Presenting Authors: |
Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs (as well as professionals and students) are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. An event as large as the ABAI convention may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals, and students attendingthe eventfor the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter. |
|
|
|
|
Towards a Model for Developing Effective and Preferred Treatments for the Stereotypic Behavior of Persons Diagnosed With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Gregory Hanley, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University) |
GREGORY P. HANLEY (Western New England College) |
Dr. Hanley has been applying the principles of learning to improve socially important behaviors of children and adults with and without disabilities for over 20 years. He worked and trained at the Spurwink School, the Groden Center, and the Kennedy Krieger Institute, was degreed at the University of Florida, was tenured at the University of Kansas, and is currently an Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England College. Dr. Hanley has published over 60 articles in peer-reviewed journals in areas such as the assessment and prevention of problem behavior, teaching tactics for young children, and evidence-based values. Dr. Hanley is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 25), the current Editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP), and a past Associate Editor of BAP, The Behavior Analyst, and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The focus of his current research is on preventing the development of severe problem behavior. This commitment has occasioned several ongoing projects related to the development and refinement of social and leisure repertoires and to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior correlates (e.g., sleep problems, noncompliance, stereotypic behavior). |
Abstract: Persons diagnosed with autism often engage in repetitive acts that appear to serve no function; these acts are collectively referred to as stereotypy due to the formal similarity of the acts and the periodicity with which they are emitted. Behavior analysts are often called upon to develop behavior plans addressing stereotypy when it is exhibited with impairing frequency. It is growing increasingly difficult, however, to select from among the many interventions that have been demonstrated to be effective. Therefore, the formal and functional homogeneity of different treatments for stereotypy will be discussed in the context of a full recognition of the formal and functional heterogeneity of stereotypy. This discussion will occur within a presentation of a model for identifying the least effortful intervention for stereotypy that is both effective and preferred by the person diagnosed with autism. The limits of our current stereotypy treatment literature will also be identified and will occasion a discussion of the next generation of applied behavior-analytic research related to the stereotypic behavior of persons with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Anatomy of an Epidemic: Psychiatric Medications and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Robert Whitaker, Other |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ROBERT WHITAKER (Science Journalist) |
Robert Whitaker is the author of four books, two of which tell of the history of psychiatry. His first, Mad in America: Bad Science, Bad Medicine and the Enduring Mistreatment of the Mentally Ill was named by Discover magazine as one of the best science books of 2002, while the American Library Association named it one of the best history books of that year. His newest book, Anatomy of an Epidemic: Magic Bullets, Psychiatric Drugs, and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America, investigates the astonishing rise in the number of disabled mentally ill in the United States. Prior to writing books, Robert Whitaker worked as the science and medical reporter at the Albany Times Union newspaper in New York for a number of years. His journalism articles won several national awards, including a George Polk award for medical writing, and a National Association of Science Writers' award for best magazine article. A series he co-wrote for The Boston Globe was named a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in 1998. |
Abstract: According to conventional histories of psychiatry, the arrival of Thorazine in asylum medicine in 1955 kicked off a "psychopharmacological revolution." Yet, since 1955, the disability rate due to mental illness in the United States has risen more than six-fold. Moreover, this epidemic of disabling mental illness has accelerated since 1987, when Prozac, the first of the "second-generation" drugs arrived on the market. A review of the long-term outcomes literature for psychiatric medications reveals why this is so. The "medical model" paradigm of care, which emphasizes continual use of psychiatric medications, is a failed paradigm, and needs to be dramatically rethought. |
|
|
|
|
Single-Case Research Designs: Useful Tools for 21st Century Applied Research |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Presenting Authors: : NEVILLE MORRIS BLAMPIED (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: The tutorial will outline some contemporary challenges facing applied psychological research, e.g., establishing the effectiveness as well as the efficacy of interventions. It will then review the history of the development of the standard model of psychological research, based on Fisher's Null-hypothesis Significance Testing (NHST), and will present some critical evidence indicating that NST has serious problems and limitations, especially for applied research and for the scientist-practitioner model of applied psychology. The tutorial will summarise the origins of single-case research from its origins in the experimental analysis of behaviour and show how the standard suite of applied single case designs emerged. Reversal, Multiple-baseline, Changing-criterion, and Alternating-treatments designs and their visual analysis will be discussed in some detail, along with their strengths and limitations. Recent innovations in single-case designs will be presented, including ways of adapting them for evaluating group interventions. Finally, the general utility of single-case designs for meeting the challenges of contemporary applied research in psychology will be affirmed. |
|
NEVILLE MORRIS BLAMPIED (University of Canterbury) |
Neville M Blampied graduated from the University of Auckland in 1970. He was fortunate to attend a university where Introductory Psychology students had Principles of Psychology (Keller and Schoenfeld, 1950) as a textbook and had weekly rat bar-pressing labs. He continued studying behavior analysis under faculty such as Drs Ivan Beale and John Irwin. Appointed to a faculty position at the University of Canterbury (Christchurch, New Zealand) in 1970, he found students increasingly interested in behavior modification and applied behavior analysis, and became more and more involved in applied areas. Since his first applied study in 1975 he has published more than 25 empirical evaluations of clinical interventions using single-case research designs, as well as basic research on choice, avoidance, and behavioral pharmacology. He is proud of having published in both the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. In the late 1980�s he became interested in the growing controversy about the adequacy of the standard Fisherian model of research, and has written advocating for more recognition of single-case research as an alternative to group designs, including a chapter titled �Single-case research and the Scientist-practitioner ideal� in the forthcoming Handbook of Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELLED: The Olweus Bullying Prevention Program in the US: What Do We Know? What Can We Do? |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Marlene Snyder, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan) |
MARLENE SNYDER (Clemson University) |
Marlene Snyder, Ph.D. is the Director of Development for the Olweus Bullying Prevention Program (OBPP), Institute on Family and Neighborhood Life, Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina. Dr. Snyder is a co-author of the Olweus Bullying Prevention Programs� Schoolwide Guide, Teacher Guide, and the related program CDs and DVDs, as well as Class Meetings that Matter. She serves as a national and international consultant in the areas of bullying prevention and intervention, education and mental health, child welfare, and juvenile justice issues. Dr. Snyder travels extensively for OBPP training of trainers as well as national and international conference presentations. Dr. Snyder is the founding president of the International Bullying Prevention Association. She currently serves as a National Board Member for Welcoming Schools and has served as a National Board Member for Children and Adults with Attention Deficit Disorder (CHADD). |
Abstract: Bullying among children and youth is an issue of increasing concern to educators, practitioners, health care professionals, policy makers, parents and others. In this session, Dr. Snyder will present data on the nature and prevalence of bullying among children and youth and will describe research-based efforts to prevent and reduce bullying in schools. Using recent published data, as well as findings from the national database for the Olweus Bullying Questionnaire (containing over 500,000 surveys from schoolchildren in grades 3-12), Dr. Snyder will describe the prevalence of bullying among children and note age and gender differences in its occurrence. She also will highlight data describing children's feelings and attitudes about bullying and their views about how peers and teachers react to bullying. Finally, Dr. Snyder will describe the internationally recognized Olweus Bullying Prevention Program and describe its research basis. |
|
|
|
|
Changing Behavior at School: Group and Individual Contingencies |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Cristy Coughlin (University of Oregon) |
|
Using Group-Oriented Contingency Systems to Improve Academic Performance in the Classroom |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CRISTY COUGHLIN (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
|
Abstract: Class-wide interventions, which seek to achieve behavior change across an entire group of students, are often more efficient and cost-effective than interventions designed to impact behavior of an individual student. Group-oriented contingency systems are one type of class-wide intervention that teachers can implement in their classrooms to simultaneously manage the behavior of a few students as well as the class as a whole. In all types of group-oriented contingency systems the same response contingencies are concurrently in effect for all individuals in the group; however, the contingencies vary in terms of how they are applied to group members' behavior (Litoe & Pumroy, 1975). While a substantial amount of research has been amassed over the last 50 years that has examined the effectiveness of the three types of group-oriented contingencies (independent, dependent, or interdependent), much of this research has focused on effects on social behavior outcomes and less so on academic behavior. The paper presentation will discuss the use of group-oriented contingencies in targeting academic behavior, providing an overview of the research base in this area and highlighting applied considerations for implementing group-oriented contingency systems in the classroom. |
|
Putting the Individualization in Individualized Behavior Contracts |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KAREN R BOSTIC (University of Nebraska Kearney) |
|
Abstract: For students identified as having special needs, gaining academic knowledge is a difficult task. This task becomes especially difficult when cognitive disabilities are combined with inappropriate behaviors. In an effort to increase the amount of appropriate and positively reinforcing behaviors and decrease the amount of negative and knowledge-limiting behaviors, teachers have incorporated behavior contracts into their classrooms. However, the question remains, "How effective are behavior contracts at the high school level?" and "How difficult are such contracts to compose, author, and put into effect?" To discover this answer, participants with inappropriate behaviors were first selected and then the frequency of these undesirable behaviors was documented. With the help and input of the students themselves, behavior contracts were designed and implemented in and outside of the classroom. After further research and documentation, it was concluded that indeed behavior contracts are effective at the high school level; however, the effectiveness rate varies with each individual. |
|
|
|
|
|
Defining and Building Professional Delivery Skill Sets for Practicing Behavior Analysts |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Laura L. Methot (CLG, Inc.) |
W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.) |
TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (CLG, Inc.) |
Abstract: This panel will focus on identifying, understanding and practicing skills that are necessary for successful practitioner careers but go beyond the core behaviour analytic curriculum. Panelists will seek to identify and understand necessary skills that are not typically addressed or taught in graduate behaviour analytic curriculum (e.g., people skills). We will explore potential career situations in order to better specify the repertoire(s) needed to perform well in them. Audience participants will be invited to self-assess core skill sets including public speaking skills, interdisciplinary "people" & team skills, supervisory skills. |
|
|
|
|
Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–1:50 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Wing Yan Lam (California State University, Los Angeles) |
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University) |
PHILIP N. CHASE (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College) |
Abstract: A healthy behavior analysis is central to aspiring behavior analysts because it can impact research opportunities, career prospects, and professional growth. In turn, the longevity of behavior analysis is dependent on behavior analysts' teaching, scholarship, and pioneering innovation. Behavior analysis as a scientific discipline has achieved substantial growth in recent years, as evidenced by the increase in ABAI members across the world as well as its extension to some traditionally underrepresented areas such as neuroscience, behavioral medicine, clinical psychotherapy, criminology and speech pathology. But as we celebrate our achievements, there lie several challenges that may limit the potential of behavior analysis as a field, including improper use of technical language, little focus on mainstream issues or major social problems, division within the field, insufficient dissemination, and lack of mutual partnerships and collaboration with other disciplines, to name a few. This panel discussion will focus on defining the challenges to the science, theory, and application of behavior analysis and what, if any, steps behavior analysts can take to influence the developmental course of the discipline. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Laura J. Seiverling (Westchester Institute for Human Development) |
CE Instructor: Laura Seiverling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The following symposium will discuss both assessment and treatment of feeding problems in children with autism spectrum disorder. One study will describe and compare various assessment techniques currently available for assessment of feeding problems in this population. Three intervention studies will also be presented. In one study, researchers trained parents to conduct an intervention in the home which included repeated taste exposure, escape extinction, and fading to improve child diet variety. In two additional studies, researchers evaluated the use of a treatment for food selectivity which did not use escape extinction as a treatment component. |
|
Assessment of Feeding Difficulties in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
COURTNEY POOLER (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton), David L. Jaquess (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are at high risk for feeding problems and the type of mealtime difficulties in this population appear unique compared with other pediatric feeding disorders. Limitations in the research base, however, prevent definitive conclusions regarding the topography, etiology, and treatment of feeding problems among children with ASD. Lack of adequate assessment methods represents a significant barrier to progress in this area, including lack of standardized measures and inconsistent methodology. The current study addressed this limitation by exploring the correlation among available assessment methods (i.e., caregiver questionnaires, estimates of nutritional intake, meal observations). Two samples of child/caregiver dyads are presented. In the first sample (n = 31), behavioral data was collected using a structure mealtime protocol; the second sample (n = 10) involved unstructured mealtime observations. All families completed food preference inventories and the Brief Autism Mealtime Behavior Inventory (BAMBI). Results from the study are discussed in terms of the utility of mealtime observations, caregiver questionnaires, and food inventories in screening for feeding problems. Additionally, clinical and research advantages of each approach will be discussed. |
|
Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Parent Implementation of a Treatment Package to Increase Food Acceptance in Children With Food Selectivity |
LAURA J. SEIVERLING (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Sadie E. Hart (Penn State University) |
Abstract: Repeated taste exposure, escape extinction, and fading is a treatment package to reduce food selectivity. Often studies involving parent-implemented treatment for food selectivity have failed to describe training procedures for teaching parents and do not present data on parent performance. This study used behavioral skills training (BST) to teach parents of three children with ASD and food selectivity to conduct this treatment package in their home. Following training, correct parent performance in taste sessions and probe meals increased, children's number of bites accepted under 30 increased and children's latency to accept bites and disruptive responses decreased. Parents reported that increases in child diet variety were maintained at 1 and 3 months following intervention. Parents rated all treatment elements and outcomes as acceptable or highly acceptable. |
|
A Clinical Demonstration of a Treatment Package for Food Selectivity: How and When Should Escape Extinction be Implemented? |
LAURA J. SEIVERLING (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Amy M. Kokitus (Penn State University), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center) |
Abstract: This case study evaluated the use of escape extinction (EE) in the treatment of food selectivity in a 3-year old boy with autism spectrum disorder. Initially, the child was exposed to Plate A-Plate B, an intervention in which he was given access to preferred bites of food for eating small bites of target foods. After four treatment sessions in which the child refused all bites of target foods, the experimenters temporarily introduced a form of EE known as exit criterion in which the child was required to eat a single bite of food before leaving the eating area. After a brief period of exit criterion, the Plate A-Plate B intervention was reintroduced and the child dramatically increased his consumption of target foods with minimal disruptive behavior. Gains were maintained at 1-month follow-up. This study provides a possible approach for clinicians to use when attempting to minimize the use of EE. |
|
An Evaluation of Sequential Presentation of Foods to Increase Variety in an Individual With Autism |
BIANCA PIZZO (Bancroft), Molly Coyle (Bancroft), Katherine M. Hurlock (Bancroft) |
Abstract: While the literature describing interventions for food selectivity has often demonstrated successful treatment packages involving some form of escape extinction (EE), other studies have shown interventions to be effective in the absence of EE. The current study examines the effects of sequential presentation of foods or "Plate A/Plate B" on increasing acceptance of novel foods for a 16-year-old boy diagnosed with autism residing in a short-term behavioral stabilization unit. The participant exhibited aggressive and self-injurious behaviors and had a history of food selectivity prior to treatment. At admission, the participant was consuming 10 different foods and 1 beverage. The treatment plan involved presenting two plates of foods, a plate containing pea-sized bite of novel foods (Plate A) and a plate containing spoonful-sized bites of previously eaten, highly preferred foods (Plate B). After the participant consumed a bite, he was allowed to choose a bite from Plate B and offered a drink. The study discusses the relative challenges in implementing more intrusive procedures such as EE in the presence of maladaptive behaviors, and provides evidence that a treatment package utilizing reinforcement, fading, and establishing operations was effective in increasing acceptance of novel foods. |
|
|
|
|
Shop Till You Drop: Interventions to Promote Generalized Purchasing Skills for an Individual With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Discussant: Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In a recent review of literature (Xin, Grasso, Dipipi-Hoy, & Jitendra, 2005), the authors summarized existing literature on teaching individuals with disabilities to make purchases. While several purchasing strategies have been well researched and shown to be effective (one-more-than technique, money number lines, calculators, photos of money amounts, etc.), more research is needed to determine how to teach individuals with disabilities to make purchases and shop more independently. For example, the independent shopper would need to locate items and their prices, know when and who to ask for help, estimate how much tax to add, and determine whether the cost of the item is within the amount of money in the person's possession. In this symposium we will present a series of studies in which we investigate several of these component skills to support an individual's independent purchasing skills. Prior to the beginning of each study, the participant completes a pretest. During training, the individual is taught to identify prices, workers, and estimate tax based on pictures of items (with price tag visible). Following training, the individual completes posttests and generalization probes to determine whether the skills are mastered and to what degree the skills generalize to actual products and workers and across store settings. This series of studies will provide a foundation for later research and practice in how to promote independence fir individuals with disabilities in performing life skills such as purchasing and shopping. [Reference: Xin, Y.P., Grasso, E., Dipipi-Hoy, C.M., Jitendra, A. (2005). The effects of purchasing skills instruction for individuals with developmental disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 71(4), 379-400.] |
|
Methods to Teach Generalized Price Identification Skills to an Individual With Autism |
GINGER L. KELSO (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Betty Kyle (Stephen F. Austin State University), Joshua A. Staley (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Bradley (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: This session will present results of research to identify methods to effectively teach and promote generalized responding in identifying the price of objects by a young man with autism. More specifically, results of teaching on the generalization across objects, types of price tags, price locations in relation to the objects, and settings will be presented. Researchers have indicated several effective methods of training purchasing skills (Xin, Grasso, Dipipi-Hoy, & Jitendra, 2005). However, in many studies the participant is told which item to purchase and is given sufficient money to purchase that item (e.g. Haring, Kennedy, Adams, Pitts-Conway, 1987). In order to promote independence in purchasing, the individual should be able to identify the price of the item. This is a prerequisite skill needed to complete a transaction in which the individual has to determine how much can be purchased. In this study, an individual with autism is taught to identify prices using pictures of items located in a store. The individual must identify the price when the price appears in a variety of formats and locations. Pretest data show that the individual identifies prices inconsistently. Following training in price identification, the individual completes a posttest in which mastery of taught responses and generalization across items and settings is probed. The results of this study will serve as a foundation for later studies in which a complete independent purchasing sequence can be taught and assessed. References: Haring, T.G., Kennedy, C.H., Adams, M.J., Pitts-Conway, V. (1987). Teaching generalization of purchasing skills across community settings to autistic youth using videotape modeling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20(1), 89-96. Xin, Y.P., Grasso, E., Dipipi-Hoy, C.M., Jitendra, A. (2005). The effects of purchasing skills instruction for individuals with developmental disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 71(4), 379-400. |
|
Teaching Generalized Worker Identification Skills to an Individual With Autism |
GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Bradley (Stephen F. Austin State University), Betty Kyle (Stephen F. Austin State University), Joshua A. Staley (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Presented will be the results of research to identify methods to effectively teach and promote generalized responding in discriminating employees from customers at retail establishments. More specifically, results of teaching on the generalization across settings, workers, and store types will be presented. Researchers have indicated several effective methods of training purchasing skills (Xin, Grasso, Dipipi-Hoy, & Jitendra, 2005). However, in many studies, the participant is told which item to purchase and is given enough money to purchase that item (e.g. Haring, Kennedy, Adams, Pitts-Conway, 1987). In essence, the person is instructed to perform a sequence of behaviors that precludes the need to ask for help. In order to promote independence in purchasing, the individual should be able to identify a person who can answer questions about the location or price of an item if the individual is unable to find this information independently. In this study, an individual with autism is taught to identify workers using pictures of employees from various retail and restaurant locations. The individual must identify which person is a worker. Pretest data show that the individual identifies workers inconsistently. Following training in worker identification, the individual completes a post-test in which mastery of taught responses and generalization across workers and settings is probed. The results of this study will serve as a foundation for later studies in which a complete independent purchasing sequence can be taught and assessed. References: Haring, T.G., Kennedy, C.H., Adams, M.J., Pitts-Conway, V. (1987). Teaching generalization of purchasing skills across community settings to autistic youth using videotape modeling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20(1), 89-96. Xin, Y.P., Grasso, E., Dipipi-Hoy, C.M., Jitendra, A. (2005). The effects of purchasing skills instruction for individuals with developmental disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 71(4), 379-400. |
|
Teaching Tax Estimation to an Individual With Autism |
GINGER L. KELSO (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Joshua A. Staley (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Bradley (Stephen F. Austin State University), Betty Kyle (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Results will be presented for research intended to teach an individual with autism how to estimate the amount of tax to be added to the item price when shopping. This skill underlies the ability to determine whether the individual has a sufficient amount of money to purchase the item. Generalization will also be tested across types of objects, types of price tags, and settings. Researchers have indicated several effective methods of training purchasing skills (Xin, Grasso, Dipipi-Hoy, & Jitendra, 2005). However, in many studies the participant is told which item to purchase and is given sufficient money to purchase that item (e.g. Haring, Kennedy, Adams, Pitts-Conway, 1987). In order to promote independence in purchasing, the individual should be able to identify the price of the item and then estimate how much tax will be charged. This will allow the individual to determine whether he or she has enough money to purchase the item. In this study, an individual with autism is taught to estimate the amount of tax to add to a price, add the tax to the price of the object, and decide whether he or she has enough money to buy the item. Pretest data show that the individual is unable to determine whether he or she has enough money to buy an item with tax added. Following training in tax estimation, the individual completes a posttest in which mastery of taught responses and generalization across items and settings is probed. The results of this study will serve as a foundation for later studies in which a complete independent purchasing sequence can be taught and assessed. References: Haring, T.G., Kennedy, C.H., Adams, M.J., Pitts-Conway, V. (1987). Teaching generalization of purchasing skills across community settings to autistic youth using videotape modeling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20(1), 89-96. Xin, Y.P., Grasso, E., Dipipi-Hoy, C.M., Jitendra, A. (2005). The effects of purchasing skills instruction for individuals with developmental disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 71(4), 379-400. |
|
|
|
|
Joint Attention and Social Pragmatics in Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Joint attention and social pragmatics are two core social deficits that are common in children with autism. Joint attention involves the coordinated attention between a social partner and an object in the environment and has been identified as one of the earliest emerging social behaviors in typically developing children. Deficits in joint attention are apparent in very young children with autism. Social pragmatics involves being aware of the unwritten social rules necessary for social conversation. The purpose of this session will be to present data from four studies addressing the social deficits of joint attention and social pragmatics. The assessment and measurement of joint attention directly translates into better teaching procedures. The use of social stories and video modeling to teach social pragmatic is shown here to be a very effective treatment package. The next study involves the measurement of affect during teaching using social and non-social reinforcers. The final paper addresses the topic of social referencing in children with autism. Together these papers highlight some of the current work by behavior analysts in this important area. |
|
Teaching Joint Attention Related Behaviors in the Context of Social versus Non Social Consequences: Assessing Affective Expression |
TESSA CORDEIRO (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate levels of affect in the context of joint attention using social and non social consequences. Participants were nine preschool children diagnosed with autism and typically developing children. Experiment 1 evaluated the level of affect in the context of joint attention during 3-minute play sessions across 4 different activities. Experiment 2 evaluated if teaching joint attention with social consequences increased the level of positive affect compared to teaching joint attention with non-social consequences. Results showed that children diagnosed with autism showed lower levels of positive affect in the context of joint attention compared to typically developing children and teaching joint attention with social consequences increased the level of positive affect for all participants. The importance's of social consequences in teaching children with autism are discussed. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Attend to and Socially Reference Auditory Environmental |
METTE MADSEN (Therapeutic Pathways, Inc.), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Most children diagnosed with autism exhibit observable joint attention deficits within the first year of development (Jones, Carr, & Feeley, 2006). These delays have been associated with the acquisition of language and social skills, therefore, it may be imperative that clinicians working with this population address joint attention deficits early on in intervention (Charman et al., 2003; Whalen, Schreibman, & Ingersoll, 2006). Commonly, visual targets have acted as the discriminative stimuli in interventions aiming to increase joint attention responses and initiations in children with autism; however, a few studies have utilized auditory stimuli in the assessment of joint attention (Dawson, Meltzoff, Osterling, Rinaldi, & Brown, 1998; Gulsrud, Kasari, Freeman, & Paparella, 2007; MacDonald, Anderson, Dube, Geckeler, Green, Holcomb, et al, 2006). The current study evaluated a training protocol used to increase orienting to stimuli from a MP3 player, referencing an adult, and making relevant verbalizations withthree preschool children with autism. Results showed that the protocol was effective in increasing these behaviors and produced some generalization to novel in-vivo stimuli. |
|
Improving Accuracy of Joint Attention Assessment by Extending the Observation Period After Toy Activation |
CATHERINE PARRISH (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine initiating joint attention (IJA) scores of 34 children with autism (CWA) and 34 typically developing children (TDC) during and after toy activation. Composite scores summarized performance of three behaviors (gestures, eye contact, and vocalizations) across toys. Performance was evaluated during toy activation only, and 2 seconds and 5 seconds after activation. Results of the analysis indicated that for 13 out of 34 CWA and 14 out of 34 TDC, joint attention occurred within 2 seconds after the activation period. When observations included 5 seconds after the toy stopped, joint attention occurred for 22 of 34 CWA and 20 of 34 TDC. Extending the observation period after toy activation from 2-s to 5-s resulted in the number of joint attention initiations increasing. To obtain the most accurate assessment of joint attention behavior, observation and scoring should continue until 5 seconds after the activation period. |
|
The Effect of Social Stories and Peer Video Modeling to Increase Social Pragmatics in Children With Autism |
LINDSAY L. WILKINSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the use of social stories alone and social stories combined with peer video modeling to teach social pragmatic skills including eye contact, conventional gestures, and appropriate verbalizations to 2 young children with autism. First, social stories were used alone. The participant read a story designed for a specific behavior to be targeted. Then, social stories were combined with peer video modeling. A video displaying the specific behavior was viewed followed by the social story. Mastery criteria were met when social stories were combined with video modeling for eye contact. In the context of conventional gestures, mastery criteria were met when social stories were presented alone. During baseline, mastery criteria were met for appropriate verbalizations. These findings suggest that social stories alone as well as social stories combined with video modeling, were effective tools for teaching social pragmatic skills. |
|
|
|
|
Comparison of Traditional Analog Functional Analysis and Trial Based Functional Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
CE Instructor: Jill McGrale Maher, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Traditional Functional Analysis (FA; Iwata, B. A., Dorsey, M. F., Slifer, K. J., Bauman, K. E., & Richman, G. S., 1982/1994) is the "state of the art" procedure to determine the maintaining function of challenging behaviors. Currently, the standard FA procedure involves conducting a minimum of four 10-min conditions that target each function and systematically compares condition outcomes. Practically, practitioners do not typically use this technique as it is both time and staff intensive. There has been modifications to the traditional FA, such as a shortened FA (Kahng, S., & Iwata, B. A., 1999 and Northup, J., Wacker, D., Sasso, G., Steege, M., Cigrand, K., Cook, J., et al., 1991), trial based FA (Sigafoos, J., & Saggers, E., 1995 and LaRue, R. H., Lenard, K., Weiss, M. J., Bamond, M., Palmieri, M., & Kelley, M. E., 2010) and FA conducted in the natural setting (Northup, J., Wacker, D. P., Sasso, G., Steege, M., Cigrand, K., Cook, J., & DeRaad, A., 1991). These presentations look at analyzing the efficacy of a trial based FA in comparison to the traditional FA. This important research may allow practitioners to conduct functional analyses on problem behavior without requiring additional resources to implement these procedures. |
|
Comparison of Traditional Analog Functional Analysis and Trial Based Functional Analysis |
CHERYL J. DAVIS (Consultant), Michele D. Brock (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children), Thomas L. Zane (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: A traditional functional analysis (FA) is the only way to determine the function of behavior. It is, however, a cumbersome procedure; finding the most efficient method to determine functional relationships is imperative. Researchers have modified the traditional FA procedure to include such methods as trial based, assessments conducted in the natural settings, and modifications to session duration. The trial based FA has been primarily conducted in the natural setting with maximum session duration of 2 minutes. The current study compared the results of three functional analyses (traditional analog, trial based analog, trial based in the natural setting) for at least three students with autism and related disabilities to determine the extent to which there is correspondence of function. Results conclude that the analog trial based FA resulted in determining the same function of behavior as the traditional analog FA for three participants. Results of the three assessments will be discussed in terms of the accuracy of determining the function of challenging behavior, time to complete, staff resources needed and validity of the trial-based procedures in both settings. Additionally, we will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of conducting functional analysis protocols in either naturalistic or analog environments. |
|
Investigating the Efficacy of a Trial Based Functional Analysis Compared to a Traditional Functional Analysis |
THOMAS L. ZANE (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges), CAROLYN SNIEZYK (Crossroads Center for Children) |
Abstract: A single subject research design was utilized to investigate the efficacy of a trial-based functional assessment protocol in comparison to a traditional functional analysis procedure. The trial-based functional analysis procedure is less time intensive to implement and also limits the exposure of the subject and evaluator to harmful behaviors (e.g. aggression and self-injury). The participant was four-years-old and diagnosed with autism. The traditional functional analysis procedure was utilized in an analog setting to ascertain the function of out of seat behavior. Upon completion of the traditional functional analysis procedure, the trial-based functional analysis procedure was utilized with the same student to assess the same target behavior. Both procedures identified the same function for the target behavior. Thus, the trial-based procedure can be utilized in the interest of saving time during the assessment process and also limiting harm on behalf of the student and evaluator depending on the target behavior. |
|
Comparison of Trial-based Functional Analysis Done in Analog Versus Naturalistic Environments |
SEAN FIELD (Springbrook), Traci Lanner (Springbrook), Brandon Scott Nichols (School at Springbrook), Michele Myers (Springbrook), Thomas L. Zane (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: Functional behavioral analysis is the "gold standard" for determining the function of problem behaviors. The traditional functional analysis protocol involves multiple sessions for each potential function, plus a play/control condition, each lasting 10 minutes. The goal is to observe "differentiated" results, or increased rates of the targeted behavior in particular sessions. A recent alternative functional analysis procedure is termed "trial based", and requires sessions of only 2 minutes, with the session ending after the first occurrence of the targeted behavior. The current study gathered data on three students with autism to determine the extent to which there is correspondence of function determined by a trial-based functional analysis completed in these two environments. First, a traditional functional analysis protocol was implemented and the results compared to the results of a trial-based protocol completed in an analog environment. For those participants for whom the functions agreed, we next completed a trial-based functional analysis in the participant's naturalistic classroom environment. The results between the two environments will be discussed in terms of the accuracy and validity of trial-based procedures, the advantages and disadvantages of conducting functional analysis protocols in either naturalistic or analog environments, and the ease of implementation. |
|
|
|
|
The Use of Visually-Based Instructional Procedures for Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Discussant: David Robert Dilley (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Clinicians and practitioners frequently incorporate visual supports into their instruction with children on the autism spectrum. Such practices often include the use of picture activity schedules, picture exchange communication system (PECS), video modeling, and visual prompting procedures. Additionally, there is a growing body of research that supports the use of visually based instruction for children with autism. This symposium reviews the use of video-based instruction to teach play skills, a visual prompt and fading procedure to teach spelling, and a comparison of plain and visually enhanced textual prompts used to improve social communication. The implications of visual supports and the use of visually-based instructional procedures are discussed. |
|
The Use of a Textual Prompt and Fading Procedure to Teach Spelling to an Adolescent With Autism |
KELLER MACMATH (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Previous researchers have utilized instructional packages that included textual prompts to teach spelling to adults with disabilities (Dube et al., 1991; Stromer et al., 1996). The present study assessed the efficacy of a textual prompt and a prompt fading procedure in teaching spelling to a 15-year-old participant with autistic spectrum disorder (ASD). The participant was presented a textual prompt and he typed his response on a keyboard. The textual prompt was systematically faded until independent spelling was demonstrated. A multiple probe design across stimuli was used to demonstrate experimental control. Additional probes were conducted during training to evaluate if the fading procedure could be expedited and thus result in fewer trials to mastery. Results indicated that the textual prompt was effective at establishing spelling performances. Although the prompting procedure resulted in near errorless performance during most of the fading steps, several of the steps required extended training trials. The implications of visual prompting and prompt fading procedures are discussed. |
|
Plain Text Cues Versus Visually Enhanced Text Cues in the Teaching of Social Communication Skills |
EMILY HARRIS (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of pervasive developmental delay (PDD) often display significant delays and deficits in the area of social communication skills (Ricks & Wing, 1975). Providing visual cues has been shown to increase the production of social communication responses (Sarokoff, Taylor & Poulson, 2001;Thiemann & Goldstein, 2001). However, the ability to produce social responses may not automatically generalize to production of social responding in the natural context. The current study attempted to evaluate if qualitative differences in visual cues (visually enhanced versus plain text) would result in differences in initiation of social responding, and then attempted to establish responding to the cues in the natural setting using prompt fading procedures. A pretest administered before the study confirmed the student could read the text cues independently, and baseline data confirmed that no social initiations were occurring in the natural environment. A multi-element design was used to assess social initiations across conditions. The number of initiated targeted social comments, compliments, and questions were compared. The data suggest the visual cues may not automatically result in language production without direct teaching of their use in the targeted setting. |
|
Using Video Based Activity Schedules and Matrix Training to Teach Socio-Dramatic Play |
DAVID ROBERT DILLEY (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: In this study, we investigated the effects of using video based activity schedules and matrix training to teach socio dramatic play skills to a boy with autism. A 3X3 instructional matrix identified nine activities to be performed including combinations of 3 objects and 3 actions. In Phase 1, the child first was taught to use photographic picture activity schedules. Then in Phase 2 he learned to imitate videos of socio-dramatic play vignettes embedded in the activity schedule. Finally, in Phase 3 the child learned to combine the characteristics of three play schemas across the other six new action-object combinations. The results suggest that treatment packages involving video-based activity schedules aimed at teaching socio dramatic play can achieve generality across untrained targets when matrix training is employed. |
|
|
|
|
A Collaborative Model for Providing Intensive Behavior Intervention Services to Young Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Autism Community Network) |
Discussant: Jessica Hetlinger Franco (Autism Community Network) |
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Through years of research, the field of applied behavior analysis has developed the technology to provide effective intensive behavior intervention services for children with autism. Given the high rate of autism, there is a great demand for behavior analysis service providers. One challenge faced by behavior analyst is providing services to the countless families that need them. The San Antonio Cooperative Autism Project was designed to address this need. Five different agencies in San Antonio united to provide intensive behavior intervention services to young children with autism. Services included 25-hours a week of intensive behavior intervention services for children with autism supervised by BCBA-D/BCBAs, 2-hours a month parent trainings, and case management services. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), Expressive Vocabulary Test-Second Edition (EVT2), Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Fourth Edition (PPVT4), and PDD Behavior Inventory (PDDBI) were used to develop treatment plans and measure progress. Presentations will discuss the San Antonio Cooperative Autism Projects model, child outcomes, and parent training results. |
|
The San Antonio Cooperative Autism Project |
JESSICA HETLINGER FRANCO (Autism Community Network) |
Abstract: Most communities struggle to bring together the different agencies providing similar services. Within the field of behavior analysis, competition rather than collaboration is often the norm. In San Antonio, a unique project allowed five separate agencies to work together toward a common goal of providing quality services for children with autism. In August 2009, the collaborating agencies were awarded funding to provide intensive behavior intervention to young children with autism over a 2-year period. Challenges included establishing the role of each organization, agreeing on specific procedures and protocols that could be used consistently across all sites providing therapy, and confronting the underlying competition among the agencies. By overcoming these challenges together, all five of the agencies were able to improve their overall quality of service and improve their professional interaction skills. This presentation discusses the model, as well as strategies and evaluation methods that over 50 different behavior analysts and behavior therapists used to manage this program. The resulting collaborative model exemplifies a community's ability to come together and provides a framework for working in partnership with other professionals. |
|
Outcomes of a 6-Month Intensive Behavior Intervention Program for Children With Autism |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Autism Community Network) |
Abstract: Evaluating intensive behavior intervention services for children with autism is important. An intensive behavior intervention program for children aged 3-8 with autism utilized the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), Expressive Vocabulary Test-Second Edition (EVT2), Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Fourth Edition (PPVT4), and PDD Behavior Inventory (PDDBI) to develop treatment plans and measure progress over a 6-month period. Comparisons of pre- and post-test results show that progress was evident on at least one measure for all participants. Parents/caregivers of the children with autism who participated in the program were interviewed at the end of the program and asked to complete a satisfaction survey. Parents/caregivers reported that their children had improved over the 6-month period and that they were satisfied with the program. These results suggest that the measures utilized in this program are beneficial when developing treatment plans for intensive behavior intervention programs for children with autism and that progress over a short period of time (e.g., 6 months) can be evident through the use of these measures. Other social validity measures, including parental reports, should also be taken into consideration when evaluating the outcomes of intensive behavior intervention services. |
|
Parent Training to Promote Generalization in an Intensive Behavior Intervention Program for Children with Autism |
LUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Analytic Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: The efficacy of intensive behavior intervention program can be impeded by a lack of a systematic method to program for generalization. A parent-training program was developed to supplement the intensive behavior intervention program for children with autism receiving intensive behavior intervention services. The parent-training program consisted of one-on-one training with a behavior analyst, observation of the parent' child during therapy, and in-situ training with the child, parent, and behavior analyst. The program was designed for 8, 2-hour sessions that were completed during the 6-month period of services for each child. Several challenges emerged during the implementation the parent-training program. For example, many parents requested that the training be conducted within a shorter period with sessions of longer duration, mostly to accommodate the parent's work schedule and other family activities. Another example was that the behavior analyst sometimes modified the "curriculum" to meet the immediate needs of the family. Parents were more likely to target generalization in the natural environment after completing the parent-training course. These results suggest that generalization of skills learned in intensive behavior intervention services by children with autism can be promoted through parent training. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Studies of Drug Effects on Choice With Delayed Outcomes |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
301 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Sally L Huskinson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Using a delay-discounting paradigm, impulsive choice is examined by providing subjects with a choice between two reinforcers of different magnitudes presented at varying delays. The larger delayed reinforcer is said to be devalued as delay to its presentation increases, and steeper discounting functions indicate more impulsive choices. Individual discounting rates can be influenced by many factors, and this symposium will discuss some of these factors. The first two speakers will discuss effects of adding or subtracting constant delays or response requirements to both choice alternatives. These experimenters also examined effects of acute d-amphetamine administration on impulsive choice across different delay or response requirement conditions. The next speaker will discuss effects of acute and chronic oral ethanol self-administration on impulsive choice assessed both prior to and post ethanol self-administration. An inherent confound in typical delay-discounting procedures is that reinforcer delay and reinforcer magnitude are manipulated simultaneously making it difficult to separate the relative effects of each variable. The last speaker will discuss findings from a set of experiments that examined sensitivity to reinforcer delay, while holding reinforcer magnitude constant, using a rapid-acquisition procedure. Effects of acute morphine administration on sensitivity to delay were also examined in this context. |
|
Effects of Preference Reversals and d-Amphetamine on Within-Session Delay Discounting in Rats |
CHRISTOPHER KREBS (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Impulsive choice is correlated with behavioral problems such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity-disorder, substance abuse, and gambling. Impulsive choice can be assessed using delay-discounting procedures in which subjects choose between a smaller, more immediate reinforcer (an impulsive choice) and a larger, more delayed reinforcer (a self-controlled choice). When delays to both choice alternatives are increased by an equal amount, impulsive choice has been shown to decrease in between-session delay-discounting procedures. It is unclear whether such results will generalize to a within-session delay-discounting procedure in which choice is between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets delivered after a delay that increases across blocks of trials. The present study examined how the addition and subtraction of equal delays to both choice alternatives affects impulsive choice in eight male rats using a within-session delay-discounting procedure. Delay discounting was observed for all subjects. In general, addition of an equal delay to both choice alternatives decreased impulsive choice while subtraction of an equal delay increased impulsive choice. To evaluate the extent to which baseline levels of impulsive choice determine how stimulant drugs affect impulsive choice, d-amphetamine was administered acutely in rats with different levels of impulsive choice. |
|
Effects of Fixed-Ratio Requirements and d-Amphetamine on Delay Discounting in Rats |
SALLY L HUSKINSON (West Virginia University), Meagan E Follett (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Impulsive choice is often examined using a delay-discounting procedure where choice is between two reinforcers of different magnitudes presented at varying delays. Individual discounting rates can be influenced by many factors, including the addition of a response requirement to both alternatives. The current experiment used a modified Evenden and Ryan (1996) procedure, and choice was examined under conditions where the response requirement for both outcomes was a small fixed-ratio (FR 1), an intermediate FR (FR x/2), and a large FR (FR x). In general, steeper discounting functions were obtained when the small FR requirement was in effect, shallower functions were obtained when the large FR requirement was in effect, and intermediate functions were obtained when the intermediate value was in effect. This suggests that manipulating response requirement within this procedure can generate different rates of discounting within a single subject. This has applied relevance in that self-controlled choice can be increased by increasing the work necessary to produce both outcomes. Additionally, baseline rates of discounting can determine effects of stimulant drugs on impulsive choice. Generating different rates of discounting within a single subject allows examination of drug effects on different baseline rates of discounting using a within-subjects design. Therefore, acute effects of d-amphetamine on choice were examined upon replication of the small and large FR requirements. |
|
Acute and Chronic Self-Administration of Alcohol Fails to Impact Impulsive Choice |
JOHN R. SMETHELLS (Central Michigan University), Kelli Lewis (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Previous research has found that acute intraperitoneal (i.p.) doses of ethyl alcohol (EtOH) increases impulsivity in rats during an inter-temporal choice procedure. In order to extend the generality of these findings, two experiments assessed how acute and chronic oral self-administration (SA) of EtOH alters impulsivity in rats. In Experiment 1, impulsivity was assessed during two daily sessions: in an AM session prior to EtOH SA and again in a PM session 15-m following EtOH SA of a 10% EtOH/10% sucrose solution. Acute SA resulted in doses previously found to alter impulsivity, but resulted in no systematic change in impulsivity during either session. Chronic SA for 21 days, however, produced similar doses and resulted in a decrease in impulsivity during the PM session, but resulted in no systematic change in impulsivity in the AM session. A direct replication was attempted in Experiment 2. Even though SA doses of EtOH were comparable to Experiment 1, no changes in impulsivity were obtained. These results are inconsistent with the previous studies and raises issues regarding the generality of the effect. One potential issue could be related to differences in the route and method of administration (i.p. injections versus oral SA). |
|
Rapid Acquisition in Concurrent Chains: Effects of Morphine on Choice Controlled by Reinforcement Delay |
CRAIG W. CUMMINGS (Auburn University), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Rapid-acquisition procedures have proven successful in the assessment of behavioral sensitivity to variations in reinforcement parameters, and to effects of drugs. The current study examined effects of morphine on choice in a rapid-acquisition concurrent-chains procedure with pigeons. The initial (choice) link consisted of concurrent VI 10 s schedules. The position of the terminal link schedules (FI 8 s and FI 4 s) and, hence, the reinforcement delay associated with each option, varied across sessions according to a 31-step pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS). By the end of the first PRBS, response ratios during the initial link indicated within-session acquisition of preference controlled by reinforcement delay; control developed relatively rapidly within each session. Intermediate doses (1.0 and 1.8 mg/kg) of morphine tended to attenuate within-session acquisition of preference, and, in some instances, did not substantially affect overall response rates or bias, although the reliability of this effect varied across pigeons. These findings suggest that, under some conditions, opioid agonists may decrease sensitivity to reinforcement delay. These results also suggest that rapid-acquisition procedures are potentially viable, and efficient, experimental preparations for studying effects of drugs on the acquisition of preference controlled by parameters of reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
The Assessment and Application of Behavior Management Strategies |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Kevin Luczynski, M.A. |
Abstract: Remediation of academic difficulties, social-skill deficits, and sleeping problems are common and important goals to achieve with young children. The four papers in this symposium collectively address each of these concerns by (a) conducting an experimental analysis to determine the variables that promote a high level of academic engagement, (b) demonstrating the successful application of behavior management strategies to decrease undesirable behavior and increase desirable social skills, and (c) capturing in-home sleep problems and showing the efficacy of interventions informed by an idiographic assessment-based approach. These papers, together, provide a balance of data-based evaluations that fall along different points on the assessment-to-intervention continuum with respect to addressing problem behavior commonly exhibited by children. Researchers and practitioners should both benefit from attending this symposium. |
|
An Evaluation of Teaching Peer-to-Peer Social Skills to Decrease Problem Behavior during Free-Play Periods |
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College), Kalianne T. Kenny (Western New England College) |
Abstract: We taught two dyads of preschoolers a set of peer-to-peer social responses involving functional communication, self-control, and friendship skills. Teaching to decrease problem behavior related to obtaining a peer’s materials occurred during free-play periods. Each dyad of children was taught desirable mand forms to access a peer's attention and their precursors (i.e., stop playing, make eye contact with the peer, raise a hand, and say "Excuse me" or "Pardon me"), framed-mands to access activity-related material (i.e., say "May I have the _____, please"), tolerating periods when materials were delayed and denied (i.e., say "Okay" and use a timer to mediate the delay period), and demonstrating friendship skills (i.e., share the desired item after the delay period and say, “Thank you” upon receiving an item). Interobserver agreement was collected for more than 35% of sessions and averaged 84% across all measures. The teaching program, which involved instructions, modeling, differential reinforcement, role plays, and corrective feedback for incorrect responses, was evaluated using a multiple-baseline design across dyads. Results showed that all children learned to independently exhibit the peer-to-peer social skills, which led to corresponding decreases in problem behavior. These effects persisted during a maintenance evaluation in which corrective feedback was provided in only every third session. Implications for building a flexible set of peer-to-peer social skills on a class-wide scale will be described along with the necessary arrangements to evaluate generalization of the skills. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems in Young Children |
CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England College), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of assessment-based interventions on the treatment of sleep problems in young children diagnosed with Autism. We used nighttime video recording to obtain direct measures and and indirect measures from sleep diaries to determine sleep onset delay, night awakenings, hours of sleep, and parental presence across nights. We then identified environmental factors contributing to sleep problems using an open-ended interview called the Sleep Assessment and Treatment Tool. Individualized and socially acceptable treatment package were designed with the parents of the children based on the idiosyncratic results of the assessment. Treatment packages typically included the adjustment of sleep schedule based on developmental norms and current sleep phases, design of a sleep conductive environment, elimination of inappropriate sleep dependencies, and function-based interventions to decrease sleep interfering behaviors by disrupting the contingency between the interfering behavior and its reinforcement. A multiple baseline across subjects design revealed positive effect with all 3 children. Interobserver agreement for video data was collected for 24% of observations, and averaged 96% across all measures. An idiographic assessment-based approach for eliminating sleep problems in young children will be discussed. |
|
Assessment of Academic Task Engagement |
KERRI P. BERARD (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jeanne M. Donaldson (University of Florida), Stephen F. Walker (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) methodology is commonly used to determine the environmental variables that maintain various topographies of problem behavior. The results of these functional analyses are useful in determining intervention plans. Determining what maintains or fails to maintain appropriate behavior may also be important so that plans may be in place to ensure that appropriate behavior continues or increases. Academic task completion is an essential component to success in school, and academic activity across individuals appears to be maintained by different variables. The purpose of this study was to assess some potential variables that maintain responding to academic tasks. Participants were children in elementary and intermediate schools. Academic engagement was observed for each participant in various conditions, for example, attention with feedback about correct and incorrect answers (Attn, Feedback), attention for completion whether correct or incorrect (Attn, Praise), tangible, distraction, and ignore. All participants showed lowest rates of academic engagement in the distraction condition (i.e., when preferred items were available noncontingently and no attention was available). The results of this study suggest that the context (e.g., working in an empty room) may be just as important for task completion as social reinforcement. |
|
An Evaluation and Comparison of Timeout Procedures with and without Release Contingencies |
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A common recommendation for implementing timeout procedures is to include a release contingency such that the individual is not allowed to leave timeout until no problem behavior has occurred for a specific amount of time (e.g., 30 s). A fixed-duration timeout procedure was compared to a release contingency timeout procedure with 4 young subjects using a reversal and multielement design. The timeout procedures were compared across two settings for one of the subjects. Results demonstrated that both timeout procedures were effective at reducing problem behavior outside of timeout, problem behavior occurred in timeout during both procedures, and problem behavior in timeout was not predictive of problem behavior outside of timeout. |
|
|
|
|
Examining Experimentally the Effects of Operant Consequences and Cultural Level Consequences |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Brett Grant Kellerstedt (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Sigrid Glenn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the experiments reported in these three papers, interlocking behavioral contingencies and their aggregate products are examined as a function of operant contingencies and of metacontingencies. Although the experimental designs and procedures differ in the three papers, the results of the three papers converge to suggest that operant consequences and cultural consequences can act in concert or in opposition, cultural consequences can override the effects of direct reinforcement, and cultural consequences may function to alter the behavior of individuals and also to alter the patterns and products of interlocking contingencies. |
|
Analyzing Operant and Cultural Consequences in a Choice Paradigm |
CHAD SCOTT HUNTER (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Choices of participants in 2-member groups were evaluated under two conditions. In one condition, operant consequences of choices depended on that individual's behavior. Each participant chose one of three options, two of which delivered 5 points and one of which delivered 3 points. In the other condition, a cultural consequence was added, giving additional effects to two options: the 3-point option also added 3 points to the other participant's earnings, and one of the 5-point options also subtracted 5 points from the other participant's earnings. The third option remained the same as in the first condition: 5 points to the participant who selected it with no effect on points of the other participant. An A-B-A-B-A-B-A design was used. Results showed that operant consequences controlled choices in A Conditions. In B Conditions (cultural consequence added), participants in both groups initially produced response combinations that earned 8 points for one or the other individual (and 0 or 3 points for the other). However, allocation of responding changed across B Conditions to combinations that produced 6 points for both. This shift in group performances away from maximum individual reinforcement towards maximum group reinforcement may indicate that cultural contingencies did not act in concert with operant contingencies, suggesting different mechanisms of selection. |
|
Cultural Consequences and the Iterated Prisoners' Dilemma Game: Understanding Metacontingency |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We systematically replicated experiments from our own lab which used an iterated prisoners' dilemma game (IPDG) to examine the effects of metacontingencies on aggregate products of the behavior of four players. In the earlier experiments, it was shown that cultural consequences ("market feedback" in the form of points delivered to the group) contingent on all "y" choices or all "x" choices increased the production of those combinations. In the experiments reported here, we added a baseline condition wherein the players experienced only the individual contingencies embedded in the game. Then we imposed the metacontingency on production of xxxx or, alternatively, production of yyyy. After several reversals, the metacontingency was discontinued and the players again experienced only the individual contingencies of the game. We systematically replicated our results several times using this setup. We also utilized a yoked control to show that the contingent nature of the cultural consequence was necessary for reliable production of the required combinations. We showed that the cultural consequence controlled production of aggregate products even when its magnitude was minimal, and that the metacontingency maintained patterns resulting in the worst outcome for all individual players. |
|
Effect of Cultural Consequences on Utilization of Limited Natural Resources in a Common Dilemma Game |
DYEGO DE CARVALHO COSTA (Universidade de Brasília), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília), Nayla Cristina da Silva (Universidade de Brasília), Elayne Esmeraldo Nogueira (Universidade de Brasília), Clarissa de Pontes Vieira Nogueira (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: This experiment models the dilemma described in the "tragedy of the commons" in which multiple people, exploiting resources to their individual advantage, contribute to resource depletion. Previous research in our lab showed (a) that feedback on individuals' resource utilization was necessary to produce the coordinated behavior that conserved resources and (b) that opportunity to communicate among players enhanced resource conservation. This experiment evaluated the ability of metacontingencies to differentially select aggregate products of the interlocking behavioral contingencies of 3 players. The players chose one of three colored cards representing resource usage (and therefore individual consequences)-red (5 resources), yellow (10 resources), and green (15 resources). The sum total of resources used represented the aggregate product. In the first baseline condition, participants chose independently (no communication, no feedback); in the second baseline, communication (but not feedback on choices) was allowed. In the third condition, cultural consequences were independent of aggregate products. In the remaining four conditions, cultural consequences were contingent on various aggregate products. Results from the first group replicated findings of previous research regarding the role of social control in avoiding overexploitation of common resources. In addition, this research showed that metacontingency manipulations accounted for changes in aggregate products (group utilization). |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Jon Bailey, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University) |
MARY JANE WEISS (The McCarton School) |
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge) |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The BACB has issued a revised set of Guidelines for Responsible Conduct that adds several additional considerations for practicing behavior analysts to take into account when handling cases. These include recommendations to seek medical consultation if it is indicated, to seekinstitutional review boardapproval for presenting data collected during therapy, at conferences, and the use of a contract or Declaration of Professional Services at the beginning of a consultation. In addition practitioners are advised to conduct a risk-benefit analysis and present this to the client prior to the onset of treatment. Members of the panel are prepared to comment on these changes to the BACB code of ethics and the implications for practice, and each will present one case they have handled recently and describe their recommended resolution. The remainder of the time will be allotted to questions from the audience put to one or all of the panel members for discussion. |
|
|
|
|
Examining Behavioral Approaches to Post-Secondary Teaching |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Apral Foreman (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: David A. Eckerman ((AI)2, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: James Soldner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis (Austin & Carr 2000), Austin noted a relative scarcity of empirical validation for behavioral education methods at the college level (p. 449). She also noted that continued research in this area was necessary to facilitate the adoption of behavioral methods in college settings (p. 466). Since the time of that publication, additional empirical studies have begun to emerge from behavior analysts and from other disciplines using behavioral approaches. This symposium examines a specific technique (i.e., interteaching), as well as providing an overview of various published behavioral college teaching strategies. Specifically, the papers present research concerning (a) the use of interteaching methods in a course in rehabilitation, rather than psychology or behavior analysis; (b) a component analysis of interteaching; (c) effect sizes found in published studies of various behavioral teaching techniques (e.g., response cards, guided notes, interteaching, feedback, programmed instruction, quality points, individual & group contingencies). |
|
A Comparison of Interteaching and Classroom Lecture in Rehabilitation Education |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Assumption College), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Most studies involving interteaching have been conducted in either psychology or behavior analysis-related courses. To date, no interteaching studies have been conducted in traditional rehabilitation courses. Therefore, the current study was intended to replicate previous interteaching research by comparing interteaching to traditional classroom lecture in two sections of an undergraduate medical aspects of disability course. In this study, participants in both sections were given quizzes after alternating and counterbalanced conditions of interteaching and lecture. Preliminary findings indicate higher quiz scores following interteaching than quiz scores following classroom lecture. The current study also involved a component analysis, in which participation points were available to participants at the end of each class contingent upon their performance with a brief post-discussion quiz. Feedback on quiz performance was available immediately after completion of the post-discussion quiz. In addition, preliminary social validity findings indicate the majority of participants report they learn more and have a higher preference for interteaching than with classroom lecture. |
|
A Component Analysis of Interteaching |
MICHELLE TURAN (University of Windsor), Chrystal E.R. Jansz (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Considerable research is beginning to demonstrate that alternative methods of postsecondary instruction may be more effective than traditional methods of classroom instruction. Few publications on behaviour analytic methods of postsecondary instruction exist in the literature. One exception to this is interteaching. Interteaching is a behavior analytic approach to postsecondary classroom instruction that includes instructor-led student-pairs discussion and follow-up "clarification" lectures based on student feedback. The purpose of the study was to conduct a component analysis of interteaching by isolating its' two major components: the student-pairs discussion and the supplemental, or follow-up, lecture. Student comprehension of pre-selected scholarly articles was tested three times across the intervention components listed above. This study also served as an extension of previous research by using an ordinal-scale model of hierarchical complexity to score open-ended comprehension questions. For the 22 students who completed the study, preliminary data indicates greatest response accuracy following both the teacher-led student-pairs discussion and supplemental lectures. |
|
Behavior Analytic Strategies in Postsecondary Instruction: A Quantitative and Qualitative Review |
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Michelle Turan (University of Windsor), Mana Ebrahimi (Brock University) |
Abstract: In the last 15 years (1995-2010), relatively few behaviour analytic contributions to the literature on postsecondary instruction can be found (n<20). Those strategies that do exist range from antecedent-based approaches (e.g. interteaching) to consequence-based approaches (e.g. feedback delays). The purpose of this literature review was to analyze the effect sizes (via D statistic) of various behaviour analytic approaches in postsecondary instructions from the last 15 years. The data analyzed to date demonstrates large effect sizes in many of the antecedent approaches (range of 0.02-4.57) and small to moderate effect sizes of consequence-based approaches (0.15-.196). Further analysis of the articles will be conducted to allow for qualitative ratings of the approaches in order to make recommendations for instruction. In order to maximize the dissemination of behaviour analysis, likeminded faculty in postsecondary institutions need to consider the use of evidence-based instructional strategies to maximize the effectiveness of their teaching and/or increase the research base for behavioural strategies in postsecondary education. |
|
|
|
|
Training Educators, Paraeducators, and Childcare Providers in the Terminology, Assessment, and Application of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
|
Increasing Staff Knowledge of Aplied Behavior Analysis Terminology Using Precision Teaching |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE P. KELLY (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
|
Abstract: The aim of this study was to increase staff knowledge of 40 terms from the applied behaviour analytic (ABA) literature. Twenty Irish staff members working in a school for children with autism that utilises ABA techniques participated. Baseline consisted of the staff members reading the ABA definition and saying the answer aloud. This see/say learning channel was used throughout the study. Pre-intervention scores showed an average across all participants of 5.73 answers correct and 5.97 answers incorrect in a one-minute timing. A multiple probe design was utilised across four groups of five participants. Each week a new group began using SAFMEDS for three one-minute timings every morning, five days a week. Staff recorded their own number of correct and incorrect answers. Probes were conducted at the start of every week of the study. Inter-observer agreement was obtained for 25% of the participants probes and was 93.5%. Post-intervention correct scores increased by 325% to an average of 18.57 per minute. Incorrect scores decreased by 227% to an average of 2.63 per minute. All results were displayed on Standard Celeration Charts. Results showed that SAFMEDS was an effective and time-efficient tool for staff training. |
|
Evaluating Early Childhood Teachers' Use of Positive Behavior Supports |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
NATASHA LEIGH BAILEY (University of Missouri- Columbia), Melissa Stormont (University of Missouri- Columbia) |
|
Abstract: In order to advance the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and improve social, behavioral, and academic outcomes for children with disabilities, it is crucial to provide quality behavior analytic training to early childhood educational and childcare professionals. Parents of children with disabilities experience difficulties in locating childcare facilities to serve the needs of their children. In addition, little research in childcare settings has been undertaken to determine teacher training in behavioral analysis and intervention, and preventative interventions for at-risk students. The current research sought to identify factors contributing to the success or failure of childcare facilities to analyze behavior, implement behavior modification, and improve the behavior of enrolled students. A second goal of this research was to train and monitor childcare providers in behavior analysis. Increased use of applied behavior analysis in childcare settings has the potential to improve academic and social outcomes for at-risk students and students with a disabilityfollowing transition to school, as well as increase quality childcare options for children with disabilities under the age of three. |
|
Foundation to Fluency: Perspectives and Practices for Training Functional Behavior Assessment |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AARON BARNES (University of Wisconsisn - Stout), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will offer a summary of current trends in the practice of training students and professionals in education and psychology to conduct functional behavior assessment (FBA). Foundations to training will be covered briefly, as well as highlighting differences in perspectives and practices in various contexts (e.g., school-based vs. clinic based practice, or contrasting instructional practice for the initial training of undergraduate and graduate students with practice for the professional development of veteran educators and service providers. Variable approaches will be discussed regarding components of the assessment process including indirect methods (e.g., interviews and rating scales) and direct methods (e.g., various approaches to direct observation ranging from naturalistic observation and narrative recording to structural analysis and analog functional analysis). In addition to sharing an overview of the variety of training methods, perspectives will be offered on the strengths and limitations of various approaches, leading discussion toward recommendations for best practice. |
|
The Effects of Implementing the Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy as Teacher Training on Teacher Performance and Student Outcomes |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Emma L. Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma L. Martin (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kerry Faulkner (Nicholls State University), Jo Highley (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
|
Abstract: CABAS is a behavioral model of schooling drawing on (a) other behavioral models of schooling, (b) tactics and strategies from the applied and experimental branches of behavior analysis, (c) epistemology of behavioral selectionism, (d) research on CABAS components, and (e) demonstration applications to several schools. These components are applied to all areas of schooling including the students, parents, teachers, supervisors, and the University training program. The TPRA (Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy; Ingham & Greer, 1992) procedure is the principal assessment tool used in a CABAS school to determine the quality of teaching. The purpose of this paper is to investigate the specific components of the TPRA and variations of the procedure. These options will be described in full alongside the rationale. The component variations focus on 4 different areas: (a) the rate component of the TPRA for the teaching staff who have met the accuracy targets; (b) teaching the teachers to conduct TPRAs to improve the accuracy of their own teaching; (c) using the TPRA in a non-CABAS settings; (d) the impact of having teachers contact the relationship between teacher performance and student outcomes. Suggestions will be made on how the TPRA can be used as a starting point for staff training in a variety of educational setting. The results are reported as a function of the relationship between improving teaching performance and student outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Status and Future Developments |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:00 PM–2:20 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
|
Walden I, II, III... Is it time for a Walden IV? |
Domain: Theory |
ANDREE FLEMING-HOLLAND (Universidad Veracruzana), Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (University of Veracruz), SebastiÁn Figueroa-Rodráguez (Universidad Veracruzana), Cesar G. Aguilar-Salazar (University of Veracruz) |
|
Abstract: A recent edition of The Behavior Analyst (2010) published three articles on the future of behavior analysis based upon a panel at ABAI Phoenix (2009). Taken together with previous ABAI presentations, for example Fleming-Holland (2008) it becomes obvious that there is a growing concern about the growth of behavior analysis in the not-so-distant future as the field concentrates more intensely on restricted areas of interest. The health of our discipline rests on a certain mainstream relevance, a challenge in the face of the over-specialization resulting from, in part, the unequal distribution of employment opportunities and public funding in certain areas to the exclusion of others. This skewed growth of behavior analysis belies Skinner's vision of our behavioral science becoming a mainstream force, relevant in almost every human endeavor including societal planning, as Walden II attempts to do. The three increasingly complex Waldens are outlined, and suggestions are made for a more comprehensive, global Walden IV integrating behavior analysis with other fields such as health psychology, ecological psychology and positive psychology, as well as recent advances in gene plasticity and neuronal growth. |
|
Unexplored Areas in Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Andrea Duroy (Stanislaus County Office of Education), Kenneth Killingsworth (California State University, Stanislaus) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will explore areas of behavior that behavior analysis has either skipped over or has not addressed in detail. In general this presentation will present potential research areas, including those related to stimulus control, consequences, motivative operations and complex behavior (including problem solving, conditional discriminations, and complex verbal and nonverbal repertoires such as memory, attention, perspective taking, etc.). The aim of this presentation is to outline and present areas that have gone unexplored, report any attempts to investigate these areas, and where possible to propose some potential methods for doing such research. Some data will be presented from human and nonhuman studies where relevant, and research proposals will include suggestions for research with multiple species. |
|
The Scientometric Structure of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JAVIER VIRUES (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (University of Manitoba) |
|
Abstract: In the present series of presentations we will analyze the scientific production of behavior analysis (journal articles) and will use social network graphing and analysis to inform: (a) influential research groups, (b) influential research areas, (c) evolution of influential groups and topics over the last decades, (d) patterns of scientific collaboration and interaction in the field, (d) comparison with neighboring scientific disciplines (e.g., clinical psychology, children psychiatry). All these areas will be explored systematically implementing a novel methodology based on social network graphing developed by the authors. Social network analysis provides the basis for graphic representation and quantitative analysis of the interactions of complex and extensive social systems. Authorship of behavior-analytic articles will be used as the basis for this analysis. The present symposium will provide a general perspective on the status of the field when confronted with the scientometric features of other better-established scientific disciplines. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical Issues in the Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Mitch Fryling (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
The Role of Philosophy in Verbal Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
MITCH FRYLING (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
Abstract: In many ways, research and theory in verbal behavior is thriving. Indeed, it seems like there is a growing amount of support for a multitude of perspectives, each claiming to provide a sufficient treatment of the topic. Debates continue, and indeed, are unlikely to cease. While this may be considered a healthy point in the development of the science, there are opportunities for integration and interaction among various perspectives. This paper will consider the role of philosophy in this circumstance, and in particular, the coordinative role (Kantor, 1969). After a brief review of popular theories in verbal behavior, it will be argued that there are important similarities, and in fact, that many may be studying the same event dressed up in different language. The reasons for this will be considered, and constructive solutions will be provided. Successful scientific enterprises are cumulative in nature, and thus, coordinative efforts such as this are essential toward overall disciplinary productivity. |
|
Verbal Behavior and the Problem of Units |
Domain: Theory |
JOHN H. MABRY (Retired) |
|
Abstract: B.J.Whorf, in studying indigenous languages of the Americas challenged the use of “Standard Average European” grammars, word-classes and divisions, or segmentations to describe the speech of Native Americans. His study often concluded the usual distinctions of ‘sentence,’ and ‘word’ common in Western languages were not appropriate to most.
Skinner in Verbal Behavior, made similar statements about the composition of units as this one:
The most familiar examples of functional units are traditionally called words. In learning to speak the child acquires tacts of various sizes: words (doll), phrases (on the table), and sentences (Kitty’s going to sleep). These larger units are not composed by the speaker…; they are unitary responses under the control of particular stimuli. (Page, 119)
In a sharp break from traditional linguistic and psycholinguistic position, observational studies of individual children questioned the validity of the assumption that “…the process moves from little utterances to bigger ones in both length and complexity.” Instead, as Peters stated 1983, the many garbled, ‘chunks’ and ‘prefabricated phrases’ lead to the partial extraction of adult words in a back and forth transitions observed as breakdown and buildup. The teaching of verbal behavior to ASD children and adults could profit from this new conception of unit size and composition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Research on Pedestrian Safety |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Sarah E. Casella (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Michelle L. Arnold (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Casella, M.S. |
Abstract: Pedestrian crashes are a major problem in urban and suburban areas contributing to a large proportion of traffic crashes. This symposium examines research on increasing pedestrian safety at crosswalk. The first study examined the use of markings prompting drivers to look for pedestrians with and without 3D illusions placed at the side of the roadway that appear to narrow the road just before the crosswalk. The second presentation examines the effects of a rapid flashing LED beacon on yielding to pedestrians at night. This intervention was very effective in increasing the percentage of drivers yielding to pedestrians. The third presentation examines the effect of giving a 3 second exclusive crossing phase to pedestrians at a crosswalk at traffic signals. This countermeasure reduced conflicts between pedestrians and motorists, and reduced the percentage of pedestrians surrendering their right of way to drivers. All three studies demonstrate how a behavioral approach can improve the safety of pedestrians at crosswalks. |
|
The Evaluation of in Pavement Prompts and Three Dimensional Pavement Illusions on Yielding Behavior |
NICOLE CAMBRIDGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Little research has evaluated the use of in street pavement markings to increase driver-yielding behavior. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether in street pavement markings instructing motorists to look for pedestrians in a busy crosswalk used alone or in conjunction with three dimensional (3D) pavement markings would increase the percentage of drivers yielding to pedestrians. Previous research on 3D pavement illusions has focused on using them to produce decreases in motorist speed. This study utilized observational recording of yielding behavior of regular drivers and taxi drivers at two sites in a major city in the Midwest. Data collected at both sites indicates that in street pavement markings prompting drivers to yield to pedestrians was associated with an increase in motorist yielding behavior at the first treatment site. In succession, the in street prompting message will be installed at the second site and the 3D markings were added today at the first site. Analysis of the data may be able to determine if either in pavement prompts, 3D pavement illusions, or both should be considered in future pedestrian safety programs to encourage more yielding. |
|
Rapid-Flash Rectangular Flashing Beacons Increase Night Driver Yielding Behavior at Two Mid-Block Crosswalks |
JIM SHURBUTT (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of a rectangular side-mounted rapid-flash LED yellow beacon with a flash pattern similar to that used by emergency vehicles to increase automobile yielding to pedestrians during nighttime hours at two mid-block multilane crosswalks. Baseline data were collected during the absence of the crossing aid. Following baseline, the two-beacon system (one beacon mounted on each side of the road) was evaluated followed by the four-beacon system (additional units facing each direction placed on the median island). The introduction of the rectangular rapid flash beacon (RRFB) systems produced a marked increases in motorist yielding behavior from 1% during baseline to 63% for the two-beacon system and 89% for the four-beacon system at the first crosswalk location and from 5% during baseline, to 87% during the two-beacon system, to 99% during the four-beacon system at the second crosswalk location. These effects were maintained at a 14-month maintenance evaluation. |
|
Effects of a Leading Pedestrian Interval Signal Phase on Yielding to Pedestrians at Three Traffic Signals Intersections |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Motorists often fail to yield to pedestrians in marked crosswalks at controlled locations. About 37 percent of pedestrian injury crashes and 20 percent of fatal crashes occur at intersections. Many countermeasures prompting pedestrians to look for turning vehicles or prompting drivers to yield to pedestrians. The present study, conducted at three intersections controlled by traffic signals, examined whether giving pedestrians a 3 second start before releasing turning vehicles would increase driver yielding. The results of the study indicated that the short exclusive pedestrian phase increased driver yielding and reduced conflicts at all three intersections. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Interventions for Young Children |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Cahit Kaya (Unknown) |
|
Using Social Stories to Facilitate Decision-Making for Individuals With Severe Disabilities |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
PAMELA WOLFE (The Pennsylvania State University), Cheryl Ostryn (University of Colorado, Denver) |
|
Abstract: Social Stories, developed by Carol Gray, offer a means to instruct students about tasks, skills, or appropriate behavior. Although originally developed to be used with individualswith autism, implementation of the technique has spread to use with other individuals with disabilities such as those with cognitive disabilities. Based on previous research related to the structure of a social story, this session will present strategies related to how to infuse decision-making into social story structures. Specifically, participants will learn how to develop a social story that contains information for an individual with severe cognitive disabilities related to the consequences of choices in social situations. Participants will have the opportunity to create social stories from vignettes that incorporate decision-making components. Further, the highly interactive session will draw upon participant discussion to guide social story topics that can be addressed via decision-making structures. |
|
Getting Applied Behavior Analysis to California's Early Start Population: A Models for Providing Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Interventions to Infants and Toddlers |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLETTE NEFDT-GONZALEZ (STAR Autism), Michelle E. Coulter (STAR, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will provide the audience with details and preliminary results of a model of service delivery to increase the access of infants and toddlers with developmental delays to applied behavior analysis (ABA) based interventions. The audience will learn about how this program utilizes an ABA-based multidisciplinary team of BCBA's occupational therapy and speech language pathology to deliver family centered intervention. This model allows practitioners to provide evidence based practice while addressing obstacles common to families and practitioners in early start (e.g. coordination between providers, need to transport children and services not being conducted in the natural environment), and the family centered approach ensures a high rate of parent participation. Preliminary results suggest high levels of parent satisfaction and significant child behavior change following brief, non-intensive intervention. The incorporation of ABA techniques along with the high level of parent participation may be one of the primary reasons for the observed rapid behavior change seen in the children. |
|
Using Response Shaping to Increase Toy Play in Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CAHIT KAYA, Mark Wolery (Vanderbilt University) |
|
Abstract: Some children with developmental delays and disabilities need to be taught to play with toys. This study will focus on increasing play duration of children with developmental disabilities. Initially, toys and foods children prefer will be identified based on selection-based preference assessment and teacher interviews. During baseline, the children will be given a choice of the toys they like, and allowed to play with it while the researcher plays with and imitates the child. These 5-minute play sessions will be video recorded using real data collection recording system. The intervention procedure will be using response shaping strategies employing progressive reinforcement schedule. The intervention involves the researcher rewarding the child with a piece of food (e.g., raisin, small bit of cracker) each time the child plays for a given length of time. After the child consistently plays for the initial length of time to get rewarded, the length of time to get rewarded will increase. Three children with developmental delay or disabilities between 18 to 40 months old will participate. The study conditions will be baseline, intervention, baseline, intervention. Each condition will last from 5-10 sessions of 5 minutes each. Increasing play duration of children with developmental disabilities will help those children to have more opportunities to learn or improve many skills (i.e. language, social competence, memory) obtained through play. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis for Individuals With Fragile X Syndrome |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Stanford University) |
|
Computerized Discrete Trial Training in Fragile X Syndrome: An Empirical Study |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Stanford University), Melissa Hirt (Stanford University), Allan L. Reiss (Stanford University) |
|
Abstract: There has been increased interest in studying gene-brain-behavior relationships in applied behavior analysis (ABA). In this study, we examined skill acquisition in individuals with Fragile X Syndrome (FXS) - the most common known form of inherited intellectual disability. FXS is caused by a mutation to the FMR1 gene on the X chromosome and results in a specific behavioral phenotype, including impairments in math. Twelve individuals with FXS, aged 11 to 23 years, received intensive computerized training on matching fractions, pie-charts, and decimals using The Discrete Trial Trainer (Accelerations Educational Software, 2005). We compared the training profiles of these individuals to a group of ten age- and IQ-matched controls with idiopathic developmental delay (IDD). Results showed that 10 of 11 individuals with FXS and 9 of 10 individuals with IDD demonstrate proficiency with the stimuli. Furthermore, the training profiles were similar in the two groups. Taken together, these data suggest that although individuals with FXS commonly experience difficulties in math, a sophisticated computer program such as The Discrete Trial Trainer could overcome specific skill deficits in FXS. The discussion will focus on considering why FXS is such a neglected area of research in ABA. |
|
Effects of Computerized Match-to-Sample Training on Emergent Mathematical Relations of Children With Fragile X Syndrome |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (Stanford University), Melissa Hirt (Stanford University), Allan L. Reiss (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University) |
|
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with fragile X syndrome (FXS) are reported to exhibit considerable deficits in mathematical functioning, which often are attributed to brain-based abnormalities associated with the syndrome. Very little research has examined the effects of behavioral interventions on the acquisition of mathematical skills in this population. Therefore, we evaluated whether individuals with FXS could acquire stimulus equivalence relations following intensive match-to-sample training on a computerized discrete trial training program conducted over 1 to 2 days. The performance of ten participants with FXS, aged 11 to 23 years, was compared to that of nine age- and IQ-matched controls with idiopathic developmental delay (IDD) following mastery of twelve stimulus relations (targeting fractions, pie-charts, and decimals). Five individuals with FXS demonstrated symmetry and one individual demonstrated transitivity/equivalence. Six individuals with IDD demonstrated symmetry and two demonstrated transitivity/equivalence. Taken together, these preliminary data suggest that brief, computerized match-to-sample training may produce emergent (previously untrained) relations in children with FXS and IDD. Future studies should investigate additional teaching strategies that may improve the mathematical performance of individuals with FXS. |
|
Social Withdrawal Behaviors in Fragile X and Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (University of Manitoba), Daina Crafa (Universitat Osnabruk), Griffin W. Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Walter Kaufmann (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
|
Abstract: The umbrella term "social withdrawal" (SW) encompasses a variety of behaviors (e.g., active and passive withdrawal from social situations, lack of social responsiveness, shyness, etc.) and is a poor prognosticator for social development. Although there is a great deal of research on SW behaviors in fragile X syndrome (FXS) and autism spectrum disorders (ASD), the literature is limited in that SW behavior is described in broad terms (e.g., shyness) and measured using indirect methods such as rating scales. We conducted a contextual analysis of social withdrawal behaviors by introducing novel items, events, and people into "play situations" and recording expressions of fear or pleasure, approach and avoidance behavior to novel stimuli, social references to caregivers, and the frequency and duration of contact with experimental items and people. Response patterns were compared to a control group of mental age-matched typically developing boys. Boys with FXS and/or ASD differed in frequency of touching familiar and novel objects, the amount of functional toy play, eye contact, and smiles. Differences were also seen between groups in patterns of time allocation to remaining in proximity of a caregiver versus room exploration. These results suggest that there are several different functional classes of social withdrawal behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Applied Research with At-Risk College Student-Athletes |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: David Bicard (Our Lady of Peace Hospital) |
Discussant: David Bicard (Our Lady of Peace Hospital) |
Abstract: National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I college student-athletes have always had demands placed on them both athletically and academically. Athletically they feel the pressure to be the fastest, strongest, and best performer for their respective university. Academically, there are eligibility standards that the student-athletes must continue to meet in order to continue to participate in their sport. Since 2003, these eligibility standards have become more rigorous and demanding for Division I college student-athletes. To add to the issue of tougher academic standards, student-athletes, especially African-American, high profile student-athletes, are entering college more and more academically unprepared. These students are labeled at-risk and are assigned an academic support plan created and implemented by the student-athlete academic support staff. This support staff also closely monitors the progress of the student-athlete and communicates with the professors and coaches. Research on this topic is limited, but athletic academic support staff continues to look for successful interventions. The purpose of this symposium is to disseminate recent research that has been conducted that has shown to improve important academic skills of at-rsk student athletes. The first study will present data from self-management studies during the student athletes' study hall. The second study will present data on a text-messaging intervention used to improve the at-risk student athletes' college course attendance. The third presentation will discuss how we have been able to implement reinforcement based behavior change procedures while still adhering to NCAA guidelines for working with college student-athletes. |
|
Recent Research on Self-Managment for At-Risk College Student-Athletes During Required Study Hall |
JESSICA L. MILLS (University of Memphis), Valorie R. Lott (University of Memphis), David Bicard (Our Lady of Peace Hospital) |
Abstract: In this study, we applied this research-based intervention to our collegiate student-athletes in an attempt to change behaviors such as verbal comments and completion of academic work. We also used this intervention on our own behavior to change our behavior toward students. The data from these studies show self-management to be a successful intervention in changing the academic behaviors of these at-risk, collegiate student-athletes. |
|
Recent Research on the Effects of Text Messaging on At-Risk College Student-Athletes' Punctuality and Attendance |
DAVID BICARD (Our Lady of Peace Hospital), Valorie R. Lott (University of Memphis), Jessica L. Mills (University of Memphis), Sara C. Bicard (University of Memphis), Laura B. Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: This study examines the effect of text messaging on student-athlete class punctuality and class attendance. Participants included seven male, college student-athletes at a Division I NCAA institution. The participants had a history of tardiness to class and were at-risk for academic failure. During the intervention, participants sent text messages to verify their class attendance to their academic counselor. Using a multiple baseline across participants, the study demonstrated substantial improvements in student-athlete class punctuality and attendance for all seven participants. The text messaging intervention was easy to implement for both the athletic academic counselors and the participants. The low response effort may make interventions such as text messaging easier to implement and potentially more effective than high response effort interventions that require a higher time and energy commitment on the part of the athletic academic counselor and the student athlete. |
|
Hurdles to Jump, Obstacles to Takle, and Races to Win: Adhering to NCAA Standards While Implementing Reinforcement Based Behavior Change Project for College Student-Athletes |
JESSICA L. MILLS (University of Memphis), Valorie R. Lott (University of Memphis), Kimya Massey (University of Memphis), David Bicard (Our Lady of Peace Hospital) |
Abstract: In the field of athletic academic services, it is important for counselors to monitor and assist student-athletes in their academic success, but also to allow them to develop the skills that will make them independent and able to be successful on their own. This task is sometimes made more difficult due to the strict guidelines set forth by the NCAA for working with college student-athletes. In this presentation we will discuss some key constraints placed on athletic academic counselors and describe how we have abided by NCAA regulations while using reinforcement based behavior change programs. |
|
|
|
|
Educating Children With Autism: Issues in Programming, Data Collection, and Intervention |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Judith Sylva (California State University, San Bernardino) |
|
Educational Programming for Children With Autism: Delivering Socially Valid Outcomes |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, San Bernardino), Doreen J. Ferko (California Baptist University), Suzanne Robinson (University of California, Fullerton), Lisa Kistler (Riverside County Office of Education) |
|
Abstract: The impetus for this paper is the expense of educational treatment of children with disabilities relative to the benefit to local school districts and communities in terms of socially valid student outcomes. The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (Johnson & Street, 2004) is a model for assessment and instructional practices that leads to measureable changes in student performance in meaningful academic and non-academic outcomes. This model encompasses the implementation of evidence-based practices within a framework that is conducive to demonstrating socially valid student outcomes. In this paper, we propose the implementation of four program components as part of the Reach Autism Program operated by the Riverside County Office of Education that are based on the Morningside Model (Johnson & Street, 2004). The process of implementation of the program components will be discussed as well as proposed measures to determine the effectiveness of the program components in occasioning socially valid outcomes for students with autism in grades K-12. |
|
CANCELLED: Effect of Prototypical Staff Training on Frequency of Data Collection by Teachers of Students With Autism |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA HARKINS (University of North Texas), Smita Shukla Mehta (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Legal mandates and best practice recommendations emphasize the importance of ongoing observational data collection in the classroom to monitor progress and demonstrate accountability for students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The current proposed study targets five teachers in a Texas public school district who are responsible for implementation and documentation of data for the students with an eligibility of ASD in their classroom. A multiple baseline design across participants will be used to assess the effects of a prototypical staff training program consisting of workshop in-service, on-the-job in-classroom follow up with feedback, and an incentives program with quality checks on the frequency of data collection for individualized education plan objectives and its maintenance. Anticipated results are expected to replicate and extend prior research with an increase in frequency of data collection following on-the-job training and maintenance over time. Results would lead to discussion of increased, widespread quality of intervention in the schools for individuals with ASD in relation to accountability. Additional discussion would also be warranted with such results of a future line of research to investigate not only frequency of data collection, but also accuracy/reliability, appropriateness of method/validity, target population for whom data are collected/generalization, and data-based decision-making. |
|
Using High-Probability Requests in the Classroom to Decrease Challenging Behaviors |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANNIE MCLAUGHLIN (Virginia Institute of Autism), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington) |
|
Abstract: Educators continually search for new effective ways to increase compliance with children with disabilities. This study examined the difference between delivering the high-probability requests rapidly (i.e., 5 seconds between high-probability requests) and slowly (i.e., 15 seconds between high-probability requests). This study was conducted with a first grade male in a public school setting. The data show that the student was more compliant to the low-probability requests when delivered reapidly. However, when delivered slowly, the student also increased compliance from baseline. High-probability requests provide one way to increase compliance. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Listener and Speaker Behavior to Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
CE Instructor: Vincent Carbone, Ed.D. |
Abstract: As B. F. Skinners (1957) analysis of verbal behavior is more consistently incorporated into applied behavior analytic programs for teaching listener and speaker behavior to children with autism, it is imperative that effective, research-based instructional practices derived from this analysis are identified. The purpose of this symposium is to present four papers, one conceptual analysis and three sets of single-subject, experimental data, that contribute to this objective. In the first paper, the author will discuss a treatment protocol incorporating mand training using manual sign language combined with prompt-delay and vocal prompting procedures to increase the vocal responding of children with developmental disabilities. In the second paper, the author will provide a conceptual analysis of joint control. In the final two papers, the authors will discuss joint control training procedures for teaching tacting yes and no and for teaching listener responding to children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Across all presentations implications for practical application and future research will be discussed. |
|
Increasing the Vocal Responses of Children With Autism and Developmental Disabilities Using Manual Sign Mand Training and Prompt-Delay Procedures |
Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Carbone Clinic), Vivian A. Attanasio (Independent Consultant), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment, Inc.), LEANNE B. REID (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: While the goal of many language training programs is to develop vocal verbal behavior, this can sometimes be a long and difficult process. Since about 50 percent of children with autism fail to develop vocal verbal behavior as their primary form of communication, effective treatments to teach vocal responding to children with autism and other developmental disabilities may have substantial benefits for many children. The purpose of this paper is to present single-subject experimental data collected using a multiple baseline across participants design. This study investigated the effects of manual sign mand training combined with prompt-delay and vocal prompting procedures on the production of vocal responses in three non-vocal children with developmental disabilities. All participants showed increases in vocal responding following the implementation of the independent variables. |
|
A Conceptual Analysis of Joint Control |
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Joint discriminative stimulus control provides a concise and strictly behavioral account for many complex listener responses. This paper will provide a conceptual analysis of joint control and a review of previous research related to this topic. This conceptual analysis will lay the foundation for the two final two papers presented in this symposium, both of which present experimental data on teaching procedures derived from a conceptual analysis of joint control. |
|
Using Joint Control Training to Teach a Child With Autism to Tact Yes and No |
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: When teaching skills such as tacting yes and no, the goal is not to teach a student the answers to a specific set of questions relevant to a specific set of stimuli. Instead, the goal is to teach a problem solving strategy that results in the student demonstrating generalized responding to untrained exemplars. This paper will describe a set of procedures for teaching tacting yes and no that were derived from a conceptual analysis of joint control and will present single-subject experimental data on the effectiveness of these procedures for teaching a 14-year-old boy diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified to tact yes and no. A multiple probe design was employed to evaluate the effectiveness of multiple exemplar instruction using joint control training. During baseline, the participant did not demonstrate any discriminated yes or no responding across the 5 exemplars that were probed. Through multiple exemplar joint control training, the participant acquired 11 trained and 25 untrained exemplars. |
|
The Role of Joint Control in Teaching Listener Responding to Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
KAITLIN GRACE CAUSIN (The Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Kristin M. Albert (Carbone Clinic), Laura K. Peterhoff (Carbone Clinic), Christy M. Winder (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Previous studies have examined the role of joint control training as it relates to teaching a variety of different listener behaviors (e.g., manded selection responses, generalized identity and non-identity matching). The purpose of this paper is to expand the scope of the research on joint control to include the teaching of listener responding in the form of compliance with multiple-step instructions. The subjects were three boys between the ages of 6- and 17-years-old who were diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities. A multiple probe across participants design was used to examine the effectiveness of joint control training on the acquisition of trained and untrained stimulus sets. In addition to presenting the procedures used and data collected during this study, this paper will also present an analysis of how this study lends support to Schlinger's (2008) proposal that listener responding incorporates (i.e., is mediated by) speaker behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Problem Behavior: What's Pain Got to Do With It? |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Craig Kennedy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa) |
CRAIG H. KENNEDY (Vanderbilt University) |
Dr. Kennedy is the Associate Dean for Research at Peabody College of Vanderbilt University and a Professor of Special Education and Pediatrics. From 1992-1996 he was a faculty member in the Department of Special Education at the University of Hawaii at Manoa. From 1996-1997 he was a faculty member in the Departments of Psychiatry and Clinical Pharmacology at the Medical College of Pennsylvania. He joined Vanderbilt University in 1997 and served as Chair of the Special Education Department from 2006 to 2009. Dr. Kennedy's research and development interests focus on students with intellectual/developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. This work focuses on assessment and intervention of mechanisms underlying problematic behavior. Much of his current work focuses on analyses of gene-brain-environment interactions associated with the development of problem behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and stereotypy using human and animal models. Dr. Kennedy has served as an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps, and Journal of Behavioral Education, and as an editorial board member for numerous peer-reviewed journals. He is also the recipient of the B. F. Skinner award from the American Psychological Association (Division 33). |
Abstract: Using functional assessment techniques, researchers have demonstrated that many of these behaviors are maintained by positive and/or negative reinforcement contingencies. That is, problem behaviors come under the control of social contingencies related to the presentation or removal of salient stimuli in the person's environment. However, to complicate this analytical picture, people with autism also have a very high incidence of health conditions. Recent research findings indicate that the presence of health conditions can initiate or exacerbate problem behaviors. Indeed, it may be that many inconclusive functional assessments are not conclusive because the presence of a health condition (and its associated pain) has not been adequately assessed. An important finding of our research is that health conditions appear to increase behaviors that are negatively reinforced, but may not influence (or decrease) behaviors that are positively reinforced. This pattern suggests that the pain associated with a variety of health conditions may act as a motivating operation to establish noxious stimuli as negative reinforcers or increase their aversiveness, thus increasing rates of problem behaviors maintained by these contingencies. These findings suggest that health assessments and functional behavioral assessments should be conducted concurrently when the temporal pattern of problem behavior suggests a health condition may be a contributing factor. The resulting interventions may then need to target the health condition to alleviate or eliminate the pain associated with it and social reinforcement contingencies that may be maintaining the problem behavior. Therefore, assessment and intervention should be interdisciplinary and multifaceted in nature. |
|
|
|
|
Learning Latent Structure |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CE Instructor: Yael Niv, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
YAEL NIV (Princeton University) |
Yael Niv is an Assistant Professor at the Princeton Neuroscience Institute and the Psychology Department at Princeton University. She received her PhD from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem, after conducting her doctoral research at the Interdisciplinary Center for Neural Computation at the Hebrew University and at the Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit at UCL, London. In her research she strives to understand animal and human learning and decision-making at the computational, behavioral, and neural levels. The focus of her work is on the neural and computational processes underlying reinforcement learning - the ongoing day-to-day processes by which we learn from trial and error and without explicit instructions, to predict future events and to act upon the environment so as to maximize reward and minimize punishment. The data of interest come from decades of animal conditioning literature, and the myriad of more recent investigations into the neural underpinnings of conditioned behavior and human decision-making. In particular, she is interested in normative explanations of behavior, that is, models that offer a principled understanding of why our brain mechanisms use the computational algorithms that they do, and in what sense, if at all, these are optimal. |
Abstract: Associative learning theory in psychology has traditionally posited that animals and humans learn to associate between observed events in order to predict future outcomes and optimize control. However, in many cases the task to be learned has more structure than just the co-occurrence of stimuli. Even if its components are observed, this structure is latent and the animal needs to extract it from its experience via inference. In this talk I will present work in which we have begun to explore how animals and humans learn latent structures and use these to improve reinforcement learning. |
|
|
|
|
Facets of Operant Extinction |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: K. Matthew Lattal (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Presenting Authors: : KENNON A LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Operant extinction is a cluster of procedures, all of which reduce the targeted response often while generating other responses. Procedures for reducing operant responses that have been labeled extinction include removal of the reinforcer, removal of the response-reinforcer relation, and rendering ineffective the reinforcer used to establish the responses. These different procedures are differentially effective in both eliminating the targeted response and in generating other responses. These generative effects include operant response bursts, spontaneous recovery, response induction, generalization, and recurrence phenomena such as reinstatement and resurgence. This tutorial reviews the varied effects of extinction on operant behavior; compares such effects to those of other procedures such as reinforcing other responses, punishment, and satiation; and critiques historical and contemporary research on these topics. |
|
KENNON A LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Andy Lattal (Ph.D., University of Alabama, 1969) is Centennial Professor in the Department of Psychology at West Virginia University, where he has taught since 1972. His professional activities include service as Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior; Associate Editor for English Language Submissions of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis; editorial board member of seven behavioral journals; and President of ABAI, the Division for Behavior Analysis of the American Psychological Association, and the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is a recipient of West Virginia�s University�s Award for Outstanding Teaching and Benedum Distinguished Scholar Award. He has mentored 36 Ph.D. students at West Virginia and is the author of 120 refereed publications on many different topics within behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Are You TED Worthy? Using Performance Systems Analysis to Target Public Awareness |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Lori H. Diener (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
PHILIP N. CHASE (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
Dr. Chase has a Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts -Amherst, where he studied with Beth Sulzer-Azaroff and John Donahoe, and was influenced by a host of UMASS behavior analysts. He has conducted research on the basic environmental processes that facilitate problem solving and conceptual behavior. He has applied behavioral findings to the design of curricula for learning mathematics and other problem-solving repertoires. He has served as an editor, associate editor, and reviewer for many journals, including a three-year stint as Editor of The Behavior Analyst. He has co-organized a number of international scientific conferences, and reviewed grants for four US federal agencies. Dr. Chase received a Fulbright Scholarship to study rule governance in Italy, a Benedum Distinguished Scholar Award from West Virginia University, and an Outstanding Mentor Award from the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He is currently employed as the Executive Director of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
Abstract: A primary goal of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies is to increase public awareness of behavioral services and behavioral science. To achieve this goal we organize conferences, provide lists of speakers for a variety of venues, accredit world-class behavioral programs, and disseminate text, video, and audio resources on behavioral science and practice. Achieving this goal requires sensitivity to a range of cultural and communication issues that might be solved by a careful focus on our audiences. Many have recognized, however, that communicating to diverse audiences has been difficult for behavior analysts. Performance systems analysis (PSA) has the potential to help us with this focus by identifying accomplishments with the largest potential for improvement, as well as the critical measures that guide our efforts to achieve these accomplishments. This talk will present some ways that the Cambridge Center is using PSA to respond to these challenges. One sub-goal or objective will illustrate this analysis: developing the next wave of behavioral scientists and practitioners. The presentation will address how the Center's marketing, communications, and public relations are changing in response to the consequences provided by populations of young creative scientists who might make future contributions to high-quality behavioral science. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELLED: What are They Doing and why are They Calling it Behavior Analysis? A Discussion of the Behavioral Underpinnings of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Jonathan Kanter, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University) |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Many ABAI conference attendees have heard about clinical behavior analytic approaches, namely acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP), but do not understand the relations between those treatment techniques and the behavioral principles and experimental findings that clearly underlie applied behavior analysis. This panel brings together leaders across clinical, experimental and applied disciplines in behavior analysis to carefully examine the clinical techniques of ACT and FAP. The goal of this panel is to bring to the fore the questions and skepticism that many experimental and applied behavior analysts share about whether these approaches are "truly" behavior analytic. The panel will start with a brief overview of the purported behavioral underpinnings of these approaches, followed by a video clip of a therapy interaction to stimulate the discussion. Panelists will be encouraged to openly discuss whether these clinical behavior analytic approaches are supportable in terms of the experimental work and behavioral principles that guide all of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Further Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Various Topographies of Pediatric Food Refusal |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Melanie Bachmeyer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Eating involves a complex chain of behaviors. Refusal to consume food can occur at any point in the chain of eating by refusing to accept bites into the mouth, expelling (spitting out) food, or packing (holding in mouth) food. Negative reinforcement (escape) has been shown to play a major role in the maintenance of food refusal behaviors. Escape extinction procedures (nonremoval of the spoon, representation of expelled bites, and redistribution of packed bites) are commonly used to treat these various topographies of food refusal. More recently, attention has been given to identifying and manipulating additional mealtime variables that may alter these response-reinforcer relations. Melanie Bachmeyer and colleagues will present data evaluating the interactive effects of food type and different positive reinforcement variables on food refusal and bite acceptance. William Sharp and colleagues will present data examining the effects of using different bite placements (a flipped or upright spoon) on food expulsion. Keith Williams and colleagues will present data comparing the effects of positive reinforcement and a chaser procedure using varying food types. Finally, Linda Cooper-Brown will provide a discussion of the contributions of each of these studies toward the advancement of the assessment and treatment of pediatric food refusal. |
|
Evaluation of the Interaction of Reinforcement Variables and Food Type in the Treatment of Food Refusal |
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Jessica O'Bleness (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Negative reinforcement (escape) has been shown to play a major role in the maintenance of food refusal. Previous research has demonstrated that for some children positive reinforcement may compete with escape, eliminating the need for extinction or reducing refusal behaviors when it is used. No studies have examined the relative effects of different reinforcer classes or schedules. Recently, more attention has focused on identifying antecedent mealtime variables (e.g., food type) that may influence food refusal. This study examined the effects of different reinforcer classes (toys, preferred foods, or attention) and schedules (contingent or noncontingent), and relative preference for targeted foods on the food refusal of a young child who displayed selective and limited intake. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of using positive reinforcement and contingentversus noncontingent schedules. The effects of attention, toys, or foods as reinforcers and relative preference for target foods were evaluated within a multi-element design. Interobserver agreement was collected for 40% of sessions and averaged 95%. Results suggest treatment effects were influenced by an interaction between reinforcer classes and schedules, and preference for target foods. Results will be discussed in terms of potential motivating operations. |
|
Flipped Spoon Presentation in the Treatment of Expulsion |
WILLIAM G. SHARP (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Odom (Marcus Autism Center), David L. Jaquess (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Escape extinction (EE), such as non-removal of the spoon (NRS), is a well supported treatment for chronic food refusal among children with pediatric feeding disorders; however, inappropriate mealtime behaviors (e.g., packing, expulsion) may persist or emerge during treatment. In such cases, additional behavioral elements may be necessary to establish swallowing. Several studies have indicated that bite placement on the tongue, when used in combination with other behavioral elements, may improve swallowing in cases when expulsion prohibits appropriate intake. The current study examined the effects of bite placement with a flipped spoon (vs. upright spoon) on expulsions and mouth cleans in the treatment ofthree children. Prior to the analysis, consequence based procedures (e.g., NRS; representation of expulsion) led to improvements in acceptance of bites; however, expulsion prevented adequate oral intake. Results showed a lower percentage of expulsion and higher percentage of mouth clean during flipped spoon presentations and re-presentations. Findings from a second presentation assessment, conducted once adequate oral intake was achieved, supported the continued use of flipped spoon presentations fortwo of thethree participants. Inter-observer agreement (total agreements divided by total agreements plus disagreements) was above 90% for all behavioral variables. |
|
Spoon Versus Nuk Brush: Comparing Rates of Expulsion in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Mey), Jon Wilkins (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rebecca A. Groff (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Eating is a complex behavior that consists of a chain of responses, including accepting, retaining, and swallowing. Problems may occur at a single point in the chain (e.g., expulsion) or at multiple points along the chain (e.g., refusal, expulsion, packing). One method of treating multiple feeding problems is implementing consequence interventions as they arise (e.g., Sevin et al., 2002). An alternative method is implementing an antecedent intervention that has the potential to treat multiple feeding problems (e.g., Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010). Sharp et al. (2010) compared method of food presentation on an upright spoon, flipped spoon, and nuk brush. Presentation of food on a flipped spoon or nuk brush produced modest improvements in expulsion and mouth clean relative to the upright spoon. The current study is a replication and extension of Sharp et al., in which we examined presentation methods (upright spoon vs. nuk brush) within a treatment package that included nonremoval of the spoon and re-presentation of expulsions with nine children with feeding problems. Presentation method affected rate of expulsion for five children, but not levels of acceptance or mouth clean. The results are discussed in terms of possible mechanisms responsible for the effects for only some children. |
|
|
|
|
Data-Based Processes for Improving Learning Outcomes |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Schools are beginning to be held accountable not only for the amount of progress that their students make, but their rate of progress. If students are not progressing at an adequate rate, they risk losing funding and even closure. The symposium will describe the operation of three schools that collect measures of student progress, evaluate data on each student's rate of progress, and then make changes in their operations when students are not progressing at an adequate rate. |
|
Using a Comprehensive Charting System to Evaluate the Effect of a Range of Educational Procedures |
MATTHEW L. ISRAEL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The identification of the appropriate dependent variable is essential in the evaluation of any education program. At the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC), the primary dependent variable is rate which is plotted on the standard celeration chart. Teachers at JRC use the chart to evaluate the efficacy of their current pedagogical strategy and determine when and if changes are necessary. Here, we first describe the charting software and demonstrate how the chart assists teachers in making educational decisions. Second, we describe a comprehensive set of available manipulations we have found useful in educating our students. We demonstrate a comprehensive money system utilized to reinforce academic performance. We then describe a series of customizable computer programs based upon the principles of programmed instruction. Teachers can manipulate the number of trials assigned, schedule of reinforcement, duration of instruction, academic aim, correction procedure, and other variables to facilitate academic improvement. For 5 students, the number of academic lessons completed increased between 31 and 94.5% following the addition of the money program. Student NF, for example, completed 2 spelling lesson before this system was put into place and completed 2.5 chapters comprised of 175 lessons passed in the same period following its implementation. |
|
Data Based Decision Making at Morningside Academy |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Morningside Academy employs numerous assessment procedures prior to placing students into instructional groups. Each school year begins with approximately 40% new and 60% returning students. With each new year, we examine current performance focusing on the following student variables: gains and decreases in recent and historical standardized test scores, performance on adaptive computerized tests, movement cycles as measured in precision teaching sessions, learning skills, and organizational skills. We examine strengths of our teachers based upon student improvement from the prior year. We match student needs with teacher strengths and continuously monitor: lesson progress, curriculum based measurement, adaptive tests, and frequency-building exercises. Teachers and coach examine standard celeration charts that measure behaviors in increments of time as short as 10 seconds. Interventions may take the form of changes in learning channels to changes in instructional groups. Morningside teachers and coaches observe and collect data on interactions between teacher and student to shape increasing levels of student responsibility. This presentation will provide examples of initial and ongoing samples of data collected and the instructional decision-making which typically leads to two grade level gains per year for students who have historically not experienced academic success. |
|
Engineering a Data-Based Process to Improve Learning Efficiencies of Children With Autism |
GUY S. BRUCE (Florida Institute of Technology), Jordan P. Boudreau (Florida Institute of Technology), Lindsey Knopf (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Human service organizations serve clients who are seeking to acquire the language and social skills necessary for successful transition to a less restrictive environment. Because the number of service delivery hours that such organizations can provide is limited by both funding and a small time window for the delivery of effective interventions, services must be both effective in helping children acquire the skills they need and efficient. Learning efficiency is a measure that combines the effectiveness and efficiency with which an organization helps its clients acquire the language and social skills they need for successful lives. This paper will report on a project to collect measures of client learning efficiency and teacher performance and implement an efficient data-based program change process to improve client learning efficiencies. We will describe the steps in the process we implemented to improve student learning outcomes which included collecting measures of client learning efficiency and teacher performance, analyzing causes of teacher performance problems, recommending solutions with the best return on investment, designing and implementing solutions that included resources, training, and management, and evaluating the effectiveness, efficiency and return on investment of those solutions. |
|
|
|
|
Fred Keller Dynasty: A Legend and A Common Man |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-smoking Foundation) |
ALLISON Y. LORD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
C.J. CONRAD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
Abstract: Fred Keller has had a long influence on all of us. This session is not an academic discussion on his personalized system of instruction (PSI), but his personal touch to the discussants in different ways. His sense of humor, patience to listen, encouragement to everyone, and the positive long-term effects he had on all of us. The session is aimed to the people who have had the privilege of meeting him, to share the personal encounters they had with him, and to let those who have not met him get to know the real Fred Keller. This panel discussion session and annual event for these past few years is to prevent the loss of our warm and friendly memories of Fred Keller. We have produced a CD and added new contributors every year. The session is different, in which it broadens the knowledge those have of him academically. |
|
|
|
|
Examining the Influence of Reinforcement and Response Parameters on Academic Performance and Problem Behavior in Children With Intellectual Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Iser DeLeon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This series of papers will highlight recent and ongoing research that examines the influence of varying reinforcement parameters and instructional arrangements on the behavior of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Two of the papers specifically examine the effects of reinforcer manipulations in contexts involving academic responding of childrenwith autism spectrum disorders. These studies ask important questions about how reinforcer magnitude and reinforcer choice impact acquisition of novel behavior. The other two studies focus more specifically on dimensions of the response. One examines how response parameters that include task difficulty, task magnitude, and delay to task completion are related to the probability of these responses in an instructional context and whether manipulating values of those parameters influences self-control. A second study asks how response force is related to response rate as a function of varying schedules of reinforcement and how response force is modified across successive exposures to the same contingent arrangements in a clinical context. Collectively, the studies advance our understanding of how to manipulate response and reinforcer parameters towards promoting optimal instructional and clinical arrangements for these populations. |
|
Response Force Under Ratio Schedules and in the Context of Functional Analysis |
GRIFFIN W. ROOKER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Angie Querim (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Research on operant behavior often focuses exclusively on response frequency because it is a convenient measure and easier to quantify than are changes in other dimensions such as topography (form) or force. However, force is a fundamental aspect of a response because some amount of force must occur for the response to be detected. In addition, force may be the most relevant defining feature of some responses such as aggression. This series of studies examined the relation between response rate and response force in two translational contexts and one applied context. The rate and force of switch presses were measured under conditions of reinforcement and extinction (Study 1) and ratio schedules of reinforcement (Study 2) applied to response rate. Finally, the rate and force of problem behavior were measured during the course of a functional analysis (Study 3). Results showed positive correlations between rate and force under some conditions but negative correlations under others. In addition, a higher number of extinction bursts were observed in response force than response frequency. In the applied context, results indicated that the force of problem behavior decreases within the context of the assessment. |
|
Effects of Manipulating Task Parameters & the Availability of a Commitment Response on Self-Control With Task Completion |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine variables that affect self-control within the context of academic task completion by elementary school children diagnosed with autism. In the pre-assessment of Study 1, mathematics problem completion was shown to be an aversive event and sensitivity to task magnitude, task difficulty, and delay to task completion was measured. The self-control assessment assessed the effects of manipulating values of those parameters on self-control. For all participants, self-control increased as a function of one or more changes in task parameter values. In Study 2, the effects of a commitment response on self-control was assessed. Results indicated that for all participants, levels of self-control were higher when the opportunity to commit to the immediate aversive event was available. |
|
The Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude on Acquisition During Discrete Trial Teaching |
AMBER R. PADEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a specific teaching method used in ABA therapy, which is commonly implemented to teach children with autism. Although positive reinforcement is the key component toapplied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy, different reinforcement parameters may influence the outcomes of therapy. These parameters include reinforcement schedule, delay, and magnitude. Lerman, Kelley, Vorndran, Kuhn, and LaRue (2002) suggested that reinforcement magnitude may be an important determinant of treatment outcome. The current study examined the effects of reinforcement magnitude on academic task performance using DTT in an applied setting. Large and small magnitudes of edible reinforcement were compared to a control condition in which praise only was delivered. A magnitude preference assessment was conducted prior to the implementation of treatment. Although all of the participants had a preference for the large magnitude of reinforcement, providing access to the large magnitude of reinforcement only increased the efficiency of treatment in two of the four participants. |
|
An Examination of Preference for Choice-Making Opportunities and the Effects of Choice on Acquisition |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe-Meye), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jason C. Vladescu (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that providing a choice between reinforcers reduces problem behavior (Romaniuk, Miltenberger, Conyers, Jenner, Jurgens, & Ringenberg, 2002) and increases task engagement (Dunlap et al., 1994). In addition, children may show a preference for conditions during which choices between reinforcers are provided. Although many early intervention manuals recommend that therapists provide children with a choice of reinforcers during academic demands, only one study evaluated whether providing children with a choice of reinforcers influences acquisition of novel skills (Newman, Needleman, Reinecke, & Robeck, 2002). The current study examined preference for choice opportunities for three children diagnosed with autism, which extends the results of Tiger, Hanley and Hernandez (2006) to children with autism. A concurrent-chain arrangement was utilized to determine individuals preference between choice of reinforcer (choice), no choice of reinforcer (no-choice), and absence of a reinforcer (control). Children's preferences for the opportunity to choose will be discussed in regards to skill acquisition. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Understanding and Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Pamela J. White (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Specific examination and appropriate dissemination are necessary to thoroughly understand and treat autism spectrum disorders. Three presentations specifically examine autism-related phenomena (stereotypy and failure to generalize) and the fourth addresses dissemination of autism-related research by reviewing reporting practices. Presentations 1 and 2 explore the association between stereotypy and two common assessments. These studies show that stereotypy may influence preference assessments and functional analyses, and hence impact treatment selection and outcomes for individuals with autism. Presentation 3 investigates how motivating operations play a role in stimulus generalization. Manipulating access to preferred items affects use of mands with different teachers and across settings. Considering that individuals with autism often have difficulty generalizing, a better understanding of how motivating operations affect generalization could significantly improve treatment. Finally, Presentation 4 calls our attention to the need for adhering to American Psychological Association (APA) guidelines in reporting ethnicity of participants in order to allow for successful dissemination of autism-related research. Without appropriate ethnicity reporting, we risk indiscriminately applying research results to all individuals with autism, which may lead to ineffective treatment. Combined, these papers provide an in-depth analysis of a broad range of variables that can enhance our understanding and treatment of autism spectrum disorders. |
|
An Examination of the Effect of Repetitive Motor Behavior Using Tangible Items on Choice Results of a Preference Assessment |
SOYEON KANG (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Moon Young Chung (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Children with autism often engage in stereotypy with items (e.g., spinning or flapping a part of a toy). This behavior may contribute to inconsistent preference assessment choice results. This may be because the child can engage in his/her repetitive motor behavior with most items presented during the assessment. Thus the child is likely to select randomly when they choose one of the presented items. The purpose of the study is to examine consistency of preference assessment choice results for individuals with autism who engage in stereotypy with items. We administered a commonly used preference assessment (i.e., multiple-stimulus without replacement) with three participants who engage in stereotypy with items and three who do not. Then we compared the consistency of the choice results between the two groups. The results suggested that the choice results of the preference assessment from the participants who engage in repetitive motor behavior with items were less consistent than the control group participants. This study may contribute to identifying one reason for the inconsistent choice results and provide practical implications in the selection of the assessment for individuals who engage in stereotypy with items. |
|
An Extended Functional Analysis Protocol Assesses the Role of Stereotypy in Two Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
PAMELA J. WHITE (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Soyeon Kang (University of Texas at Austin), Kimberly Muhich (Vanderbilt University), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (University of California, Santa Barbara), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Two children with autism who engaged in aggression and stereotypy were assessed using common analogue functional analysis procedures. Results of the functional analysis suggested that aggression was maintained by access to specific preferred items. Data on the rates of stereotypy and appropriate play were collected during an extended functional analysis tangible condition. These data reveal that once the child was given access to the items shown to be maintaining challenging behavior that these items were then used to engage in stereotypy. These results suggest a relationship between stereotypy and socially mediated challenging behavior. Potential modifications to standard functional analysis procedures designed to identify this relationship and the implications of this relationship for intervention design are discussed. |
|
The Influence of Motivating Operations on Generalization Probes of Mands by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
CHRISTINA L. FRAGALE (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Jeannie M. Aguilar (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Nigel Pierce, Russell Lang (University of California, Santa Barbara), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Giulio Lancioni (University College Dublin) |
Abstract: We investigated the influence of motivating operations on the use of newly acquired mand responses across settings and persons for three participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two presession conditions were implemented prior to generalization probes. In one condition participants were given access to a preferred item until they rejected the item (i.e., satiation). In the second condition the item was not available to participants prior to sessions (i.e., deprivation). The effects of these presession conditions on the generalization of mands were evaluated in alternating treatments designs. Results indicate differentiated responding between the two conditions such that more manding was observed during generalization probes following presession no access compared to presession access. These results support the consideration of motivating operations when assessing the generalization of mands to various untrained contexts. |
|
Reporting Practices for Three Autism Related Journals |
NIGEL PIERCE, Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Pamela J. White (University of Texas at Austin), Jeannie M. Aguilar (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk) |
Abstract: Over the last 10 years, ethnicity has not adequately been reported in autism related journals. This issue exists even though the American Psychological Association Publication Manual (APA manual) provides guidelines for such reporting practices. The present review calls attention to the practices for reporting ethnicity in three autism-related journals using the APA publication manual as a guideline. A comprehensive multistep search of articles is used to identify the frequency of providing ethnicity as a demographic variable. The results and implications to the field of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are discussed in addition to further recommendations for future research. |
|
|
|
|
"Al Naturale": Improving Skills of Individuals With Autism Through Real World Applications |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Heather R. Mummaw (BMC, Inc.) |
Discussant: C. Baker Wright (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Kim Lucker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although there is some debate over the causal factors it is well known that individuals with autism demonstrate skill deficits. It is becoming more widely accepted that various significant skill deficits may be overcome with intensive applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy. Generalization and maintenance of skills in the natural environment must also be addressed as part of an individual's overall support plan. Implementing more naturalistic approaches to teaching relevant skills, along with training in more inclusive settings, will support generalization of these skills to individuals' everyday environments. As ABA becomes more commonly implemented it is important to address skills outside intensive training settings. This symposium will address a variety of strategies and interventions designed to foster the generalization of skills into an individual's natural environment and allow for increased opportunities for participation in everyday settings. The authors of the studies included in this symposium have taught individuals skills such as independently initiated play through modeling, decreased reliance on secondary reinforcers by fading token use, and increased skills in restaurant settings using picture sequences. Illustrations will be made through the use of video clips and graphic data on individual performance will be presented. |
|
Think Natural: Transitioning From Token Economies to Student Controlled Schedules |
MERRILL MARTIN (BMC, Inc.) |
Abstract: Token economies (Ayllon and Azrin 1965, 1968) have been successful in a variety of settings and across many populations. This includes improving social and academic behavior in educational settings as shown by Kazdin & Bootzin (1972) and O'Leary & Drabman (1971). Token economies can serve as both an antecedent and consequence for controlling behavior during intensive teaching. However, this can lead to a dependency on extrinsic motivation and does not give the opportunity for more natural consequences to control desired responding. In order for this to happen, fading (as described by Cooper, Heron and Heward (1987) needs to occur, by gradually fading the stimuli out, so that natural stimuli control desired responding. This paper will discuss 3 participants who have been successfully using token economies for 2-8 years during intensive teaching activities. However, participants have exhibited behavior problems when the tokens were not used, suggesting that natural stimuli and reinforcers such as sitting at the table, educational materials, breaks, positive attention and satisfaction of task completion were not sufficient in maintaining success as a learner. Inappropriate behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, vocal stimulation and protests were measured as a comparison to token interventions. Strategies used in creating schedules were choice, predictability, Premack principle and independent responding. Two of the 3 participants had immediate success with replacing the token economy with a written schedule. The other participant required a fading procedure utilizing an ABAC design. Video footage will be used to illustrate the procedures used in this intervention. |
|
Where's The Beef? Teaching Restaurant Skills Through Picture Sequencing and Priming Techniques |
KIM D. LUCKER (Behavior Management Consultants), Merrill Martin (BMC, Inc.) |
Abstract: Despite many trips with family members to fast food restaurants, the participants of the current study failed to acquire independent selecting, ordering, and procurement skills through modeling and prompting. As seen with the three participants of this study, using least-to-most prompts in a less familiar, more stimulating environment did not produce as significant results as using picture prompts from a sequencing and intraverbal exercise taught at home in an intensive teaching environment. Generalization to the actual restaurant settings was a primary focus of our intervention. This training was done through the techniques of "priming" and use of visual cues (i.e., picture cards) from various fast food restaurants (such as McDonalds and Chick-fil-A). Each participant had an individualized task analysis for skill acquisition that allowed for reliable data collection on relevant skills required for success in the natural environment. Graphic data will be presented on independent restaurant skills from the task analysis. Video footage will be used to illustrate the procedures used in this study. |
|
"Wow, This is Fun!": Increasing Independently Initiated Functional Play Skills |
HEATHER R. MUMMAW (BMC, Inc.), Nicole Torres (BMC, Inc.) |
Abstract: It is well know that children with autism demonstrate both functional and symbolic play skill deficits. Often children with autism will engage with play items in a non-functional manner, such as self-stimulatory behavior. Given the fact that play is the primary mode of interaction and learning in young children, play skill deficits further limit and set apart children with autism. Interventions such as structured play therapy or improvised natural environment discrete trial are not consistently effective in increasing appropriate functional play engagement. In this paper we will present data demonstrating the increase in independent play initiations across multiple children, following a more natural play intervention approach. Despite previously implemented intensive play therapy and availability of abundant play items independent functional play skills were not evident in the participants. The intervention consisted of providing a limited number of play items in non-demand situations while theapplied behavior analysistherapist modeled appropriate play and provided natural social reinforcement for play initiations. Along with the increase in independent initiation of functional play, the participants also began to engage with new and different play items in their everyday environments. Video footage will be used to illustrate the intervention techniques used in this study. |
|
|
|
|
Unique Challenges in International Service Delivery |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project) |
Discussant: Susan Ainsleigh (Dar Al Hekma College) |
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The need for autism service delivery knows no geographic boundaries. Countries throughout the world are struggling to meet the growing demands for effective service delivery. As the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) continues to cross international borders, researchers and practitioners face new challenges, including the translation of scientific and behavioral terminology, cultural competence in service delivery and limited resources for program development. Service providers are faced with the challenge of building local capacity and must do this in a manner that creates sustainable change. This presentation will discuss the evolution of current long-term relationships and the process of initiating partnerships. Additionally, a study on the translation of behavioral terms and definitions from English to Arabic will be presented to highlight just one of the areas of international service delivery. The role that coalitions and collaborations play in developing services will be addressed and discussed. Presenters' international experience includes work in Ghana, Saudi Arabia, China, India, Kenya, South Africa and other countries throughout the world. |
|
English to Arabic Translation of Applied Behavior Analysis Terminology: What's Lost and What Remains |
BETHANY CONDO (Dar Al Hekma College), Mona Al Haddad (Dar Al-Hekma College), Susan Ainsleigh (Dar Al Hekma College) |
Abstract: Translation of technical terminology from one language to another, specific to any professional discipline, can be inconsistent (Aegisdottir et al., 2008). As the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) continues to cross international borders, researchers and practitioners face new challenges, including the translation of scientific and behavioral terminology. Existing behavior analytic literature has yet to address this potential challenge. The purpose of this investigation was to examine translation of behavioral terms and definitions from English to Arabic for reliability and accuracy of meaning. A list of behavioral terms was distributed to a group of undergraduate, bi-lingual students who had successfully completed a course of study in ABA at a private women's college in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. The terms were presented in English with directions to (a) translate the English term into an Arabic term, and (b) define the term both in Arabic and English. Responses were analyzed for consistency of form and meaning across translators and accuracy across languages. The results of this study showed variations in form of language and meaning across translations, and questionable accuracy in conveyance of meaning. Implications for practitioners teaching and learning the science of ABA in international or bi-lingual settings are examined. |
|
Engaging With International Partners |
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Easter Seals) |
Abstract: The need for autism service delivery knows no geographic boundaries. Countries throughout the world are struggling to meet the growing demands for service delivery. Easter Seals mission is to provide services and supports to individual with disabilities so they can live, learn, work and play in their communities. For the past few years this mission has included building capacity in international service delivery. This session will discuss how one non-profit organization in the United States works to establish relationships with international social service organizations in the area of autism service delivery. Both the evolution of current long-term relationships and the process of initiating partnerships will be discussed. In addition the role that coalitions and collaborations play in developing services will be highlighted. |
|
International Collaborations: Creating Sustainable Centers of Excellence Worldwide |
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project), Bradley Herron (Global Autism Project), Casey McFeely (Global Autism Project), Jayshree Patel (Global Autism Project) |
Abstract: The Global Autism Project has partnered effectively with the Autism Awareness and Training Center (AACT) in Ghana, West Africa since 2003. Training in applied behavior analysis methods, led by a team of professionals, has allowed the AACT staff to design and employ effective learning programs tailored to each student's specific needs. A similar partnership has been developed in Northern India at the Society for the Rehabilitation of the Mentally Challenged (SOREM). The SOREM was selected as a partner based on several factors: the location, the community, and additionally SOREM has the capacity to leverage some of the best technology available to train staff from a distant location. This is crucial to a training partnership as it enables the staff to stay in touch with the trainers for additional support after they have left the location. This presentation will examine the history and current status of the partnership with SOREM as well as propose a framework for future collaborations with International training organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Skill Acquisition With Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Evelyn R. Gould (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Evelyn Gould, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for children with autism, however many particular skill areas remain relatively under-researched. This symposium brings together four experiments evaluating procedures for teaching such skills. The first presentation describes an experiment which evaluated a behavioral procedure for training children with autism to seek help from store employees when lost in public shopping areas. The second presentation addressed the area of abduction prevention by teaching children with autism to avoid the advances of strangers. The third presentation addresses the area of private events by teaching a child with autism to identify public stimuli and behaviors which are likely correlated with the emotions of others, and to respond accordingly. The final presentation describes a study that addressed the topic of listener behavior by evaluating the effects of adding sign language to vocal instructions on the acquisition of listener behavior. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Seek Help from Adults When Lost in Public |
RYAN BERGSTROM (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Little previous research has addressed the topic of whether children with autism can engage in safe behaviors when they become inadvertently separated from their caregivers in public. In this study, we used rules and role playing to teach three children with autism a chain of presumably safe behaviors to engage in when they get lost. These behaviors included yelling for his/her caregiver, finding a store employee, and informing the employee he/she is lost. This was implemented as a multiple baseline across participants and results demonstrated that this treatment protocol was effective in teaching the targeted skills, as well as in producing generalization to untrained settings. |
|
Evaluation of a Procedure for Teaching Children With Autism "Stranger Safety" Skills |
Ryan Bergstrom (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), EVELYN R. GOULD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Abduction by strangers is a low-rate but highly dangerous event. Reacting in a safe manner when solicited by a stranger can potentially be a life saving skill. This study used rules and role playing to teach three children with autism how to respond to solicitations from strangers in various locations. Specifically, children were taught to run away from the stranger and inform their parents that a stranger talked to them. A multiple baseline across participants design was utilized and results generalized across settings and strangers. |
|
Teaching a Child With Autism to Infer Others' Emotions |
KATHLEEN KELLY (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.), Christine Soliva (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.), Marla Saltzman (Autism Behavior Intervention, Inc.) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often exhibit deficits in social skills leading to impairments in social interactions, such as failure to recognize and respond appropriately to others emotions. One possible reason individuals with autism fail to correctly infer other people's private events (i.e., emotions) may be failure to tact relevant public accompaniments (i.e., public stimuli) or collateral events (i.e., accompanying public behavior) given a social situation. Skinner (1945, 1953, 1957) described how the verbal community, through observation of public accompaniments and collateral events, may teach individuals to tact private events. This presentation will describe an intervention used to teach a 4-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism, to infer others' emotions through teaching him to tact public accompaniments and accompanying public behaviors, answer "how" and "why" questions in order to demonstrate a relationship between the events and the inferred emotions, and teach him to respond appropriately to others' emotions in social situations. Data collected during this intervention will be presented during the symposium to demonstrate the effectiveness of the intervention and to identify possible variables responsible for skill acquisition. In addition, potential limitations will also be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Augmenting Vocal Instruction With Sign Language on the Acquisition of Listener Behavior |
HEATHER STEFFANI (First Steps for Kids, Inc.), Laurie Deurmier (First Steps for Kids, Inc.), Lisa J. Stoddard (First Steps for Kids, Inc.), Janine Strack (First Steps For Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: While a considerable amount of literature examines alternative methods of producing speaker behavior in nonvocal individuals, it appears that less research examines methods of improving listener behavior, or receptive language, in the same population. Supported by several studies, communication training programs may utilize the picture exchange communication system (PECS) or sign language to provide nonvocal persons with alternative forms of speaker behavior. Likewise, individuals experiencing deficits in communication may also benefit from similar alternatives with regards to receptive language acquisition. Previous research suggests that impairments in listener behavior heavily contribute to the development of severe problem behaviors. The purpose of this study is to examine possible improvements in teaching listener behavior to individuals with significant language delays. This investigation compares the effectiveness of two treatments in an alternating-treatment design on the performance of listener behavior in three nonvocal children with autism. Treatments include instructions presented in an auditory (vocal only) condition and a visual and auditory condition, where vocal instructions are presented simultaneously with corresponding American Sign Language (ASL) signs. Participants were all between the ages of five and six at the commencement of this study, and had all experienced a least one year of in-home behavior therapy, but no prior formal sign language training. Results will be reported with respect to rate of acquisition and cumulative targets acquired. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Social Behaviors in Adolescents and Young Adults With Asperger's Syndrome |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: April Regester (University of Missouri - St. Louis) |
Discussant: April Regester (University of Missouri - St. Louis) |
Abstract: Young adults with Asperger's syndrome (AS) often exhibit difficulty building and maintaining social relationships due to core deficits in socialization. Though many report a desire for peer relationships, they also report a higher degree of loneliness and social isolation. As services are often low for this older population with AS, there is a need for empirically-validated interventions targeting social goals. Multiple baseline across participants designs were employed to target social behaviors, and intervention procedures consisted of video-feedback, structured social planning, and social lunch clubs. Results indicate that social intervention can increase the amount of time engaged with peers and the number of social activities attended, and improve the level of initiations for young adults with Aspergers syndrome. |
|
Improving Socialization Between Children With Asperger's Disorder and Their Peers in Full-Inclusion Community and Elementary School Settings |
BRITTANY KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Ty Vernon (Koegel Autism Center), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: Children with Asperger's disorder often have difficulty with peer relationships and socialization. The current study assessed whether peer social interactions would improve in school settings if an intervention was designed that incorporated the children with Asperger's interests. Three children who were fully-included in regular education classes but did not interact with peers prior to intervention participated in this research. Social lunch clubs, open to both the study participants and their typical peers, were implemented twice weekly during regular lunchtime periods. Results showed that all three children increased their time engaged with peers as a result of the clubs, and their initiations improved over baseline levels to approximate their peers. Implications for improving peer social interactions for children with Asperger's disorder are discussed. |
|
Improving Social Conversation in Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Video Feedback |
WHITNEY J. SMITH (Gevirtz Graduate School of Education, University of California Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), April Regester (University of Missouri - St. Louis) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display a marked impairment in social interaction and often exhibit difficulty in maintaining social conversations with peers. These deficiencies can manifest in low levels of initiations and decreased interactions with peers. Teaching social initiations, such as question-asking, has been shown to be particularly important for socialization. Video-based interventions have been increasingly evaluated and shown to be an effective technique in teaching social behaviors with children with ASD, yet there is an increasing need to evaluate these interventions with adolescents and adults with ASD. We examined the acquisition of individual social communicative behaviors using video feedback and generalization across peers during social conversation. Using a multiple-baseline across participants research design, this study examined whether video feedback would be successful in teaching question-asking initiations in social conversation for each of four young adult participants with ASD. Results suggest that video feedback was an effective technique in teaching question asking initiations during social conversation with collateral improvements seen in decreased levels of long, awkward pauses in conversation and improved confidence in social exchanges outside of the clinic setting. Theoretical and applied implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
Increasing Socialization in College Students With Asperger Syndrome |
KRISTEN ASHBAUGH (Koegel Autism Center), April Regester (University of Missouri - St. Louis), Whitney J. Smith (Gevirtz Graduate School of Education, University of California Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: Difficulties engaging in social activities are considered to be a core symptom area of individuals with Asperger syndrome (AS). Both the literature and our clinical observations show that individuals with AS have a desire to engage in social activities, however social skill deficits can interfere with engagement and lead to feelings of loneliness and isolation. Using a multiple baseline design over a 33 week period, this study evaluated the effectiveness of structured social planning in three college students with Asperger syndrome. The intervention consisted of 3 components: (a) social planning, (b) organizational skills, and (c) systematic social log. The results indicate that structured social planning was effective in improving social activity. All three participants increased the number of social events attended per week and reported a higher satisfaction with their college experience and peer interactions. Results are discussed in regards to a creating a comprehensive support program for college students with Asperger syndrome. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Treating Problem Behavior in Older Adults |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan Baker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Dementia is a collection of degenerative neurological disorders that result in decreases in cognitive function. They also often result in behavioral excesses, such as verbal or physical aggression, and wandering. Since the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987, which included the nursing home reform act, nursing homes have struggled to find effective non-pharmacological interventions for behavioral excesses typically displayed by older adults with dementia. In recent years, there has been an increase in research in the area of behavioral gerontology, which has begun to demonstrate the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions for behaviors excesses displayed by older adults with dementia who reside in nursing homes or for community dwelling older adults with dementia (who may be placed in a nursing home if such behaviors continue). This symposium includes talks in four distinct areas related to the treatment of behavioral excesses related to dementia, including: (a) creating restraint free nursing home settings through staff training and its impact across multiple nursing homes; (b) using environmental design to impact way-finding in older adults with dementia who have difficulty finding their rooms; (c) the impact of "elderspeak" on community dwelling older adults and the implications of staff using "elderspeak" on the behavior of nursing home dwelling older adults; and (d) training community dwelling caregivers to conduct functional assessments and work to develop function-based treatments they can implement. |
|
An Evaluation of a Training Program in Restraint-Free Care for Individuals With Dementia |
CHRISTINA GARRISON-DIEHN (University of Nevada, Reno), Clair Rummel (University of Nevada, Reno), Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Individuals with dementia residing in long-term care settings are at high risk for being prescribed psychotropic drugs to manage behavioral problems (Kamble et al, 2009; Stevenson, 2010). These drugs can decrease quality of life for these individuals due to adverse effects including sedation, falls, loss of language, and premature death. This presentation reports findings from a program evaluation of a training program in restraint free care for skilled nursing facilities and group homes across the state of Nevada. The goal of the training program is to reduce the use of chemical restraint in the care of individuals with dementia. The program is based on a contextual model emphasizing the: (1) prevention of challenging behaviors, (2) preservation of adaptive behavior, and (3) preventing and reducing excess disability due to factors such as overmedication and untreated pain. To date, training has been provided to staff in eight skilled nursing facilities and 13 group homes. Outcome data, including observations of residents at two long-term care facilities in northern Nevada, pre- and post- self-report measures of staff member knowledge in the application of restraint free care, and facility-wide descriptive statistics on psychotropic drug use at pre-training and three months post-training will be presented. |
|
Improving Wayfinding in Elders With Dementia |
ALLISON A. JAY (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs), Leilani Feliciano (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs), Kaitlyn Marie Eller (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs), Scott Hanneman (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs), Sarah Anderson (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs) |
Abstract: There is a growing population of older adults with dementia that are residing in long-term care settings. These individuals commonly experience difficulty locating their bedroom as a result of limited learning histories with the care home and ineffective discriminative stimuli to help distinguish individual bedrooms. Ineffective wayfinding abilities may expose elders to safety hazards and may create problems for other residents and staff. The purpose of the current study is to systematically investigate whether recognition and personal relevance of items featured in a memory box will improve room findings abilities of nursing home residents with dementia. Study 1 investigated the ability of 10 elders with moderate to severe dementia to recognize various self-referent stimuli (i.e., young adulthood photograph, middle adulthood photograph, current photograph, and printed name). Study 2 involved a stimulus preference assessment of items that family members endorsed as relevant to the participant's life. In Study 3, eligible participants received either a personalized memory box condition (i.e., best recognized stimuli and highly preferred items) or a general landmark box condition (i.e., non-preferred items and neutral stimuli). Room finding abilities were measured using direct observation techniques. Applied significance of the findings and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Elderspeak: An Investigation of Community Dwelling Older Adults Views |
KATHLEEN FAIRCHILD (Rehabilitation Institute at Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey A. Buchanan (Minnesota State University, Mankato) |
Abstract: Elderspeak is a form of communication that resembles baby talk directed towards older adults and is very common in nursing homes. Previous research has found that using elderspeak with older adults may have possible negative consequences. The majority of research has investigated elderspeak in nursing homes, while less has attempted to investigate how older adults still living in the community perceive elderspeak. The current study attempted to investigate how community-dwelling older adults perceive elderspeak by recruiting 46 community-dwelling older adults. The participants were randomly assigned to listen to one of two different audio recordings depicting a fictional interaction between a nursing assistant and an elderly person. Half of the participants listened to an audio recording that included elderspeak and the others listened to one that did not use elderspeak. After listening to the audio recordings, participants completed questionnaires regarding their reactions to the recordings. The results supported the hypothesis that participants would perceive the elderspeak scenario to be significantly less respectful compared to a control scenario containing no elderspeak. This study supports previous research which suggests that elderspeak may result in negative reactions from older adults. Future studies should continue to evaluate cultural and gender differences regarding older adults' perceptions of elderspeak. This study applies to a behavioral audience because it suggests that elderspeak could function as an aversive stimulus and be an antecedent to evoke problem behavior. Future research should evaluate the function of elderspeak by conducting an experimental functional analysis in a nursing home setting focusing on caregivers that use elderspeak and the impact it has on their behavior and the effect it has on resident behavior. |
|
Training Caregivers of Elders With Dementia who Exhibit Challenging Behavior to Take a Functional Approach |
RYAN P. GUTTERSON (Behavioral Building Blocks), Michele Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Dementia is a debilitating affliction affecting a significant portion of the population of the United States, yet there is a dearth of existent strategies to effectively support caregivers as they struggle with the daily behavioral challenges of caring for a loved one with this condition. Preliminary research shows that the methodology of behavior analytic interventions may represent a potential remedy, and possible alternative to biomedical interventions which present significant health risks with inconsistent results. While behavior analytic treatment for individuals with dementia shows promise, there is a great need for the furthering of research in this area. This concern is specifically evident with regard to the application of functional analysis methodology within this population. To date, only four studies have sought to replicate the use of functional analyses to inform the treatment approaches for individuals with dementia, and all were run by experienced behavior analytic or professional care staff. This study seeks to extend previous research by training two family members providing home-based care to individuals with Alzheimer's disease in functional analysis methodology and behavior analytic intervention practices. Each family member conducted the functional analysis and collaborated with trained behavior analysts to determine and implement intervention strategies based on the results of the analysis. Preliminary results suggest that this consultation process was both effective and highly successful at presenting a socially acceptable means of analyzing problem behaviors, producing positive behavior change for the client, and reducing stress levels for the caregivers. |
|
|
|
|
Operant Conditioning Models of Alzheimer's Disease |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive neurodegenerative disease and the most common form of dementia. At present, there is no known cause and consequently no effective treatments which reduce or prevent disease progression. Animal models are an important tool in AD research. However, no single animal model replicates all the neuropathological features of the disease. Recently, diabetes has been identified as a possible risk factor for developing AD. The first presentation will provide a brief introduction to AD and limitations associated with some current animal models. The second presentation will look at the use of operant extinction as a potential method for investigating learning and memory. Previously, we have investigated operant extinction in C57Bl/6 mice following training with food reinforcement on a fixed-ratio 5 single-lever schedule and more recently a schedule that requires a 5-response sequence on two levers. The behavioural effects of Glutamatergic and GABAergic drugs have been investigated and have been shown to facilitate operant extinction. The third presentation will examine the potential role of insulin production as a related factor in producing learning and memory impairments associated with AD. |
|
An Introduction to Alzheimer's Disease and Use of Animal Learning Models |
KELLY NORWOOD (University of Ulster), David Shaw (University of Ulster), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: The defining characteristics of Alzheimer's disease are briefly outlined. Because formal diagnosis is only confirmed at post-mortem, animal experimental models are particularly important in furthering knowledge and developing treatments. Many animal learning models have been investigated but most studies do not provide a detailed account of specific learning and memory deficits, or link them to aspects of Alzheimer's disease. We will focus on the relatively small number of studies in the literature that employ operant conditioning techniques, and discuss the potential benefits of further studies using operant conditioning. |
|
Development of an Animal Model Using Operant Extinction and Repeated Acquisition |
DAVID SHAW (University of Ulster), Kelly Norwood (university of ulster), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: Many mouse genetic manipulation studies use C57Bl/6 as a background strain. We have investigated operant extinction in C57Bl/6 mice following training with food reinforcement on a fixed-ratio 5 single-lever schedule, or a schedule that requires a 5-response sequence on two levers. We have shown that extinction following training on either schedule can be facilitated by GABAergic or glutamatergic drugs. These findings will be reviewed, and related to those with a procedure where training with a two-lever task is followed by training on the single-lever task, or vice versa. The potential of these procedures as models of Alzheimer's disease will be discussed. |
|
A Novel Animal Model Investigating the Role of Insulin on Operant Extinction |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Kelly Norwood (University of Ulster), David Shaw (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: The relationship in population studies between diabetes and Alzheimer's disease suggests that the neuroprotective role of insulin may reduce or prevent Alzheimer's disease. We investigated the behaviour of two mouse C57Bl/6 strains in which insulin production and regulation was impaired because of single gene knock-outs. Following training to criterion performance with food reinforcement on a schedule that requires a 5-response sequence on two levers, both knock-out strains showed increased resistance to extinction relative to wild-type mice, suggesting that these knock-outs have specific effects on learning and memory. In addition, the two knock-outs had differential effects on the facilitation of extinction by the GABAergic drug, chlordiazepoxide. Implications for the development of drugs that may retard the development of Alzheimers disease will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis in Practice: Addressing Issues of Quality and Competence |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Louise Denne (TreeHouse School) |
Discussant: Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Translating the vast body of knowledge of applied behaviour analysis into effective and consistent practice is a challenge for any organisation or individual responsible for service delivery. The intensive nature of the discipline, the need for procedural fidelity and reliability (of measurement), combined with the often limited availability of trained professionals is such that the development of best practice systems, competences and training is an increasing priority for many organisations. Added to this, in many parts of the world, much of the training of those who work on a day to day basis with clients is provider specific and does not map onto any system of national qualification. This can lead to misunderstanding on the part of consumers as well as contributing to a lack of professional cohesion. This symposium considers approaches that have been developed to address each of the areas of quality systems, competencies and training. Drawing upon experiences worldwide including Canada, the United Kingdom, Greece and Norway the discussion will focus on shared best practice with a view to raising standards across service providers, nationally and internationally. |
|
A Selective Overview of the Behavioral Literature on Staff Training Protocols |
LILLIAN PELIOS (The American College of Greece) |
Abstract: The nature of individualized intensive behavioral services is such that it often requires a one to one teaching format, at least in the beginning stages of intervention. This format produces two requirements, the need for: (a) large numbers of trained therapists and (b) a high cost of intervention due to intensity. Furthermore, this increased demand and limited availability of trained professionals has resulted in increased reliance on paraprofessionals and sometimes relatives to deliver the services (Simpson, 2004). Given these realities and the complexity of behavioral intervention developing effective training for staff, paraprofessionals and others is an important clinical endeavor in our times. Consequently, some behavioral researchers are focusing on how to develop and evaluate staff training protocols for these populations. This paper will provide a selective overview of the behavioral literature on staff training with the intention to identify the dependent and independent variables selected by researchers in their effort to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of staff training protocols. |
|
Implementing the York System of Quality Assurance in a Complex Organization |
MARGARET LYNN HOWARD (Surrey Place Centre), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Kelly Alves (Surrey Place Centre), Melissa A. Lavallee (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: The York System of Quality Assurance (YSQA; Perry, Koudys, & Sheese, 2008) is a set of checklists, surveys, and observational measures designed to yield a comprehensive evaluation of the quality of intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) for children with autism. This presentation will focus on the process of implementation of the YSQA in the Toronto Partnership for Autism Services (TPAS), a consortium of five agencies in Toronto, Canada. Data were collected to evaluate 5 staff teams serving 210 children. Results from the YSQA will be summarized. Although overall results were good, the YSQA was found to be an effective tool for identifying specific issues within and across teams that could be targeted for improvement. The process of celebrating successes and addressing issues with relevant supervisory staff and agency partners will be described and follow-up results presented. |
|
Applied Behaviour Analysis-A Competence Based Approach |
LOUISE DENNE (TreeHouse School), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Competence frameworks have become a defining feature of professions. Originally developed to facilitate training and benchmark pay scales, they are increasingly being used to achieve a high level of consistency when measuring the quality of service provided and assessing performance; as well as providing a basis of common language both within a profession and for its external audience. The present paper outlines the process employed to develop a competence framework for professionals working with children with autism in the UK using applied behavior analysis (ABA). An analysis of common and critical features of competence frameworks across health and education, and in the field of autism was conducted. This provided the basis of a proposed scope and structure. A key aspect of the subsequent detailed development was the engagement of all stakeholders, across the UK and internationally. Ensuring buy-in is crucial if any framework is to translate into best practice and provide professional cohesion. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Research in the College Classroom: An Examination of Active Student Responding Techniques |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jonathan Ivy (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan Ivy, M.A. |
Abstract: Becoming proficient with the concepts and principles of behavior analysis can be challenging for even the most diligent student. An instructional method commonly used in college classrooms to facilitate the acquisition and maintenance of skills is active student responding. Active student responding refers to a set of techniques that foster participation and interaction during instruction. Active student responding has been shown to be effective at helping students learn important material. Additionally, active student responding provides the instructor with information regarding the students' understanding of the content. This symposium examines recent research on the effects of two active student responding techniques, SAFMEDS (S-Say, A-all, F-fast, M-minute, E-each, D-day, S-shuffled) and remote responding. The first presentation describes a method to promote stimulus generalization when using SAFMEDS. The second presentation describes the use of SAFMEDS to increase exam scores. The third presentation describes the effects of remote responding on participation and quiz scores. Finally, the implications for college teaching will be discussed. |
|
Promoting Generalized Responding When Using SAFMEDS as an Instructional Tool |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The Ohio State University), Jonathan Ivy (The Ohio State University), Neal Miller (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Each Day Shuffled) is an effective instructional technology that can be used in a variety of settings to promote fluent responding. In introductory behavior analysis courses, fluency in basic terminology and definitions may make learning complex material easier. One concern, however, is that if students become fluent in responding to one set of SAFMEDS, stimulus generalization may actually be inhibited. If students learn to quickly provide a term when given a specific definition, those students may not be able to provide the same term if given a different but equally correct definition. We investigated this concern in a college classroom by assessing the extent to which students who were fluent with one set of SAFMEDS could generalize this responding to a novel set of equivalent SAFMEDS. The results indicate that SAFMEDS effectively promoted fluency but that accurate responding did not generalize without explicit programming. The results of this investigation will be discussed as will strategies to promote generalization when using SAFMEDS as an instructional aid. |
|
The Effects of SAFMEDS on Test Performance in an Undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis Course |
MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: The use of the Say-All-Fast-Minute-Each-Day-Shuffled procedure (SAFMEDS) to increase exam scores in an applied behavior analysis course was evaluated using an ABAB reversal design. In 2009, control data for exam scores was collected for all exams. During 2010, 40 undergraduate students participated and created their own flashcards for use during class. During the treatment condition in the ABAB reversal design, 15-minute blocks of time during class were dedicated to using the cards during the treatment condition. When the treatment was not in effect, students used the time to participate in group projects instead. Students were also encouraged to use their cards outside of class at their discretion. The use of SAFMEDS increased exams scores, both compared to the previous year and relative to the control condition in the current year. The procedure was also highly popular with the students. The increased use of active student responding during class raises exam scores and encourages student participation over normal lecture methods. |
|
The Effects of Remote Responders on Participation and Quiz Grades |
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Low active participation and attending has been demonstrated as a problem plaguing higher education classes, regardless of their size. Active student responding has been demonstrated to decrease off-task behavior in the classroom which could be indicative of increased attending to instructor-presented material (Carnine, 1976). However, choral responding in higher education has presented both logistical as well as procedural difficulties. Overall contributions of remote responder systems have been assessed and student self-reports indicate that they increase content understanding, participation, and delivery of feedback, among other things (Nagy-Shadmand & Desrochers, 2008; Trees & Jackson, 2007). The present study extended upon these former studies by taking direct measures of student participation and attending (as measured by post-lecture quiz grades) in two sections of a master's degree level Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis class. A counter-balanced alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of remote responders to traditional forms of participation in 28 first-year master's degree level students. Pilot study results indicate that students in both sections participated more during the remote condition; however, results were inconsistent for which condition resulted in higher quiz grades. |
|
|
|
|
Doing More With Less: 3 Models of Efficient and Effective Staff Training in Behavior Analytic Methodologies and Practices |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Gina Marie Feliciano (Bilinguals, Inc.) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Gina Feliciano, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Quality behavior analytic instruction is facing a crisis. More children are being diagnosed with autism. Insurance companies now cover behavior analytic services, yet local, state and federal municipalities are cutting funding and rates. Each of these variables has lead to the need for more teacher training to meet demands, without funding to cover the intense training requirements of quality service provision. Behavior analytic services require a certain level of education, training, knowledge and skill in applied behavior analysis. Such training continues to be the hallmark of quality behavior analytic services. However, devising training models that can teach those less experienced in applied behavior analysis (ABA), in a cost effective manner, is a challenge. Behavior analysts adhering to the science and its methodologies to provide services is integral to good teaching and more learning by our students. Each paper presented herein attempts to make staff training more efficient and more effective in this time of shrinking resources coupled with a greater demand for effective service provision. |
|
The Use of a Group Delivered Behavioral Skills Training Package to Teach Graph Analysis to Community Based Teachers |
GINA MARIE FELICIANO (Bilinguals, Inc.), Christine O'Rourke Lang (Mercy College) |
Abstract: Teachers providing community intensive behavioral intervention collect data but are not always trained to visually inspect and analyze data in order to modify instruction. Because these teachers are not working in supervised center based programs, opportunities for training and supervision are less frequent. Devising a behavioral skills training package that can be delivered to a group of teachers, in a short period of time, facilitates increased training in less time. The current investigation attempts to replicate the findings of Fisher, Kelley and Lomas (2003) in which a large group of staff was trained to visually inspect and analyze data through the use of a PowerPoint presentation. The current skills training package used a multiple probe design and was conducted with 2 different sets of teachers. Probes of correct data decisions of visual displays were conducted prior to training, following presentation of rules+modeling, rehearsal and feedback conditions. All of the training was presented via PowerPoint in combination with a live trainer. Results suggest that training a group via PowerPoint was effective in increasing teachers ability to make correct data decisions. |
|
The Acquisition of Functional Analysis Methodology Using Video Modeling and a Data Analysis Review Procedure |
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Lauren Katz (Manhattan Childrens Center), Samantha M. Solow (Manhattan Childrens Center), Katrina Thorne (Manhattan Childrens Center), Patricia Paloma (Manhattan Childrens Center), Virginia S. Wong (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
Abstract: Challenges of classroom staff acquiring functional analysis (FA) methodology have included efficiently and effectively training educators to implement functional analyses within the classroom with a high degree of fidelity, while also selecting appropriate function-based treatments to address problem behaviors proficiently. The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effectiveness of video modeling, followed by a data analysis treatment package on the acquisition of FA methodology by classroom staff. A multiple baseline design across 3 participants was used to examine the implementation of FA methodology using the video modeling procedures described by Iwata et al. (2000), followed by a data analysis procedure training package used to teach classroom staff how to systematically analyze FA outcome data and select effective tactics for addressing problem behavior. The independent variable, video modeling, consisted of written materials, lecture, and video modeling followed by a treatment package for visual display analysis and intervention selection. The primary dependent variable was the percentage of correct responses emitted by participants in implementation of FA procedures, and the decrease in the target problem behavior emitted by students following data analysis and tactic selection. Results are presented in terms of FA methodology utilizing video modeling and a data decision training package, its efficiency in training, and subsequent effect on student behavior. |
|
Testing the Effects of a Teaching Training Protocol on Behavior Analytic Instructional Repertoires |
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to teach special education itinerant teachers (NY) enrolled in a graduate program in behavior analysis how to utilize the verbal behavior of the science when describing visual display as well as how to complete a strategic analysis of learning problems. Finding an effective means of training teachers to acquire these behavior analytic repertoires is of significant importance because of their limited access to regular supervision in the field while working directly with children. This study tested the effects of experimenter-delivered consequences for teacher's accurate use of the verbal behavior of the science and learn unit analysis on subsequent student achievement. Specifically, student achievement was measured through the acquisition of short-term objectives (criteria) on instructional programs which were measured through a multiple probe design. Pre and post-training probes were conducted on student objectives mastered on a weekly basis. During training, five teachers were presented with consequences for correct use of the verbal behavior of the science in describing visual display as well as consequences for instructional decisions made based on learn unit analysis as described by Greer (2002). Training was presented during small group instruction as part of graduate-level coursework and results suggest that teaching these behavior analytic repertoires can be done in a relatively short period of time with successful results for both teachers and students. |
|
|
|
|
The Ups and Downs of the Positive/Negative Reinforcement Distinction: Considerations, Applications, and New Data |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Wayne Fisher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Do we know it when we see it? Distinguishing reinforcement from punishment is straightforward enough, but positive versus negative reinforcement is a different story. A 2005 Behavior Analyst article by Baron and Galizio reevaluated the status of the distinction, and inspired a series of commentaries. Galizio begins this symposium with a summary of the major issues: for example, the pragmatic value of the distinction versus the difficulty in assessing it. Fisher discusses usage of these terms and procedures in applied behavior analysis, including results from a new study. Schneider presents her recent research in which the opposing valence of generalization gradients implicated the role of classical conditioning. And Marr expands on his commentary on Baron and Galizios article, putting it all together. |
|
The Positive/Negative Reinforcement Debate: Recapitulation and Another Look |
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: In 1975, Jack Michael argued that the distinction between positive and negative reinforcement was ambiguous, confusing and misleading. He suggested that these adjectives should be dropped from the behavioral vocabulary and that the term reinforcement should be used in unmodified form to describe instances in which consequences strengthen behavior. Thirty years later, Alan Baron and I reconsidered Michael's argument and found that, although his concerns appeared to remain valid, the positive-negative distinction remained in widespread use. Our target article generated responses from a number of behavior analysts, and this talk will recapitulate the arguments of Michael and Baron and Galizio, and consider the responses of behavior analysts who argued to preserve the distinction. Finally, some conceptual, practical and ethical issues raised by the way we talk about reinforcement will be reviewed. |
|
On the Applied Significance of the Distinction Between Positive and Negative Reinforcement |
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Annelle Waterhouse (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joanna Lomas (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Some behavior analysts have argued that the distinction between positive and negative reinforcement should be abandoned because they regard it as ambiguous and without functional significance, whereas others have contended that the distinction is both useful and sufficiently engrained in our verbal community so that its abandonment is unwarranted and unlikely. Behavior analysts holding either position generally agree on the importance of analyzing the stimulus conditions in effect before and after the target response, regardless of whether or not one uses the adjectives positive or negative to modify the term reinforcement. In this presentation, we will show a series of applied studies using functional analysis methods in an attempt to illustrate the applied value of describing and analyzing the relevant EOs and discriminative stimuli that were present before the target response, while retaining the terms positive and negative reinforcement to describe whether the stimulus change involved the introduction or withdrawal of a functional stimulus following the target behavior. The attached figure shows the results of one such study in which time-based delivery of food and praise acted as an abolishing operation, decreasing the effectiveness of escape from demands as negative reinforcement of problem behavior for three children with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
The Role of Classical Conditioning in the Positive/Negative Reinforcement Distinction: New Data |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Newly hatched quail chicks pecked for heat delivery while receiving intradimensional discrimination training; they heard a fast-tempo auditory signal associated with a rich schedule of reinforcement, alternating with a slow tempo associated with a lean schedule. Based on past research, whether regarded as a positive or negative reinforcement procedure, generalization gradients would be expected to be excitatory. After more than six training sessions, this prediction was confirmed. However, after fewer, inhibitory gradients occurred instead. The chicks' rapidly developing thermoregulatory systems may have resulted in a switch from perceived negative reinforcement to positive reinforcement, correlated with a switch from a testing environment experienced as aversive to a more positive context. Classical conditioning effects associated with relevant consequences and/or context are suggested to be potentially important, and independent generalization tests offer a method of assessment. It may sometimes be possible to distinguish positive reinforcement from negative reinforcement in this way. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment of Potential Aggression and Behavior Problems in an Animal Shelter Environment |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
EMILY WEISS (ASPCA) |
Working with companion animals throughout her professional career, Dr. Weiss has assisted pet owners dealing with severe behavior issues with their pets. She has developed behavior modification programs focusing on aggression. Dr. Weiss has developed the SAFER test, an aggression test now used by shelters across the United States. She also developed the Meet Your Match� program, owned by the ASPCA, an adoption program designed to match dog to guardian based on behavior, distributed nationwide by the ASPCA in 2003. Dr. Weiss was recently hired as the Senior Director of Shelter Behavior Programs for the ASPCA. |
Abstract: This presentation will highlight the problems found by animal welfare professionals working in animal shelter situations when faced with identification of potential aggression and other behavior requiring treatment, or faced with arranging adoptions that are stable and benefit both the animal and its new owner. Following the introduction of the problems, Dr. Weiss will outline two programs she's developed that are in use by the ASPCA and available to animal shelters across the country-the ASPCA's SAFER (Safety Assessment For Evaluating Rehoming) canine aggression assessment tool, and the ASPCA's Meet Your Match, which includes Canine-ality, Puppy-ality and Feline-ality and matches dogs, puppies and cats to pet parents based on science rather than speculation. Shelters using the ASPCA's Meet Your Match report reduced return rates, better customer service and increased adoptions; and the use of this science-based methodology also helps them to better highlight the animals they have available for adoption. |
|
|
|
|
Representative Democracy |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
|
Representative Democracy: An Analysis of Contingencies, Macrocontingencies and Metacontingencies in Local, State and Federal Elections |
Domain: Theory |
JOHN SCIBAK (Massachusetts House of Representatives) |
|
Abstract: Voting is the key operant in our electoral process. Candidates want the public to vote for them and elected officials are then expected to cast their votes consistent with the views of their constituents. While early researchers relied on a simple three-term contingency and analyzed voting behavior from the perspective of the individual voter (Visser, 1996), it is clear that voting behavior is far more complex. One must also consider the impact of groups of persons on voting outcomes and the respective roles of various groups. For example, impact of metacontingencies on voting behavior. Are elected officials motivated primarily by their constituents whose votes got them elected to office or by members of leadership who control the reinforcers and can determine an elected official's success once in office? Would an analysis of the operational metacontingencies provide an adequate explanation of how our democratic process works? Is the emergence of the Tea Party Movement a new phenomenon or the latest example of how macrocontingencies can lead to cultural change? The presentation will examine each of these issues, address the idiosyncratic differences in local, state and federal elections, and their implications for contemporary politics and the 2012 elections. |
|
None of the Above: An Analysis of Voting Patterns and the Prevalence of Blank Ballots |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JOHN SCIBAK (Massachusetts House of Representatives) |
|
Abstract: At a time when more and more people throughout the world are getting the right to vote, fewer and fewer Americans are turning out at the polls. In addition, there is growing concern regarding the number of Americans who simply leave their ballot blank. Some pundits have speculated that this phenomenon is simply a strategy by which people can exercise their right to choose "none of the above." This presentation will review existing data in voter turnout both nationally and within individual states over the last decade in an effort to discern whether blank ballots reflect protest votes or whether there are predictable patterns to suggest when people are likely to exercise their right by leaving their ballot blank. Some of the key variables to be examined will include whether candidates have a declared challenger or are running unopposed, incumbency and the number of terms which the individual has already served, and the actual office being sought. |
|
|
|
|
|
Delay Discounting: Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How? |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: James E. Mazur (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Presenting Authors: : AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is the decrease in the present value of an outcome when its receipt is remote in time. Many problematic behaviors (e.g., drug addiction, obesity, gambling) can be conceptualized as problems of extreme delay discounting. Delay discounting has been extensively studied in humans and non-humans, using a variety of procedures, populations, and outcome types. Most (but as yet not all) of the basic findings in the area have substantial generality across these features. In this tutorial I will describe how to conduct research in delay discounting. I will give examples of illustrative procedures to measure delay discounting and evaluate their utility in different research situations. I will then provide a step-by-step description of how to use quantitative modeling to analyze the resulting data. I will explain different models and their strengths and weaknesses. Finally, I will provide a summary of major findings in the literature and possible future directions for the field. |
|
AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Amy L. Odum received her bachelor’s degree in psychology from the University of Florida and her Master’s and Ph.D. from West Virginia University. After a post-doctoral fellowship in human behavioral pharmacology at the University of Vermont, she became an assistant professor at the University of New Hampshire. The West and opportunity then beckoned at Utah State University, where she is an associate professor and part of a growing behavior analytic academic community. Dr. Odum is a member of the Science Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, board of directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and member at large for Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. She has been an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior as well as a member of the editorial board of other prominent journals in the experimental analysis of behavior and behavioral pharmacology. Her research and teaching interests are in basic behavior analysis and behavioral pharmacology. She receives funding for her research as a principle and co-investigator on grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, and the National Institute of Mental Health. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Intensive Behavioral Interventions Within School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Robert Horner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) |
ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon) |
Rob Horner is professor of special education at the University of Oregon. He also is the co-director with Dr. George Sugai of the OSEP Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS), and co-director with Dr. Dean Fixsen, Karen Blase, and George Sugai of the OSEP Technical Assistance Center on State Implementation and Scaling of Evidence-based Practices (SISEP). Dr. Horner was an Associate Editor of JABA and AJMR and former editor of JASH and JPBI. His research has focused on stimulus control, instructional design for individuals with severe disabilities, generalization, positive behavior support, data-based decision-making, single-case research design, and the implementation and scaling of evidence-based practices. |
Abstract: Extending the principles of behavior analysis to education requires building demonstrations of effective implementation for (a) the whole school student body, (b) targeted groups of students, and (c) the small number of students with the most intense needs. To date the hallmark of applied behavior analysis has been success with those students who need the most intense support. Recently school-wide positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) has extended behavioral practices at the whole-school level in over 13,000 schools. This session will focus on the need to better understand the "systems" variables needed to implement rigorous applied behavior analysis across large numbers of schools. Particular focus will be given to the variables needed to ensure that those students with the most intense behavior support needs are part of the effort to design whole-school application of behavioral systems. |
|
|
|
|
Thinking Without Representations
|
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Anthony Chemero, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ted Schoneberger (Kohala Educational Services) |
ANTHONY CHEMERO (Franklin and Marshall College) |
Tony Chemero got his Ph.D. in Philosophy and Cognitive Science from Indiana University in 1999. Since then, he has taught at Franklin & Marshall College, where he is now Associate Professor of Psychology. Tony’s research is both philosophical and empirical. It is focused on questions related to dynamical modeling, mental representation, ecological psychology, artificial life and complex systems. He is author of more than 50 articles and the book Radical Embodied Cognitive Science (2009), which is part of the Bradford Books series from MIT Press. |
Abstract: The cognitive revolution of the 1950s was allegedly necessary because behaviorist methodologies would never be sufficient to explain “real thinking,” the kind that humans do. To explain real thinking, the argument went, we need to ascribe representations of the environment, which are transformed by rule-governed computational processes. Now, in the face of challenges to computationalism and representationalism from proponents of dynamical modeling, cognitive scientists have begun repeating the very same arguments: although dynamical models may be fine for explaining certain things (like motor control), they can never explain real thinking. In this talk, I face this challenge directly and show, with a series of examples, that dynamical models can explain real, representation-hungry thinking, and they do so without invoking mental representations. |
|
|
|
|
CANCELLED: Professional Certification and Applied Animal Behavior Practice |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
CE Instructor: Suzanne Hetts, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents information regarding the different certifications relevant to applied animal behavior (AAB) practitioners, including the Certified Applied Animal Behaviorist (CAAB), governed by a board parented by the Animal Behavior Society and targeting practice with animals in clinical applied settings, and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), certification that explicitly targets expertise in behavior analysis. Also included will be a short discussion on the myriad of other certifications in the field. Reviewed will be requirements for each of the recognized boarded certifications, as well as the benefits of each for practitioners, potential clients and other behavior analysts. |
|
CANCELLED: Applied Animal Behavior and Professional Certification |
SUZANNE HETTS (Animal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: The development of a professional certification is a daunting undertaking. To attain any measure of credibility, certification programs should be independent of any educational programs that prepare individuals to meet the certification criteria. It is also important to consider whether it is possible to actually measure competence and/or knowledge, or whether the goal of certification is to set minimum standards for education, experience, and ethics. Professional certification is often the first step before professional licensure but it is important to remember that these are two separate processes. This presentation will provide an overview of the development of two certification programs for individuals involved in the field of pet behavior and training, namely the Animal Behavior Society's certification for Applied Animal Behaviorists, and the Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers. These programs will be compared and contrasted regarding their assertions about what their programs measure, certification requirements, relationships to their "parent" organizations, and their relative positions in what is becoming the "alphabet soup" of credentials in this field. |
|
CANCELLED: Certification and Practice in Applied Animal Behavior |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has much to offer those who work with animals in applied settings. Certification of behavior analysts working in these settings is an important way to convey specific training and experience in behavior analysis. That training and experience is valuable for shaping the behavior of both animals and the humans who care for them. Currently the BACB standards are unclear as to whether students working in applied animal behavior are eligible for certification. In addition, licensure issues may affect behavior analysts working with animals in applied settings insofar as licensure legislation limits the scope of behavior analysis to humans. These issues require careful attention to ensure that the growth of behavior analysis practice is not unduly limited. |
|
CANCELLED: A BCBA CAAB Perspective |
MEGAN MAXWELL (Pet Behavior Change, LLC) |
Abstract: There are multiple certifications, arising from various disciplines and with varying entry requirements, currently available to applied animal behaviorists. Within behavior analysis, of course, the board certification from the BACB is the gold standard for our field as practitioners or applied researchers. For applied behavior analysts working with pets and their families, there is great value in maintaining a BCBA, as it binds us explicitly to our primary field of training and our philosophy. Other certifications such as that awarded by the Animal Behavior Society, can envelop applied behavior analysts into the cloth of applied animal behaviorists coming from diverse academic or professional backgrounds and offering similar services to pet owners. For purposes of research collaboration and academic discourse, belonging to this wider group is beneficial. The job of the applied behavior analyst who also is an applied animal behaviorist is to encourage the dissemination of behavior analysis while also welcoming the influence of alternative perspectives on the causes of, and treatments for, pet behavior problems. |
|
|
|
|
Factors Influencing Selection of Assessment and Treatment Development and Refinement of Assessment and Treatment Approaches for Individuals With Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Samaha, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many factors come into consideration when selecting an intervention or assessment. This series of studies examines the relationships between the outcomes of assessments and treatments, and contextual/procedural factors such as setting, diagnosis, reinforcer predictability, as well as the professions of those implementing procedures. Study 1 examines how within session decrements in responding (e.g., those resulting from either satiation or habituation) can be modulated by reinforcer predictability. Study 2 examines how data on the latency of responding can be used to refine interpretations of trial-based functional analysis results. Study 3 examines the degree to which behavior analytic practices in the field of developmental disabilities have changed in response to an increased attention toward individuals with autism. Study 4 evaluates the use of trial-based functional analyses and treatments based on those assessments carried out in a school by an itinerate teacher. As behavioral practices evolve in new contexts, behavior analysts should remain vigilant about changes to those practices and how those changes may in turn affect the quality of assessments and interventions. |
|
Effects of Preference and Stimulus Variation on Response Persistence |
ALICE A. KEYL AUSTIN (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Operant behavior has been shown to be more persistent (occur at higher response rates over a longer period of time) when putative reinforcers are varied (e.g., Egel, 1981; Melville, Rue, Rybiski, & Weatherly, 1997). One factor that may affect persistence is the format in which varied reinforcers are presented. Specifically, some researchers have presented reinforcers in predictable sequences whereas others have used unpredictable sequences. In addition, few studies have examined the relationship between preference and the persistence of behavior within-session. This study evaluates the relationship between preference and response persistence as well as the effects of predictable and unpredictable sequences on persistence. Initial results suggest highly preferred stimuli and unpredictable sequences are associated with greater persistence of behavior. |
|
Latency as the Dependent Variable in Trial-Based Functional Analyses |
ELIZABETH DAYTON (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was two fold. The first purpose was to determine if latency to problem behavior leads to similar interpretations as those based on the occurrence of problem behavior in a trial-based functional analysis. The second purpose was to determine if latency provides further information about the function of behavior. Trial-based functional analyses were conducted with subjects between 4 and 18 years of age with a variety of diagnoses and forms of problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior, and stereotypy). Initial results suggest that latency and occurrence data lead to similar interpretations but latency data may be used to further differentiate outcomes that appear similar given only occurrence data. The implications of latency as a measure of problem behavior in trial-based functional analysis are discussed. |
|
Recent Publication Trends in the Assessment and Treatment of Individuals With Autism |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This work presents an analysis of recent publication trends in the assessment and treatment of individuals with autism. Research, funding, and services in the field of autism have increased substantially over the past several years. This study seeks to describe the degree to which such attention has led to procedural differentiation for individuals with autism as compared to other developmental and intellectual disabilities (i.e., has work in the field of autism created procedures used exclusively with that population or are the procedures suitable for other populations as well). A search was conducted on papers published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis during the preceding 5 years and the degree of procedural overlap was characterized across individuals with autism and individuals with other developmental disabilities. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior in an Early Childhood Setting Using Trial-Based Functional Analysis |
Jennifer Jensen (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Problem behavior in early childhood is associated with academic problems and other negative outcomes later in school (Gettinger & Stoiber, 2006). As with educators who work with older school-aged populations, early childhood educators are mandated by IDEA 2004 to base behavior intervention plans on the outcome of functional behavior assessments (FBA). Although the format of the FBA is not specified by IDEA 2004, the standard functional analysis (FA) developed by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman (1982/1994) is considered the gold standard (Mace, 1994). However, early childhood educators may not have access to controlled environments in which to conduct an FA. In those cases, they may wish to conduct a trial-based FA (Bloom, Iwata, Roscoe, Fritz, & Carrea, in press; Iwata & Dozier, 2008). In the current study, an itinerant special education teacher conducted trial-based FAs with three preschool aged children and developed interventions based on the outcomes of the trial-based FAs. In two of three cases, the trial-based FA suggested that problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands and in the third case, it suggested that problem behavior was maintained by access to attention. Differential reinforcement plus extinction was used in all three cases and resulted in reductions in problem behavior and acquisition of the alternative response. Implications for the use of trial-based FA in special education and/or early childhood settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Applying Research to Clinical Practice: Applications of Recent Research in Behavior Analysis in the "Real World" |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources) |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
CE Instructor: Vicki Knapp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts clearly state that practicing behavior analysts should remain current with recent developments in the field of behavior analysis (BACB, 2010). Remaining current in the field is essential for providing good quality, ethical services. Further, it is important for behavior analysts to incorporate that which is learned from the recent literature into their practice for the benefit of the consumers and the community. The purpose of this symposium is to illustrate the application of recently published methods in behavior analysis in applied settings. Three data-based examples of the extension of behavior analytic research will be presented, including the replication of a comparison of paired choice preference assessments and functional analyses in behavioral assessment and treatment development, the use intensive behavioral assessment and intervention for feeding problems in a school setting, and the demonstration of observational learning in a group teaching situation. |
|
Comparison of Paired Choice Preference Assessments to Functional Analysis in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior in Persons With Dual Diagnosis |
ELIZABETH SPEARES (Hillside Children's Center), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester), Ken Peers (Hillside Children's Center), Jamie Dang (Hillside Children's Center), Randell Warren (Hillside Children's Center), Sean Torregiano (Hillside Children's Center) |
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) have been used as the gold standard for the assessment of problem behavior (Cooper, Heron & Howard 2007). FAs, however, are not always able to be conducted (e.g., low rate, high intensity problem behavior). Berg et al. (2007) used a paired choice preference assessment to compare the social preferences of four persons with developmental disabilities to results of FAs of problem behavior. Their results indicated that social reinforcers in the choice assessments matched the function identified in the FAs for three of four participants. The purpose of this study is to replicate the results of Berg et al. (2007). Three individuals dually diagnosed with intellectual and disabilities and mental health disorders participated. Ages ranged from 13-18. Functional analyses were conducted for all participants on targeted problem behavior. Paired choice preference assessments also were conducted for all participants. Data indicated that for one of three participants the results of the FA matched those of the choice assessment. Although the results of this study did not replicate those of the Berg et al. (2007) study, the information obtained in the preference assessments for each participant contributed to a greater understanding and interpretation of the motivation for their problem behavior. |
|
Increasing Food Intake and Decreasing Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors With Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities in a School-Based Setting |
VICKI MADAUS KNAPP (Summit Educational Resources), Amy M. Armstrong (Summit Educational Resources) |
Abstract: Several examples of successful behavioral interventions for pediatric feeding disorders exist. However, most of these studies have occurred in hospital or university-based settings and have used young children as their participants. Restricted food intake, limited variety of intake and the presence of inappropriate mealtime behaviors (e.g., screaming, spitting, turning away from or pushing the feeder) may be seen more frequently with individuals with intellectual disabilities than with individuals who are typically developing. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a brief review of the literature on the behavioral intervention of feeding disorders and to provide a model that has been used in a school-based setting for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Three young children with autism and other developmental disabilities who also presented with severely limited food intake served as the participants. Following the assessment of the feeding problems, exposure and escape-extinction methods were completed resulting in decreased inappropriate mealtime behaviors and increased in food intake. |
|
Observational Learning in the Context of Small Group Instruction for Children With Autism |
SUSAN N. LANGER (New England Center for Children), Andrea Carey (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Group instruction may be an efficient and effective format for teaching children with autism spectrum disorders. Group instruction allows for the possibility of observational learning and as a result children may acquire new skills that aren't directly taught. However, not all students have the prerequisite waiting and attending skills and therefore cannot benefit from observational learning. In the first phase of this study, two participants with autism spectrum disorders were assessed on their ability to wait defined as follows: while teacher is instructing other student at the same table, target student maintains sitting with feet on floor, with no interfering motor or vocal stereotypy. One participant required training and acquired the skill after 40 trials. In the second phase, the participants were each taught a set of sight words in one-on-one sessions. After each of the participants' performances met mastery criteria, they were grouped together, and after observing 2 sessions of maintenance trials for the other student, a probe was conducted. Both participants demonstrated mastery of the sight word sets that were not directly trained after observing four maintenance sessions. The results have implications for instructional arrangements other than one-on-one training; through observational learning in the context of group instruction, students may begin to acquire skills more efficiently. |
|
|
|
|
Refinements in the Assessment and Treatment of Elopement |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Mey) |
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College) |
CE Instructor: Kevin Luczynski, M.A. |
Abstract: Elopement can have dangerous consequences for the persons who engage in the problem behavior as well as caregivers who provide supervision. Nevertheless, elopement remains an understudied problem behavior with a relatively few number of assessment and treatment studies. Two of the current papers assessed the value of procedural modifications to the functional analysis procedures as described in Piazza et al.'s (1997) seminal study. One study evaluated the validity of assessing elopement within a single room compared to using multiple rooms; the other study incorporated procedures to eliminate the physical attention component associated with the retrieval of a client following elopement. The latter paper also demonstrated the use of a multiple schedule to increase the practicality of the treatment. A third study demonstrated the effects of using a prompting strategy and differential reinforcement to teach a young child to walk in proximity to an adult, which was incompatible with elopement and was associated with decreases in its occurrence. The importance of these papers to the assessment and treatment of elopement will be discussed by Dr. Gregory P. Hanley, who has published research on and provided clinical services of elopement. He is the current editor of Behavior Analysis in Practice, and a past associate editor of The Behavior Analyst and of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
An Assessment and Treatment of Elopement |
MELISSA BOWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kasey Stephenson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alison M. Betz (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Piazza et al., (1997) described procedures for conducting a functional analysis of elopement that informed the design of subsequent treatments. We systematically replicated Piazza et al.'s functional analysis by incorporating procedural modifications that removed the retrieval of the client following elopement in the tangible, demand, ignore, and toy play conditions. This increased the interval validity of the analysis because the physical attention associated with the retrieval of the client was only present during the attention condition. A 5-year-old girl diagnosed with a pervasive development disability participated, who would elope to unsupervised swimming pools and in unsafe situations (i.e., in parking lots). Her elopement was maintained by access to social-positive reinforcement in the form of vocal attention and access to preferred materials. Two functional communication responses to access adult attention and highly preferred materials were taught. We extended treatment evaluations for addressing elopement by signaling the availability and unavailability of reinforcement using a multiple schedule. The terminal-component durations involved 1 min of reinforcement that alternated with 4 min of extinction, which increased the practicality of treatment implementation. |
|
A Simplified Methodology for Identifying the Function of Elopement |
ROBERT K. LEHARDY (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Daniel L. LeSage (One Step at a Time Behavioral Services, LLC), Lindsay Evans (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Functional analyses of elopement (i.e., leaving a specific area without permission) are challenging to conduct, as clients must have repeated opportunities to elope from one room (or area) to another in a safe manner. These analyses often require multiple (adjoining) rooms and retrieval of the client following instances of elopement (e.g., Piazza et al., 1997). Such arrangements may be impractical in some settings. Furthermore, attention or demand delivery in the form of retrieval may confound the results. To address these issues, we used a single-room methodology to evaluate the function of elopement exhibited by two children with autism. The results from this methodology were then compared to the results from a second functional analysis that was conducted with a methodology similar to that used in previous studies. Results indicated that the single-room assessment was a viable alternative for determining the function of elopement. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Teaching Appropriate Walking Behavior on Elopement |
ANDREA CLEMENTS STEARNS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Laura L. Grow (St. Cloud State University), Lindsey K. Loutsch (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kari J Adolf (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Elopement is a particularly dangerous behavior in young children who do not discriminate the inherent dangers associated with being separated from their parents or supervising adults. Previous research on elopement has focused on the functional analysis and treatment of this problem in individuals who have already acquired the basic rules related to staying close to and walking with supervising adults. However, for young children with developmental disabilities who have not yet learned those rules, a different approach may be warranted. In the current investigation, we used a treatment package consisting of differential reinforcement and prompts to promote the acquisition of two appropriate responses that are physically incompatible with elopement (walking in close proximity to the supervising adults and stopping when the adult stops) while monitoring elopement in a 3-year-old male with a global developmental disability. The treatment was evaluated using a multiple-baseline-across-therapists design. Results showed that the treatment package produced clear increases in these incompatible responses and concomitant reductions in elopement (i.e., to zero across all therapists). These findings are discussed in terms of the treatment of dangerous responses in young children with disabilities through skill acquisition of appropriate responses that are incompatible with the unsafe problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Variables Influencing Compliance and Analysis of Methods for Improvement |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Paige M. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University) |
CE Instructor: Paige McKerchar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research indicates that compliance is considered a significant part of childrens socialization, and teachers rate compliance with requests as one of the most important skills for children to exhibit. In addition, research suggests that, gone untreated, noncompliance may contribute to the development of future problem behavior. Unfortunately, caregivers and teachers often struggle with identifying effective methods for improving compliance exhibited by individuals in their care. The studies presented in this symposium evaluate methods for assessing the variables influencing noncompliance and improving compliance. Abby and McKerchar evaluated a systematic method for evaluating the reinforcing effects of attention and escape on noncompliance with preschool children and assessed a treatment based on the results of this analysis. Sy, Donaldson, and Vollmer evaluated the effects of variables associated with instructions on compliance with those instructions for two individuals with autism. Myers, Wilder, Fischetti, Nicholson, Allison, and Leon analyzed the effectiveness of 3-step prompting with 3 children and identified various adjustments necessary to achieve clinically significant improvements in compliance. |
|
Systematic Evaluation of Variables Contributing to Noncompliance |
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), Paige M. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Despite the value early educators place on compliance, noncompliance is among the most common forms of problem behavior exhibited by young children. In this study, the effects of attention and escape on noncompliance were evaluated with three children aged 3 to 4 years. After identifying the variables maintaining noncompliance via a functional analysis, the effects of time-out and escape extinction were examined for two participants. Results of the functional analysis indicated that compliance was lowest in the escape condition for all participants, and escape extinction was most effective in increasing levels of compliance during treatment. |
|
An Evaluation of Factors That Influence Instruction-Following Behavior |
JOLENE R. SY (University of Florida), Jeanne M. Donaldson (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Particular variables (e.g., number of objects present) may influence the probability that an instruction will be followed. However, studies that target compliance often neglect to provide information about these variables or note which instructions were delivered during each condition. This can become problematic if instructions associated with a low probability of compliance are more likely to be delivered during baseline and instructions associated with a high probability of compliance are more likely to be delivered during an intervention. Additional analyses evaluating differences in instruction following as a result of features of the instruction are necessary. The purpose of the current study was to examine how variables related to the instruction (i.e., presence of an object, number of objects presented, and number of instructions associated with each object) influenced instruction following of two individuals with autism. We found that compliance was less likely when (a) instructions were not associated with an object; (b) instructions were delivered in the presence of multiple objects, some of which were not related to the instruction; and (c) when objects were associated with multiple instructions. These findings suggest that a number of variables related to the instruction affect compliance independent of prompting and reinforcement. |
|
An Analysis of Prompting Levels Necessary to Achieve Compliance |
KRISTIN MYERS (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Anthony T. Fischetti (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie A. Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Janelle Allison (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Least-to-most prompting procedures typically involve progression from a less restrictive method of prompting (e.g., verbal prompt) to a mid-level of restrictiveness (e.g., a model prompt) to a more restrictive prompting method (e.g., "hand-over-hand" guidance). Sometimes called 3-step prompting, this procedure has been shown to be effective to increase compliance in many children (Wilder & Atwell, 2006). However, even this procedure may fail to increase compliance in a timely manner among some children. In the current study, we present data from 3 cases in which a 3-step prompting procedure did not result in improved compliance within a reasonable time frame. Additional procedures, such as elimination of the model prompt, decreasing the amount of time between prompts, and differential reinforcement of compliance with arbitrary items, were needed to increase compliance to acceptable levels in each of these participants. Results are discussed in terms of practical adjustments that can be made to increase the effectiveness of 3-step and other prompting procedures. |
|
Improving Compliance by Teaching Preschoolers to Help Peers Respond Effectively When Their Name is Called |
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Western New England College), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of teaching preschool children to respond effectively when their name was called (i.e., stopping their activity, making eye contact with teacher, saying "yes," and waiting for the teacher to respond), on their compliance with a variety of typical instructions provided by classroom teachers. We then evaluated the effects of peer mediation on the maintenance of the effective name response. Peer mediation involved teaching the children to either remind one another to engage in the effective name response or praise one another for engaging in an effective name response and was taught with the use of instructions, modeling, role-play, and vocal and visual feedback. We used a multiple baseline across subjects (groups) design with 4 typically-developing preschoolers to determine the effects of teaching the name response on compliance and the effects of peer mediation on the maintenance of the name response. Interobserver agreement was collected for 42% of observations, and averaged 92% across all measures. Results showed that compliance increased as a function of teaching precursors for all children, and that peer mediation was effective at maintaining the name response. Implications for promoting preschooler compliance in the classroom will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction in Kindergarten, First and Second Grade Classrooms |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Alison M. Corwin (Columbia University) |
Abstract: We will present a synopsis of four early elementary school classrooms that utilize the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of instruction. The four classrooms (1 kindergarten, 1 first grade, and 2 second grade) are general education classes with an inclusion component. The AIL model is based entirely on scientific procedures and emphasizes individualized or differentiated instruction using one of the most thorough curriculum based measurement currently available. Each presentation will discuss how students are instructed on objectives derived from the school district's curriculum (and additional AIL curricula) to mastery, how student learning is measured and graphed, instructional tactics used in the classroom, and the induction of verbal developmental cusps and capabilities to maximize student learning. All students are taught skills designed to allow them to become independent learners. Classrooms are designed to be positive environments wherein coercive procedures are avoided and a major goal is the expansion of the children's community of interests. The model is based on research that has reported 4 to 7-times more learning than control or baseline educational procedures. |
|
A Synopsis of a Kindergarten Classroom Utilizing the Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction |
KATIE BAKER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lisa Tullo (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The elementary school is located in a low income area of a major metropolitan city. The kindergarten classroom consisted of 20 students, one teacher andtwo teaching assistants. Three of the students had individualized educational plans. One of these students was diagnosed as having a learning disability and two of these students were diagnosed as emotionally disturbed. All students were qualified for and received free lunch. The students almost always learned from the learn unit and did not need tactics in order to learn. The first tactic used was increased opportunity to respond for that response. All students in the classroom participated in a token economy for which they earned pennies, nickels, and dimes for both academic responses and appropriate behavior. Other tactics included a student of the day medal for good behavior, vicarious reinforcement, cost response for assaultive behavior, and the premack principal. |
|
The Application of an Accelerated Independent Learner Model Classroom to 1st Grade Inclusion |
AMANDA C. PHILP (Teachers College, Columbia University), Janet C. Solorzano-Correia (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: These studies took place in a regular education classroom that was a part of a publicly funded K-2 school located in the suburbs of Morristown, NJ. There were 15 students in the classroom; 5 of the students had Individualized Education Plans. We describe the research-based tactics used in a first grade classroom that implemented the CABAS AIL (Accelerated Independent Learner) system for education, according to the most common procedures and tactics used for learning challenges in various children. Some of the tactics included use of model demonstration learn units, peer tutoring, differentiated instruction in small groups across all academic areas, response boards, choral responding, the use of mastery and fluency objectives, observational system of instruction, and public posting. We also describe the functional curricular components and structural components built around educational standards. Finally we describe the developmental protocols used to induce new learning and verbal capabilities that allowed children to learn in ways they could not learn before. |
|
The Application of an Accelerated Independent Learner Model Classroom to 2nd Grade Inclusion |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura E. Lyons (Columbia University) |
Abstract: The 2nd grade accelerated independent learner (AIL) classroom operates using the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model. This model incorporates the principles and tactics of applied behavior analysis in an inclusion classroom setting. Our class operates on a 17:1:2 student-teacher-teaching assistant ratio. There are 9 males and 8 females in the class, 5 students have Individualized Education Plans (IEP), 2 students are English Language Learners (ELL) with 2 more coming from homes where English is not the primary language, and 2 students who qualify for basic skills interventions. This class uses many researched behavioral tactics for learning behaviors during math, spelling, reading, and writing instruction including learn units (direct, model demonstration), response boards, choral responding, peer tutoring, and precision teaching. The class also uses research-based tactics for performance and classroom management behaviors such as token economies, group contingencies, and hero contingencies. Decisions for all behaviors are data based, and follow either the AIL decision protocol or the CABAS decision protocol. The classroom also tests for and designs instruction based off the presence or absence of certain verbal cusps and capabilities such as Naming and Observational Learning. |
|
A Synopsis of a Second Grade Classroom Utilizing the Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Education |
JOAN A. BROTO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Hilary Sarah Zeller (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The participants in this study were typically developing 2nd grade students who were placed in a classroom that implemented the CABAS AIL system for education. The classroom was a part of a public charter school located in a metropolitan city. There were 19 students in the classroom; all of the students received free lunch and 2 of the students had Individualized Education Plans. The classroom implemented multiple schedules of reinforcement and group contingencies, such as individual token system, group contingencies, and whole class contingencies. Several learning tactics were implemented in the classroom, which included the use of model demonstration learn units for more advanced students with observational learning capability, class wide peer tutoring, differentiated instruction by small groups across all academic areas, response boards, choral responding, the use of mastery and fluency objectives, observational system of instruction, and public posting. More specifically, we implemented whole class listener literacy protocol to increase the rate of following directions, class wide peer tutoring for mathematical facts, and the above components that resulted in student learning and achievement. |
|
|
|
|
Technological Tools for Consumer Behavior Analysis Online and in Stores: Motivating and Measuring Choices |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The modern economy is one of consumption, not production. Recognizing this fact, two recent (2010) special issues of The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management brought consumer behavior analysis to the forefront of innovative research in organizational behavior analysis. This symposium further advances consumer behavior analysis research by highlighting three new studies concerned with motivating operations(MOs) for consumer decisions, and innovative methods to measure consumer choices in vivo. From Watson's work to the present day, by necessity the analysis of consumer motivation has relied heavily on antecedents. Two papers in this symposium build on previous work in antecedent control of consumer behavior to explore important MOs for online consumer choice (corporate social responsibility and waiting time) and bring a behavioral perspective to current conceptual problems these MOs pose for research in economics and management. The third paper describes how innovative electronic cards are used to record consumer behavior in vivo, and how these data can be used for more refined, behaviorally-based market segmentation analyses. Taken together, these three papers demonstrate how blending behavior analytic theory and electronic technology can provide illuminating answers to tricky questions in consumer behavior. |
|
On the Motivating Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility at the Point of Online Purchase |
ASLE FAGERSTROM (The Norwegian School of Information Technology), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Corporate social responsibilities (CSR) of business have been a very intense and controversial subject in management literature over the past 3 decades. Those who favor the use of CSR argue that companies benefit in multiple ways by operating with a perspective broader and longer than their own immediate, short-term profits. Opponents argue that CSR distracts from the fundamental economic role of businesses. These positions may not be incommensurable; a consumer behavior analysis perspective views CSR as a possible motivating operation for purchases, thus reconciling the "responsibility" as well as "economic" perspectives. An experiment with adult online shoppers in Norway was performed and a conjoint analysis was conducted to explore the motivating impact of CSR relative to brand and price in an online shopping context. Results show that CSR has a significant, but small effect on purchases as compared to branding and price. The results will be discussed in relation to the concepts of motivating operations and rule-governed behavior (augmentals). |
|
I've Been Waiting: Sunk Time Effects in Online Dating |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Glory Epelle (Temple University), Bess J. Puvathingal (Temple University) |
Abstract: Sunk costs are often assumed to motivate seemingly irrational choices (i.e. "throwing good money after bad"), but recent data reveal a more nuanced interpretation. This analysis is extended to an investigation of sunk time effects (situations in which time, not money, is invested) in online dating. Single young adults completed date profiles and searched for a potential date on an experimental dating site. Time between initiating a search and finding a matching date was systematically manipulated, and potential date "quality" ranged between 25%-75% compatibility. At low levels of compatibility, less than 50% of dates were accepted. However at 50% and 75% levels of compatibility, sunk cost had a strong linear effect on acceptance of a date, which was especially pronounced at the 75% level. These data show that sunk time effects, much like sunk cost effects, are not as general as assumed but are sensitive to context, and also that delay effects found in other studies of online consumer behavior extend to online dating choices. |
|
The Experimental Analysis of Consumer Behavior in Retailing and E-mail Marketing |
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: In-store experiments are an innovative form of consumer behavior analysis research that often show orderliness and functionally interesting, and in some cases contradicting, buying behavior patterns for groups of consumers. In order to investigate the application of the consumer behavior analysis research framework to real consumer settings the next step in the research strategy is to experimentally study the buying behavior of individual consumers. The aim is to acquire valuable experimental data missing in previous consumer behavior analysis research, e.g., in terms of identifying the effects of marketing stimuli on different segments of consumers and the overall financial performance. Two examples are revealed, one from retailing and the other from e-mail marketing. An in-store experiment was performed with adult shoppers going about their normal purchasing in retail stores. The other study assessed the effectiveness of different stimuli in an e-mail marketing campaign. The results show that both in-store and e-mail marketing experiments can reveal the effectiveness of situational stimuli on different consumer segments, measured behaviorally and financially. |
|
|
|
|
"Goal Setting and Time Management" and "Assertiveness Training": To Develop Successful Team Work in a Mexican Car Dealership |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Susana Luna Segundo () |
KAREN YAZMIN CHAVES (Monterrey Technology Institute) |
JESSICA IVONNE ARVIZU (Monterrey Technology Institute) |
BLANCA GUADALUPE TORRES (Monterrey Technology Institute) |
NANCY ANAYELI MUNGUIA (Monterrey Technology Institute) |
Abstract: In Mexico, 72% of the formal jobs as well as the 98% of the economy is generated by small and medium enterprises (SMEs) according to the "Department of Economy". Due to the importance of SMEs and the lack of research, it was imperative to explore teamwork and restructuring. The car dealership does not count on organizational structure, time management programs or job description charts. Therefore, they could not perform their tasks and responsibilities individuallyor as a team. It was expected to achieve a level of productivity higher than the average, which the enterprise had reached over the last 2 months, through creating efficient and effective teamwork. For building teamwork two programs were administered: "goal setting and time management" and also "assertiveness training." In order to get better results the design of this research was ABAB and there was a comparison between two different groups of employees. This research achieved valuable information about teamwork in SMEs. After the program was applied, it was possible to establish an effective teamwork over 60% higher than the average (in comparison with the last 2 months). Thus, the productivity of this organization was directly improved by 30%. |
|
|
|
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure - Do You Rap? Innovations in Translational and Applied Research on Complex Human Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Emily E. Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Thomas Szabo, M.A. |
Abstract: Over the last 2 decades, behavioral research on language and cognition has expanded upon Skinner's definitions of verbal behavior and the verbal stimulus. The result has been an expansive empirical foundation of basic studies on arbitrarily applicable relational responding. The clinical side of this research program has to date been focused largely on acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), but the ACT model may be only one approach to evaluating and treating human behavior from a relational frame perspective. Recent advances in the assessment of implicit cognitions indicate novel methods in the analysis of covert behavior that are leading to new directions in treatment. Translational research on relational responding points to novel ways by which verbal conditioned reinforcers can moderate the generalization of a derived stimulus function to new contexts. In this symposium, three studies rooted in relational frame theory and employing newly developed approaches to the study of complex human behavior will be presented and reviewed. |
|
The Mixed Trials Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (MT-IRAP) in an Organizational Context: An Initial Field Study |
THOMAS G. SZABO (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Psychological flexibility among leaders and other personnel in organizations is beneficial when change is imminent or necessary for survival. Workers displaying resistance to a company's program for change can significantly weaken productivity and market advantage. In large organizations, identifying the sources of resistance to change initiatives can be difficult, as workers often mask their attitudes in a variety of ways. One recently developed approach to obtaining information about what people think and believe is the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP). Derived from relational frame theory (RFT), the IRAP predicts attitudinal behavior under pressured conditions by requiring respondents to rapidly identify consistent or inconsistent relations when presented with sample and comparison stimuli. The present study is a field investigation of the utility of a mixed trials version of the IRAP in identifying sectors of a large organization that resist important change initiatives. Results will be used to guide a future analysis of fluency- versus values-based trainings designed to promote desired organizational practices. |
|
Generalization of Derived Relations to an Analogue Eating Task: A Moderator Analysis |
MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: This study seeks to contribute to the emerging translational literature base linking basic to clinical applications of arbitrarily applicable relational responding by exploring the generalization of laboratory acquired derived relations to an analogue eating task. Using a computerized matching to sample procedure, most undergraduate participants were able to derive equivalence relations and transfer stimulus functions between nutrition words (e.g., healthy, unhealthy) and arbitrary symbols in the absence of direct reinforcement. Generalization of the acquired derived relations were then assessed by having the participants carry a container of chocolates with them for 24 hours labeled with the same arbitrary symbols used in the laboratory training. Pilot results found that many but not all participants demonstrated differential eating patterns suggestive of relational stimulus control (i.e. significant chi-square for symbol type of chocolates consumed) and ongoing data collection will allow for the identification of moderators of differential eating (e.g., relational fluency). In addition, this study will also explore the role of coherence as a generalized conditioned reinforcer as almost all pilot participants responded in coherent patterns on a pre-test of arbitrary stimulus functions in the absence of programmed reinforcement. Results and implications for future translational work will be discussed. |
|
Experimental Analyses of Processes of Change in Therapies Using Implicit Relational Assessment |
NAOKO KISHITA (Doshisha University), Takashi Muto (Doshisha University), Tomu Ohtsuki (Faculty of Human Sciences, Waseda University) |
Abstract: Kishita et al. (2010) compared the effects of cognitive defusion, a key component in acceptance and commitment therapy, with thought distraction in conjunction with exposure therapy for public speaking anxiety. As with previous studies, participant reports of discomfort and believability of anxiety-related thoughts were assessed via visual analogue scales during a public speaking task. Unique to this study is the use of behavioral measures, a version of the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP), to capture the function of such cognitive events. The discrepancy between the implicit and self-report measures of anxiety and the fact that only changes in the implicit measure were correlated with effective overt behaviors highlights the importance of using a variety of methods for assessing variables of interest. However, the changes in the implicit measure only revealed at the end of experiment and not immediately after the intervention. Forty undergraduates participated in further experiment with higher time pressure during IRAP trials which is an important component in measuring the immediate and brief relational responding. The continuous changes in implicit measures were explored to give in-depth consideration to the variability of implicit measures overtime. Data presented here will contribute to empirical verification of assessment methodology for therapeutic changes. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Intervention Through a State Funded Grant for Children Age 0-5 Years |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Katharine Gutshall, M.A. |
Abstract: As funding sources dwindle, new avenues need to be paved to obtain services for children who display challenging behavior. State funded grants are a potential source of novel funding, as behavioral interventions can be a cost-effective method of producing significant clinical change in a relatively short period of time. |
|
Examining the Need, Demographics, and Treatment Length of a State Funded Behavioral Program |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Emily Barba (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Robert N. Davidson (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Through a voter approved tax on cigarettes, First Things First of Arizona awarded over $134.9 million in 2010 to organizations to ensure a solid foundation for children aged 0-5 years (www.azftf.gov). Since 2009, applied behavior analysisservices were awarded a grant to provide short term intervention to families experiencing challenges with their child's behavior. This new funding source seeks to increase parental knowledge and lower familial stress through behavioral intervention. Each family receives 1:1 in-home intervention as well as the ability to participate in group parent training classes to support knowledge learned individually. The need for these services will be discussed as well as the demographics of families entering the program. Treatment length will be examined by type of challenging behavior in order to see potential cost effectiveness of the program. |
|
Examining Pre and Post Measures as Part of Participation in Short Term Behavioral Intervention Services |
ROBERT N. DAVIDSON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Emily Barba (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: The effect of one child's behavior problems is wide spread. Often examined is the effect upon parental stress (Hastings, 2002; Dyson, 1996). As part of enrollment in a grant funded behavioral program, each family was required to submit pre and post questionnaires. These include Parental Stress Index (PSI), Parental Locus of Control (PLOC), Knowledge Survey, Confidence Survey, and Behavior Problems Inventory (BPI). Results indicate positive changes in the majority of measures. According to PSI scores, more than 15 families reported a decrease in defensive responding, parental distress, parent-child difficult interaction, difficult child, and total stress. According to the PLOC and confidence survey, more than 15 families reported an increase in confidence levels. According to the BPI, over 15 families reported a decrease in their child's self-injurious behavior, stereotypy, and aggression. Interestingly, the parental knowledge measure decreased across the time of intervention. |
|
Examining the Importance of Caregiver Training |
EMILY BARBA (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Robert N. Davidson (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Due to the short term nature of the services, an important component is training the caregivers on implementation of their child's intervention plan. It is often thought that providing parents with caregiver training and feedback can reduce their child's maladaptive behaviors (Sanders & Glynn, 1981). The higher the caregiver participation in this training, the higher the probability the protocol will maintain once treatment is terminated. In addition to the in-home caregiver training, classes were offered that addressed early childhood development, common childhood issues, and parenting techniques. Of the 50 plus families enrolled in the program, about 20% attended the caregiver training classes. Of those that attended, about 60% had a child with a diagnosis of autism. Specific barriers prevented other families from being able to attend. Outcome measures were examined in terms of parent participation in classes. |
|
Examining Cost Effective Behavioral Intervention: Two Case Studies |
EMILY BARBA (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Robert N. Davidson (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autim and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Although known to be effective in changing behavior,applied behavior analysisis often cited as being expensive-often outside of the average family's budget (Chasson et al 2007; Datta, 2010). However, by implementing tailored individualized intervention along with general behavioral parenting classes, effective intervention may be within the reach of more families than first believed. One case study addresses the inappropriate aggression and tantrums of a young boy while increasing manding through differential reinforcement. The second case study addresses inappropriate vocalizations and non-compliance of a young boy through differential reinforcement and time-outs. Cases are discussed in terms of outcome, time investment, and potential cost implications. |
|
|
|
|
Linking Basic Behavioral Principles to the Abstractive Constructs Used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: A Case Example |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi) |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
MIKE P. TWOHIG (Utah State University) |
PATRICIA BACH (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
MAUREEN KATHLEEN FLYNN (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is a contextual therapeutic model grounded in applied behavior analysis. Although ACT is based on basic behavioral principles, it was evident early on in the development of the model that it was not very workable to talk about clinical issues using this molecular, precise, and technical language. To address this concern, ACT treatment developers employed six mid-level terms, which are abstractive constructs, to talk about behavior so both clinicians and clients can simplify the behavioral analysis. Typically clinicians first learn about the model and conceptualize behavior using the mid-level terms. However, as evidence for the model and interest in it grows, more people are becoming interested in becoming fluent in the underlying basic behavioral principles as well. In addition, by linking basic behavioral principles to these abstractive constructs it may allow those more fluent in traditional behavior analysis to increase their understanding of ACT. The purpose of this panel is to help build this fluency by using a case example to examine aspects of behavior using the mid level terms and then linking them up with basic behavioral principles. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Feedback: Using Data to Improve Teacher Performance |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In the climate of modern education reform emphasis has been placed on accountability. The implicit assumption is that accountability data alone will influence the way in which educators do their task. In actuality, outcome data are not particularly effective at improving performance unless there is also some specification of the educational practices that influenced the outcome. If data are to be effective at influencing performance it has to be part of a performance feedback system identifying not only important outcomes (i.e., student performance) but also those educator behaviors that are related to student outcomes. In order for the feedback to be effective, it must be frequent, timely, and constructive. For this to occur, performance feedback must be part of culture that values both data and feedback. Effective performance feedback systems are linked across all levels of an organizational system. In this symposium we will address what is necessary to make performance feedback systems effective in school settings. We will focus on student/teacher level feedback, larger systems that rely on critical indicators to inform system managers about effectiveness, and what is required to sustain a culture that values data and feedback. |
|
Using Student Data as a Basis for Feedback to Teachers |
RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: With the increasing demand for accountability in education there has been an increase in the demand for data to show how students are performing. Used in this way, the data are evaluative in nature but do not suggest what teachers should be doing to improve student performance. The usual accountability data are gathered annually through high stakes testing. If we are to use student performance data to improve teacher performance it is necessary to have data that can be collected repeatedly and is sensitive to changes in teacher behavior. If the data about student performance is to be useful to teachers, it is important to know what teachers are doing in the classroom. This leaves educators in the position of having to measure not only student performance but also teacher performance along those dimensions that have been identified as important to student learning. This paper will address the systemic issues that are associated with using student data to improve student outcomes. We will consider issues relating what should be measured, the quality of the data, and systems requirements for effectively providing feedback to teachers. |
|
Performance Feedback: Use It or Lose It |
RANDY KEYWORTH (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Even the best designed, researched, and proven performance feedback systems will be ineffective if school personnel do not implement them, implement them incorrectly, and do not implement them on an ongoing basis (over time and across generations of personnel). Such outcomes cannot be reached if the focus is only at the individual staff or classroom level. Sustainable implementation requires social/cultural change across all levels of an organization (systems, policies, resources, values, and contingencies). The most common forms of implementation-information dissemination, training, and supervision-have repeatedly been shown to be ineffective. Performance feedback systems are essential in building a data-based decision making culture necessary for sustainable outcomes. Effective performance management uses performance feedback strategies (monitoring activities and outcomes and responding to the data) at an organizational level to prompt, shape and reinforce the behavior of school personnel. It focuses on context (the prerequisites that must be in place for a program or practice to operate), compliance (the extent to which school personnel are implementing the intervention) and competence (the level of skill shown by school personnel in implementing the intervention). Every part of an organization's culture is brought into line to reinforce the use of performance feedback by all personnel. |
|
A Systems Approach to Feedback: What You Need to Know and Who Needs to Know It! |
JOHN E. STATES (The Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Systems-wide feedback, such as district-wide data informed decision-making and critical indicator reporting, has been widely promoted for school improvement. This presentation will examine the research behind the practice with particular attention paid to the use of critical indicators linked throughout all levels of a school system. To be effective the system must: (a) include indicators of essential processes and outcomes, (b) aggregate and disaggregate data (c) deliver accurate and timely reports, (d) Distribute data to the right people who review the data, and (e) arrange the contingencies to encourage acting on the information. For a key indicator system to function successfully a commitment must be made to culture change throughout the school system: classroom, school, and district levels. It requires attention to multiple indicators of success that expand beyond a limited focus on summative test scores. The case is made for the indicators that provide an early warning when students fall behind or key systems falter. Categories include: (a) consumer satisfaction (b) engagement(c) teacher retention, recruitment, treatment integrity, training; (d) student summative and formative, achievement gap, retention, completion, and conduct; (e) safety: incident reports, injuries, workers compensation; (f) compliance laws and regulations; (g) funding cost per student. |
|
|
|
|
Consequence Delivery via Technology to Provide Drug-free Behavioral Treatment to Adolescents With Severe Behavior/Psychiatric Problems |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Matthews, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In behavioral treatment, practitioners strive to administer reinforcers and punishers immediately and according to predetermined schedules. Unfortunately, due to human error, target behaviors sometimes go undetected and consequences are not always administered optimally. We describe the use of various forms of technology to detect behavior and administer reinforcers and punishers. We used a money system of reinforcement, as well as a level system, to treat both academic and problem behaviors. Students earned money for achieving predetermined rates of responding on various academic subjects. Students also both earned and were fined money for nonacademic behaviors. We also used a level system with 18 levels, each of which corresponded to certain reinforcers, privileges, and safety requirements. We demonstrate the automated delivery of food reinforcers contingent upon academic performance specified by the teacher or treating clinician. We describe the modification of a music player to operate only when specific behaviors, incompatible with problem behaviors, occur continuously. We show a device allowing for the administration of negative punishment through the remote disabling of IPODs, CD players, and other electronic equipment. Finally, we describe a procedure and relevant technology for treating refractory problem behaviors and overcoming previous adaptation to an aversive stimulus. |
|
Individualized Use of Money as a Reinforcer to Accelerate Academic Performance |
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Rachel Nicolle Matthews (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Seventy students in a residential treatment program were reinforced with money for achieving individualized target rates correct and incorrect in academic subjects. Upon meeting an academic aim, a dollar amount tailored to the academic task and student was added to the student's balance which was visible at all times on the student's computer screen. A response cost was arranged for each inappropriate behavior. Students earned amounts ranging as high as $139 dollars a week and averaged $30 per week. At the end of the academic week, students used the money any way they wanted to-e.g., to save it, to shop online, to order restaurant food, or to purchase gifts, clothing and other items from a retail store on campus. The results are summarized using individual standard charts and descriptive statistics. |
|
A Comprehensive Level System |
RACHEL NICOLLE MATTHEWS (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We used a level system to decrease major inappropriate behaviors and increase desired behaviors of adolescents with severe behavior/psychiatric problems within a residential treatment program. We created 18 levels, each of which was associated with a certain set of reinforcers, privileges, and safety requirements. Students were initially assigned to a level that allowed them to access a wide range of reinforcers, activities, and privileges. By showing appropriate behaviors, students were able to advance to higher levels. When students displayed aggression or other inappropriate behaviors, students were dropped to lower levels. Students who were dropped to the beginning levels were required to comply with demands and refrain from all inappropriate behaviors. By demonstrating self-management skills, compliance with requests, and absence of problem behaviors, students were able to reach the highest levels. Data describing problem behavior frequency, physical restraint frequency, regression probability, and other dependent variables will be presented. |
|
Improving Academic Instruction and Reducing Problem Behaviors |
RACHEL NICOLLE MATTHEWS (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Robert Von Heyn (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nick Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In behavioral treatment, practitioners strive to administer reinforcers immediately after the occurrence of targeted behaviors and according to predetermined schedules. Unfortunately, due to practical considerations such as staffing levels or human error, target behaviors sometimes go undetected or consequences are not optimally administered. One strategy to enhance the consistency and reliability of consequence administration is to use electronic devices to detect behaviors and automatically arrange the consequences. We demonstrate the automated delivery of food reinforcers contingent upon academic performance specified by the teacher or treating clinician. We describe the modification of a music player to operate only when specific behaviors, incompatible with problem behaviors, occur continuously. We show a device allowing for the administration of negative punishment through the remote disabling of Ipods, CD players, and other electronic equipment. And we describe various devices that alert attending staff members that appropriate or inappropriate behaviors occurred. |
|
Treating Problem Behaviors and Ending Aversive Adaptation by Gradually Expanding the Treatment Period |
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Susan M. Parker (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: We describe a procedure for treating refractory problem behaviors and overcoming previous adaptation to an aversive stimulus. Five key features appear to be: (1) reducing treatment to one brief period per day (starting at 5 seconds) during which perfect performance is required, and gradually expanding the length and daily frequency of the treatment periods; (2) giving the person hand holsters and/or foot pedals in which to hold their hands and/or feet during treatment sessions; (3) requiring only one behavior to be under control at first and only gradually adding others; (4) arranging frequent and continuous rewards during treatment sessions, which were terminated if hands or feet were removed from the proper position; (5) arranging for immediate application of a skin shock as soon as the earliest possible antecedent was detected. We demonstrate the equipment that was used. Each application resulted in near complete and long-lasting (years) suppression of major problem behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
On the Cusp of Independence: Developing & Teaching Effective Transitional Goals for Students With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Mary Ann Powers, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Ann Powers (Private Practice) |
MARY ANN POWERS (Private Practice) |
DEBORAH L. BROWN (Stanislaus County Office of Education) |
KATHARINE BEMESDERFER (Coryell Autism Center) |
Abstract: To achieve the best possible outcomes as adults, students with autism must, by age 22, already possess critical life skill competencies, but little attention has been paid to creating effective IEP/ITPs for transitional students. Life skills checklists can include thousands of entries, so the selection of manageable IEP/ITP goals must be governed by something which maximizes both current and continued skill acquisition, generalization and maintenance. Rosales-Ruiz and Baer's behavioral cusp (1997; further developed by Bosch & Fuqua, 2001) is one such principle, and this panel will discuss its use in designing and implementing the IEP/ITP and behavior plan of an 18-year-old man with autism attending a non-public school for students ages 14-22. Seventeen IEP goals were selected based on socially significant and generative skills, i.e. behavioral cusps, determined to be necessary for the student's successful participation in both his current educational program and future academic, vocational, domestic, social, and recreational activities. Each speaker will: focus on specific IEP/ITP goals, including baseline and intervention data; address the behavior analytic principles applied during each phase, including prompt fading; consider teaching methods and data collection procedures sensitive to behavioral cusps; and discuss the validity of the a priori designation of the goals as behavioral cusps. |
|
|
|
|
There's Nothing As Practical As a Good Theory |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Robert Siegler, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
ROBERT S. SIEGLER (Carnegie Mellon University) |
Robert Siegler is Teresa Heinz Professor of Cognitive Psychology at Carnegie Mellon University. He has been at Carnegie Mellon since receiving his PhD in 1974 from SUNY at Stony Brook. In the ensuing years, he has written 9 books, edited 5 others, and authored more than 200 articles, monographs, and book chapters. The books and articles have focused on children's reasoning and problem solving, particularly in scientific and mathematical domains. Among the books he has written are How Children Discover New Strategies (1989, with Eric Jenkins, Erlbaum), How Children Develop: 3rd Edition (Siegler, DeLoache, and Eisenberg, 2010, Worth Publishers), and Children’s Thinking: 4th Edition (Siegler & Alibali, 2005, Prentice Hall). His book, Emerging Minds, was chosen one of the "Best Psychology Books of 1996" by the Association of American Publishers. His books have been translated into French, German, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish, and Greek. He also has served as associate editor of the journal Developmental Psychology and co-edited the 2006 Handbook of Child Psychology: Vol. 2: Cognition, Perception, and Language along with Deanna Kuhn. |
Abstract: Theoretical analyses of the development of numerical representations suggest that playing linear number board games, akin to Chutes and Ladders, should enhance young children's numerical knowledge. Consistent with this prediction, playing such a game for roughly 1 hour increases low-income, urban preschoolers' proficiency on a diverse set of numerical tasks: numerical magnitude comparison, number line estimation, counting, and numeral identification. The gains remain present 9 weeks later and are equally strong for African-American and Caucasian children. Playing an identical game, except for the squares varying in color rather than number (akin to Candy Land), does not improve performance on any measure. Moreover, preschoolers' amount of home experience playing number board games is positively correlated with their numerical knowledge, whereas their experience playing card games and video games is not. Consistent with the hypothesis that children are acquiring a mental number line, playing linear board games leads to greater learning than playing circular games. Thus, playing linear, numerical board games with children from low-income backgrounds appears to increase their numerical knowledge and helps them start school on a more equal footing with classmate from more affluent backgrounds. |
|
|
|
|
Exploration, Visualization and Data Analysis with JMP |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College) |
Presenting Authors: : MIA STEPHENS (SAS Institute, JMP Division) |
Abstract: JMP, developed in the late 1980's by SAS Institute, is desktop software for data exploration and analysis. JMP is a stand-alone product, with a point-and-click graphical user interface. However, JMP can also be integrated with SAS, providing an easy to use and flexible front end. Intuitive, interactive and graphical, JMP lets researchers move quickly from numbers to meaningful statements about findings and results. JMP provides a complete array of statistical procedures, from basic to advanced, providing a vast framework for making rational decisions from data. All JMP output is dynamic and visual, making it easy to graphically explore data and interpret statistical results. In this tutorial Mia will demonstrate popular JMP tools for exploratory data analysis, including graph linking, Tabulate, Graph Builder, Bubble Plots, the data filter, and new mapping tools. She will provide an overview of inferential methods commonly used by behavior analysts, and will introduce JMP tools for modeling, data mining and simulation. |
|
MIA STEPHENS (SAS Institute, JMP Division) |
Mia Stephens is an Academic Ambassador with JMP, a division of SAS. Her responsibilities include working with professors and researchers at academic institutions, providing JMP training, support, teaching materials and other resources. Prior to joining JMP in 2009, Mia was a statistics instructor at the University of New Hampshire and a partner in with the North Haven Group (NHG), a limited liability company specializing in statistical consulting and training. Mia has worked with a variety of industries and with the federal government, developing training materials, teaching, and consulting. She is co-author of numerous papers and the book Visual Six Sigma: Making Data Analysis Lean. Mia holds a master's degree in applied statistics from the University of New Hampshire, and is currently located in York Harbor, Maine. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Neuroscience |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: David Schaal, Ph.D. |
Chair: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Presenting Authors: : DAVID W. SCHAAL (Accuray Incorporated) |
Abstract: Functional relations between an animal's environment and its behavior are established, maintained, altered, and elaborated by experience because it has a nervous system. Behavioral neuroscience is the investigation of how the nervous system participates in and accounts for functional relations between environment and behavior. Neuroscience is becoming an increasingly behavioral enterprise, as indicated by recent neuroscience research on the process of reinforcement, which I will review in this presentation. Then I present a selective survey of how the neural mechanisms of reinforcement participate in complex operant behavior, followed by examples of the application of behavioral neuroscience to human problems. I conclude with a discussion of the unique conceptual difficulties behavior analysts face when they try to integrate behavioral theory with behavioral neuroscience. |
|
DAVID W. SCHAAL (Accuray Incorporated) |
Dave Schaal discovered behaviorism as a student at St. Cloud State University, where he also learned to program a computer and do pigeon experiments. He was accepted into the EAB program at the University of Florida, where he learned to think a little and picked up a good trade (Behavioral Pharmacology) from Dr. Marc Branch, one that would result in a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Minnesota under Dr. Travis Thompson. There he was encouraged to consider how genetic and biological variables contribute to normal and aberrant behavior. Dave joined the Psychology faculty of West Virginia University, where thanks to his colleagues and students he was a reasonably successful researcher and teacher. For some reason he moved to the Department of Neurosurgery at Stanford University in 2002, where some of his ideas about biological variables became useful to him. Dave helped Drs. Timberlake and Steinmetz edit a special issue of JEAB devoted to Behavioral Neuroscience, and he got to serve as Editor for Behavioral Neuroscience for JEAB for a few years. A biomedical device company offered him a job in 2006, so he left academia and now he writes about radiosurgery. Today the great blessings of his life include his loving wife and family, his love of music and fiction, and the fact that his ABAI friends still let him come to this meeting. |
|
|
|
|
Hearing, Listening, and Auditory Imagining |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Henry Schlinger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Dr. Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger, Jr. received his Ph.D. in Psychology (Applied Behavior Analysis) from Western Michigan University with Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year NIH-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Alan Poling. He was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England College in Springfield, Massachusetts, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now Associate Professor of Psychology and director of the M. S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published more than 50 peer-reviewed scientific articles and commentaries in more than 20 different journals. In addition, he has also authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is a past Editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, current Editor of The Behavior Analyst, and is on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He lives with his wife, a writer and editor, and their infant son in the quiet, serene hills of Burbank, California. |
Abstract: According to the standard view in psychology, sensation refers to the basic effects of stimuli on sensory receptors and perception refers to how we, or our brains, interpret the sensory experience. The term "interpret" doesn't really specify what the individual does, leaving psychologists to infer that perception is a cognitive process. The radical behavioral approach is to examine what someone does when he or she is said to "perceive" some stimulus. Thus, for radical behaviorists, perception is more parsimoniously viewed as behavior (whether overt or covert) under the control of stimuli (whether public or private). In this talk, I tackle the thorny problem of auditory perception, in particular listening to speech and music, from a behavior-analytic perspective. I first distinguish between sensation (as sensory transduction) and perception (as behaviors under stimulus control). I then contend that both auditory perception and imagining involve sub-vocal behaviors and, moreover, that when we report imagining voices or music, we are responding verbally to our own sub-vocal behaviors (self-singing and self-talking). Finally, I describe the results from a variety of brain imaging studies which lend support to the claim that listening and auditory imagining involve sub-vocal behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Gap Between Response and Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Theresa McKeon (TAGteach International) |
Discussant: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Kevin Cauley, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Three presentations analyzing the effectiveness of using an acoustical stimulus in conjunction with reinforcement in various teaching strategies will be presented. Standard teaching curricula are typically based on the use of shaping and other operant conditioning procedures. One way to augment these procedures is to pair an auditory stimulus with the delivery of reinforcement to "mark" the correct response or behavior. TAGteach is a technology based on the use of unique phrasing and "markers" or auditory stimuli paired with the delivery of reinforcement to teach new behaviors. TAG stands for Teaching with Acoustical Guidance and is discussed in Dr. Julie Vargas' new book, Behavior Analysis for Effective Teaching. Practitioners of TAGteach argue for its effectiveness in many endeavors across a wide range of populations. The first presentation will discuss the use of TAGteach combined with currently accepted technologies for teaching early learning curriculum to young children with autism. The second presentation will highlight the benefits of inserting an acoustical marker into direct instruction curricula for the purpose of precisely marking behaviors of interest for reinforcement and increase rates of student responding. The third presentation examines the impact of "shaping" training on teacher motivation and student performance. |
|
Using Shaping and Student Success to Increase Reinforcement for Teachers |
THERESA MCKEON (TAGteach International) |
Abstract: Given the decline in education budgets, increasing teacher motivation via monetary means is difficult. If we set aside finance and prestige, what is reinforcing to a teacher? A study by Cheeseman, 2008, suggests that student success is a key factor in keeping teachers motivated. We can teach teachers to systematically set students up for incremental and quantitative success, thereby providing reinforcement for themselves. Properly done, shaping can provide the stage for these incremental successes, but there is an art to shaping human behavior that is rarely schooled. Defining and breaking down an end goal, crafting individual pieces of behavior that are appropriate to a particular learner, providing instant feedback and reinforcement is a skill like all behavior that can quickly become punishing if not learned in a skilled, reinforcing manner. This presentation describes basic shaping techniques to teachers in various fields. Video demonstrations will highlight specific techniques that may encourage teachers to use shaping and conditioned reinforcers in the classroom. |
|
Marking What You Want: Using TAGteach With Children With Autism |
ELIZABETH BENEDETTO-NASHO (Step By Step Learning Group, Inc.), Kevin S. Cauley (Step by Step Learning Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: TAGteach is an operant conditioning method for teaching a variety of new skills. TAGteach utilizes small mechanical noisemakers as markers for behaviors of interest during shaping procedures. The acoustical marker is used during acquisition phases of teaching a new behavior, to allow a learner to rapidly identify the precise behavior of interest that will likely result in reinforcement. The contingent delivery of a reinforcer must occur in conjunction with the behavior it is meant to strengthen. The timing of these reinforcers for a particular response is of upmost importance as the arrival of the reinforcer contains valuable information for the learner (i.e., "do that again"). Audible markers, commonly used in TAGteach, serve as conditioned reinforcers that act as the bridging stimulus between the production of the target behavior and the backup reinforcer. This increased precision and immediacy maximizes the impact of shaping procedures, which are arguably a cornerstone of teaching and training. This data-based presentation will highlight the benefits of TAGteach in terms of student programming for skill acquisition and the use of an audible conditioned reinforcer to mark and improve student performance. |
|
That's It! The Use of Acoustical Makers to Improve Student Responding |
KEVIN S. CAULEY (Step by Step Learning Group, Inc.), Elizabeth Benedetto-Nasho (Step By Step Learning Group, Inc.) |
Abstract: In the 1940s, Bailey and Breland observed that animal training was often hindered because more traditional approaches of praise and reward did not inform the animal of its success with the promptness and precision required to create the cognitive connections or contingency-relationships for clearer, quicker, and more efficient learning. It is likely that similar obstacles to learning are present using such traditional approaches when working with and attempting to teach children on the autism spectrum. Acoustical markers, commonly used in both TAGteach and animal clicker training are often used as both intermediate (marking the precise moment behavior begins to move towards the target behavior) and terminal (marking the instant a target behavior has been performed) bridges between desired behavior and backup reinforcers. The immediacy of acoustical markers can allow a teacher to more precisely mark behaviors of interest at the exact moment in time that they occur. This data-based presentation will highlight the effects of inserting an acoustical marker in order increase the rate of student responding in direct instruction curricula. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior and Autism Treatments in Pennsylvania Public Schools |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Discussant: Christopher Leighton Bloh (Kutztown University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: Three key issues for sustaining efforts to implement quality behavior analysis in public school settings include verification of outcomes across students, effective staff training and empirical support for individual treatment designs. Three studies summarizing efforts in Pennsylvania public schools will serve to provide examples of effective tactics in public education settings to address these issues. Support for the inclusion of the analysis of verbal behavior in guiding programming decisions for students as well as in staff training processes will be discussed. Student progress in a classroom newly implementing interventions derived from applied behavior analysis employing an analysis of verbal behavior will demonstrate the value of systematic approaches to instructional design, well organized data systems, and staff training. Performance-based staff training as a central component of instructional outcomes will be described and linked to level of instructional implementation. Finally, the process of evaluating methodology, particularly the role of stimulus blocking during mand training will highlight the process of detailed behavior analysis at the level of the individual student. Integrating systematic and conceptually consistent interventions for students with autism in public schools will be presented as a standard of practice. |
|
Criterion Referenced and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Behavior Inventory Student Outcomes in a First-Year Applied Beahvior Analyis Classroom Using Verbal Behavior |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Christopher Leighton Bloh (Kutztown University), Amiris Dipuglia (Pennsylvania Traning and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: A case study reviewing the effectiveness of including the analysis of verbal behavior in a school-based program for students with autism will be summarized. Criterion referenced outcomes onthe Verbal Behavior Milestone Assessment and Placement Program pre to post performance will be presented for at least six individual students. Results will include pre to post standardized ratings on the teacher scale of the Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Behavior Inventory (PDD-BI) for six students over the course of a single school year (2009-2010). Additionally, within program cumulative graphs, specific skill acquisition for students will be summarized. Outcomes will be presented in relation to treatment fidelity measures and staff training procedures. The classroom involved in this study was started by the local school district in the fall of 2009. Classroom staff had no previous experience in implementing interventions derived from the field of applied behavior analysis or in the inclusion of the analysis of verbal behavior as a conceptual tool for developing and monitoring language programs. Results suggest that the provided programs produced reasonable outcomes for all of the students involved in a relatively short period of time. |
|
Verbal Behavior Programming: Pre-Implementation Performance Based Training and Program Implementation Fidelity |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: An analogue model of performance based training in establishing instructional fidelity will be reviewed. The model includes methods for training multiple instructional competencies for teaching the verbal operants including ability to label trial type, errorless teaching procedures, mand training procedures, and skills related to data organization and analysis. A description of training processes will be provided. Data will be presented demonstrating the effectiveness of the training process on individual participants as well as suggesting a relation between staff having had the training and level of programmatic implementation. Initial site review processes have provided data on implementation of program components for classrooms not having received the training. This data will also be presented for comparison purposes. All participants in the training model demonstrated acquisition of almost all targeted competencies. Additionally participants demonstrated a significant gain in their ability to identify and state behavioral concepts guiding instruction derived from the field of applied behavior analysis. |
|
A Comparison of Two Mand Training Procedures |
LORI L. CHAMBERLAIN (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Elizabeth Anne Maher (Behavior Tracker Pro) |
Abstract: A goal of many language training programs is to develop a mand repertoire in children with autism or developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to determine if there is a difference in mand acquisition in early learners when they are taught to mand using an echoic prompt versus an intraverbal plus echoic prompt. An alternating treatment design across conditions was used to compare the rate of mand acquisition between the two different teaching procedures. All participants showed slower acquisition when mands were taught using the intraverbal plus echoic prompt. As suggested by Sweeney-Kerwin et al, the programming of multiple controlled mands should be analyzed with specific stimulus control fading procedures. There may be several types of stimulus control involved in the evoking of mand responses, such as using the intraverbal prompt "What do you want?" Some forms of stimulus control may lead to slower rates of skill acquisition or be harder to fade. The results will be discussed in relation to the concept of stimulus blocking. This study was completed in public school settings and supports the notion that the analysis of verbal behavior can be used to adjust programs for individual students with autism. |
|
|
|
|
Use of Response Interruption and Redirection in the Treatment of Automatically-Maintained Stereotypy |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kathleen M. Clark (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Kathleen Clark, M.S. |
Abstract: Stereotypy can be a challenging behavior to decrease, particularly when it is maintained by the sensory consequences the response itself produces. One intervention that has proven to be an effective treatment in reducing the rate of stereotypy for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) but has not received much attention is response interruption and redirection (RIRD). The purpose of this symposium, chaired by Kathy Clark of the New England Center for Children, is to examine RIRD and its effects on automatically-maintained stereotypy and to compare it with other interventions. The first paper, presented by Lesley Macpherson of California State University, Sacramento, compares the effects of vocal and motor RIRD on vocal stereotypy. The second paper, presented by Diana Parry-Cruwys of The New England Center for Children, compares two redirection procedures for treating motor stereotypy in children with autism. The third paper, presented by Jessica Love of California State University, Sacramento, examines the effects of manipulating motivating operations and RIRD on vocal stereotypy. The last paper, presented by Rachel Farber of The New England Center for Children, compares the effects of RIRD and differential reinforcement of other (DRO) behavior on motor stereotypy. |
|
The Role of Vocal and Motor Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
LESLEY A. MACPHERSON (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Victoria Harr (Sacramento State University), Amber Robinson (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Stereotypy has been defined as repetitive vocal or motor behaviors that are noncontextual with invariant topographies. One of the interventions to address stereotypy consists of the use of a response interruption and redirection (RIRD). RIRD consists of demands that interrupt and redirect inappropriate vocalizations. The purpose of this study was to extend the research on RIRD by implementing vocal and motor RIRD contingent upon the occurrence of vocal stereotypy, and comparing each procedure's effectiveness. Appropriate vocalizations were observed for concomitant increases as well. Data were examined using a reversal design to compare the effects of treatment to when treatment was removed. An alternating treatments design was also used for 2 participants to more thoroughly compare the two RIRD procedures. Results suggested that the RIRD package was at least a moderately effective intervention to reduce stereotypy for 4 out of 5 participants. Additionally, findings suggest that the topography of demands to interrupt stereotypy did not significantly differ, and that appropriate vocalizations increased for 2 participants. |
|
Comparing Two Redirection Procedures for Treating Motor Stereotypy in Children With Autism |
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (New England Center for Children), Zara McCambridge (University of Ulster), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Response blocking has been successful in redirecting automatically maintained behavior such as hand mouthing (Reid, Parson, Phillips, & Green, 1993). Participants were 3 boys with autism (ages 4-7) who engaged in automatically maintained stereotypic behavior (motor stereotypy and hand/object mouthing). In the current study, two response interruption and redirection procedures (RIRD) were compared: a standard RIRD procedure with contingent gross motor imitation (a variation of Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007), and an RIRD procedure with physical guidance to play appropriately with toys. Levels of stereotypic behavior and appropriate engagement were measured. The most effective treatment was then applied to the students' behavior in their general classroom. |
|
The Effects of Manipulating Motivating Operations and Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
JESSICA LOVE (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan Fernand (California State University, Sacramento), Jillian Kay LaBrie (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Two procedures that have been found to effectively reduce rates of vocal stereotypy are response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and matched stimulation (MS). The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effects of RIRD alone, MS alone, and MS + RIRD. Two 8-year-old boys with autism participated in the study. Data were analyzed using a component analysis within a reversal design. Results for Participant 1 suggested equivalent suppressive effects for all treatment components on rates of vocal stereotypy. For Participant 2, a slightly greater suppression of stereotypy was associated with MS + RIRD. For both participants, greater frequency of appropriate vocalizations was associated with conditions containing an RIRD component. Data were also collected on the number of implementations of RIRD per session. For Participant 1, MS + RIRD and RIRD alone were approximately equivalent in the number of implementations. For Participant 2, MS + RIRD was associated with significantly lower implementations than for RIRD alone. The data suggest the treatment package of MS + RIRD may facilitate the implementation of RIRD in applied settings; however replication with additional participants is needed. |
|
The Effects of Response Interruption Redirection and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior on Motor Stereotypy |
RACHEL FARBER (New England Center for Children), Carolyn Sanchez (New England Center for Children), Pamela Ann Sinclair (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Motor stereotypy can be a challenging behavior to decrease, particularly when the behavior is maintained by the sensory consequences the response itself produces. Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has proven to be an effective treatment in reducing the rate of stereotypy for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Though it is an effective treatment, the RIRD procedure is very staff intensive to implement. Additionally, low treatment integrity could have detrimental effects on the outcome of the treatment. Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is another effective treatment used to reduce the rate of stereotypy. DRO is not a staff intensive procedure; however, it is not always an effective treatment when used alone. The current study compared the effects RIRD and DRO have on the rate of motor stereotypy in an ABAB design with both treatments being implemented in the B phase. Three students diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder participated. Our findings demonstrated that the treatment of motor stereotypy is idiosyncratic to the individual. For 2 participants, the RIRD procedure was significantly more effective while for the other participant the DRO was effective. |
|
|
|
|
Research Examining Aspects of Autism Treatment for Determining Best Practice Standards |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an empirically validated treatment for autism spectrum disorders and is advocated by pediatricians and other health care providers as an effective treatment strategy. The most consistently cited best practice standards are that ABA is delivered intensively and early in development. The research presented aims to take a closer look at best practice standards by examining effective parameters of ABA treatment. Firstly, research will be presented comparing the efficiency and reliability of two different measurement strategies for tracking skill acquisition for children with autism. Secondly, research will be presented comparing the use of a computer software program to instructor-led interventions to teach children with autism receptive identification of objects. This study compared the rate and maintenance of noun acquisition during computer-led versus instructor-led teaching sessions. Lastly, research will be presented on the effects of offering children with autism choices of preferred activities on their social interaction with peers. The study examines whether providing choices can act as an antecedent teaching strategy to evoke social behavior while abating disruptive behavior. Furthermore, the study examines preferences for choice-making opportunities and the potential reinforcing properties of choice. |
|
An Evaluation of Discontinuous and Continuous Measurement Procedures in the Skill Acquisition of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ASHLEY LUGO (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Data collection procedures vary greatly across interventionists. However, there is little research supporting specific procedures as to which measurement strategy is more efficient and reliable for skill acquisition targets for children with autism. This study analyzed the effects of two data collection procedures in the skill acquisition of children with autism spectrum disorders. Rate of demand presentation, percentage of sessions to mastery, rate of independent responses per session and off-task behavior were measured. Results showed that discontinuous measurement procedures can sometimes provide a sufficient representation of the participants' actual responding. Participant behavior also maintained at similar levels in comparison to continuous data collection procedures phase. Discontinuous data collection phase also yielded higher rates of instruction presentation. Data collection procedures were found to affect learner behavior (i.e., rate of acquisition and maintenance). |
|
The Efficacy of Computer Instruction as a Supplementary Tool in Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs |
GENEVIEVE K. COXON (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This study examined the use of a computer software program, TeachTown®, on the rate of noun acquisition for two preschoolers diagnosed with autism and one typically developing peer. Results were evaluated within a combination of a multiple baseline across participants and multielement treatment design to measure the rate of acquisition in instructor and computer-led interventions. Additionally, this study examined attending in each condition. A maintenance probe was conducted one week following the conclusion of the intervention phase. Results showed that the instructor-led intervention resulted in more nouns acquired, but that the computer-led intervention also produced gains for the two children with autism. Implications are considered for the cost reduction of intensive behavioral intervention services through the use of computer-guided interventions. |
|
Effect of Choice of Preferred Activity on Social Behavior in Children With Autism |
TARA LOUGHREY (Florida Institute of Technology), Natalie L. Homa (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The effect of choice of preferred activities on social behavior was examined acrossfour participants with autism spectrum disorder. Positive social interactions, disruptive behavior and appropriate game play was measured under three conditions: 1) a choice condition, during which the target child chose the game, 2) a yoked condition, during which the experimenter matched her choice to the child's most highly preferred game, and 3) a no-choice condition, during which the peer chose the game. Results indicated that exercising choice was an establishing operation for positive social interactions for one out of four participants. Choice functioned as an abolishing operation for disruptive behavior for three out of four participants. Appropriate game play increased across sessions for all participants regardless of choice. The reinforcing value of choice was assessed in Experiments 2 and 3. In Experiment 2, all participants allocated more time to the choice square. In Experiment 3, two out of three participants allocated more time to the choice square even though it was paired with access to low preference games. |
|
|
|
|
Informing and Implementing Behavioral Support for Families of Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Parents and siblings of children with autism face challenges not often encountered by family members of neurotypical children. For parents, research indicates that these challenges result in parental stress levels exceeding that experienced by other parents (e.g., Donovan, 1988). For siblings, past research suggests that children with autism engage in limited interactions with their typical siblings (Knott, Lewis, & Williams, 1995). Considering these challenges, research that focuses on identifying sources of family distress and implementing treatment to decrease stress and increase quality interactions with the child with autism is much needed. To address this area of research, the first study in this symposium examines the factors and events that impact parent stress while raising a child with autism. The second study compares behavioral and mindfulness-based approaches for providing support to parents of children with autism. The final study assesses behavioral approaches for teaching siblings to interact and instruct their sibling with autism during play. Collectively, this group of studies offers the practitioner practical considerations for best practice in providing behavioral treatment for children with autism, their parents and siblings, within the family context. |
|
A Cross-Sectional Study of Patterns of Renewed Stress Among Parents of Children With Autism |
KATE E. FISKE (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism may be susceptible to increased stress during transitions in their child's educational, vocational, or residential placement and when they are reminded of the effects of the long-term nature of their child's diagnosis. Children's developmental transitions into school-age, adolescence, and adulthood are times during which parents are faced with decisions about their child's placement and may experience "transition" and "reminder" events that increase parent stress. The current study compared the stress of parents (67 mothers and 39 fathers) whose children were currently aging into a developmental transition and those whose children were not. Parents completed questionnaires regarding their current level of stress, recent experiences raising their child with autism, and child behavior. Contrary to expectations, parents of children in developmental transition groups did not report more stress than did other parents. However, child problem behavior significantly predicted stress for mothers and fathers, and the number of reported reminders of their child's long-term diagnosis significantly predicted increased stress for fathers. Implications include tailoring parent support to address concerns about child problem behavior and, for fathers, addressing the perceived impact of the child's disability on the goals they held for themselves and their child prior to diagnosis. |
|
Comparative Effects of Mindfulness and Skills-Based Parent Training Programs for Parents of Children With Autism: Feasibility and Preliminary Outcome Data |
SUZANNAH J. FERRAIOLI (Rutgers University), Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism are documented to report high levels of stress compared to parents of typically developing children, children with chronic illnesses, and children with other developmental disorders. Previous research has indicated both parent-focused and child-focused parent training programs as effective in alleviating parental stress and enhancing meaningful parent-child interactions. Programs that include behavioral skills training are especially represented in the current literature. However, excluding general psychoeducation there is no consistent model for parent-focused groups. In the present study, a behavioral skills approach was compared to one parent-oriented model, a mindfulness group. Fifteen parents of children with autism were matched on a measure of parental stress and were randomized to one of the two treatment groups. Outcomes were assessed in terms of parental stress, global health, and parent-child interactions. Feasibility data were also collected. Results indicated that parent training in general was beneficial to the participants, with parents in the mindfulness group reporting significantly lower parental and higher global health scores following treatment. The implications and future directions of this line of research are discussed. |
|
A Sibling-Mediated Behavioral Intervention for Promoting Play Skills in Children With Autism |
AMY PAIGE HANSFORD (Rutgers University), Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: Siblings of children with autism often experience isolation and frustration within the sibling relationship. Studies have suggested that the quantity and quality of interaction between the pair is significantly poorer relative to sibling dyads affected by other developmental disabilities. However, research has shown that siblings can act as effective interventionists for their sibling with an autism spectrum disorder. This study assessed the efficacy of a home-based treatment program to teach siblings to use three sets of behavioral skills while playing with their brother or sister with autism. It was predicted that siblings could acquire behavioral skills, that these skills would maintain over time and generalize to untrained contexts, and that siblings with autism would show qualitative improvement in play interaction. Three sibling pairs participated in a multiple-baseline design across three sets of skills. Siblings were trained to a) elicit play and play-related speech, b) to praise play behaviors, and c) to prompt the child with autism when he fails to respond. Clear differences supporting the hypothesis were noted between baseline and follow up sessions across all targeted behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Application of Functional Behavior Assessment-Based Interventions in Diverse Community Contexts |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Hewitt B. "Rusty" Clark (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessment (FBA)and function-based interventions have a wealth of research supporting its use with a variety of subjects and situations. Until the last decade, however, most of the FBA research has been conducted in highly controlled, analog situations and the practices are often difficult to apply in community settings that are more chaotic and less orderly. This symposium will present three research studies exploring applications of FBA technology in varied community contexts. The first presentation will describe a study that developed a function-based intervention plan for a very young child exhibiting significant behavior problems in a preschool setting. The second presentation will discuss a recently completed randomized controlled trial of a standardized FBA process for use with students having challenging behaviors in school settings. The final presentation will provide outcomes of a study that used functional analysis derived behavior interventions to reduce the number of adolescents who runaway from foster care placements. |
|
Providing an Individual Assessment-Based Intervention for a Preschooler With Challenging Behavior |
MARA MICHELLE CLARKE (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This session will provide a description of an assessment basedpositive behavior support intervention for a 5-year-old boy, labeled as developmentally disabled, who exhibited challenging behavior in his inclusive preschool classroom. The classroom was already incorporating strategies associated with the pyramid model of tier level interventions to promote student engagement and child social emotional skills. Although these pyramid model strategies were being implemented with high levels of fidelity, the participant child was still experiencing difficulties completing certain daily activities without challenging behavior. An individual assessment-based package intervention was developed utilizing the process of positive behavior support reflecting top of the pyramid level of classroom support. All support plan intervention components were developed as a team based on the completed functional assessment process, with resulting package intervention strategies implemented by the preschool teacher during daily pre-academic activities. Data were collected pre-post intervention and demonstrate changes in child behavior and work completion. Individual child data and an accompanying video clip demonstrating implementation of package intervention will also be shared. |
|
Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR): An Efficacious Functional Behaviour Assessment Process for Schools |
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although functional behaviour assessment (FBA)-based interventions have extensive research supporting its use with students experiencing severe behaviour problems, schools continue to struggle with developing effective behaviour intervention plans. Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) is a standardized FBA process that allows teachers, with the assistance of a behavior consultant, to guide the development and implementation of function based behavioral interventions for students. A randomized control group design was used to investigate whether PTR was more effective than the typical interventions used in school settings. The sample included 200+ K-8 students who exhibited severe problem behaviors. PTR included a process for developing a function-based intervention plan that included three core components: (a) preventing problem behaviors; (b) teaching replacement behaviors; and (c) reinforcing replacement behaviors. Interventions were selected by teachers, who received direct coaching to implement the plan. GLM repeated measures data analysis indicated that students who received PTR showed significantly greater improvements (p <.001) in problem behaviors, social skills and academic engaged time ratios than the comparison group. Almost all teachers implemented interventions with 80% fidelity. Furthermore, teachers gave the PTR intervention high social validity ratings and preferred it to the interventions they were using previously. This research is anticipated to contribute to the field by providing data that are obtained from both experimental randomized group and single subject designs that support the use of a collaborative problem-solving FBA process in schools. |
|
Application of Functional and Behavior Analysis to Reduce Teenagers Running Away From Foster-Care Placements |
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: A significant problem in the field of child protection is that of teenagers running from their foster placements. In this presentation, it is argued that a functional and behavior analytic approach could be effective in reducing the problem of runaways. A functional approach involves conducting assessments regarding the motivations for running, involving the teens themselves in the assessment process, and implementing subsequent interventions designed to make the placements more appealing to the youth, thereby reducing the probability of running. As an early demonstration of this approach, 13 adolescents with histories of running participated in the functional interventions. Data on placement changes and days on the run showed significant pre-post differences. The total percent of days on the run for the group decreased from 40% of days in baseline to 11% of days post-intervention. Individual data using a pre-post design will also be presented to illustrate the process of intervention with three severe cases of running. The approach is discussed in terms of the potential benefits of a functional and behavior analytic perspective on foster care and child protection |
|
|
|
|
Investigations Into Extinction-Induced Response Variability |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Valerie Rogers, M.A. |
Abstract: Variable responding is a necessary condition for the selection, reinforcement, and refinement of behavior. Given this necessity, the current symposium will consist of four presentations addressing variable responding as a function of extinction conditions. Data collected regarding extinction-induced variability with children with autism and college students will be discussed. Implications for future research and practice will also be presented. |
|
Behavioral Variability and Percentile Schedules: Making Shaping More Precise |
CARLOS F. APARICIO (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: Behavior variability supplies the means by which a totally new behavior can gradually be shaped. Shaping uses reinforcement and extinction in combination with a systematically changing set of response criteria to reinforce responding differentially. Percentile schedules of reinforcement break down shaping into its constituent components, making rules for more consistent and precise identification of a criterion response for reinforcement. These ideas were assessed in a study that used percentile schedules to shape eye-contact duration in three boys with autism. The percentile schedules were implemented on a laptop computer, requiring the values of two parameters to be pre-specified: the probability of reinforcing a criterion response (w), and the number of prior observations (m) to be included into the calculations; according to Equation k = (m+1) (1-w), w was set to .5 and m was set to.3. In all cases, eye-contact duration was high but variable across phases. The implications of these results, and a demonstration of software using percentile schedules to implement the shaping technique, will be presented in this symposium. |
|
CANCELLED: Extinction of Mands to Increase Eye Contact in Children With Autism |
SANAZ QUASHEM (Toronto Partnership for Autism Services at Aisling Discoveries Child and Family Centre), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Deficits in eye contact are common in individuals diagnosed with autism. Although behavioral based interventions have been employed to increase eye contact in this population, no studies to date have describe a specific procedure for increasing eye contact in children with autism. In this study, the effects of extinction-induced response variability and stimulus generalization on eye contact for 5 children with autism were evaluated. A multiple baseline across subjects design was employed to evaluate the effects of the proposed intervention. Results showed that extinction of mands increased eye contact for three participants. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
Trained and Untrained Response Variability in Young Children With Autism |
Valerie R. Rogers (University of Nevada, Reno), AINSLEY MCPHERSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: It has been established that variable responding is an essential feature of our interactions with the physical and social environment. Unfortunately, this feature of behavior is not readily apparent in the behavior of children with autism. Literature discussing variability in the responses of children with autism suggests that extinction may not be sufficient to induce response variability as it has been with typically developing individuals. Given this likelihood, steps should be taken to determine the most efficient means to evoke variable responding by children with autism including how this feature can generalize to other responses and conditions. Thus, a procedure was developed to examine variable responding under extinction conditions and to later teach variable responding with children diagnosed with autism across three different response forms (response location, building block formation, and vocal response to a social question). Reinforcement for invariable responding preceded a period of extinction. Following extinction, variable responding was reinforced using a Lag 2 schedule. Lastly, variable responding under another extinction condition was evaluated. A multiple baseline across responses design was utilized for each participant. Results concerning variability arising from the combination of reinforcement for invariable responding and extinction and from the combination of reinforcement for variable responding and extinction will be discussed. Suggestions for future research and interventions for children with autism will also be provided. |
|
Schedule Effects on Extinction-Induced Response Variability |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: Response variability is an integral part of an organism's interactions with its surrounding environment. Once source of variable behavior is described as extinction-induced. Though response variability has been examined with a variety of organisms as an induced effect of omitting a reinforcer, little information has been collected regarding variability as an induced effect of extinction conditions where the reinforcer-response dependency is removed while the reinforcer remains (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement). In addition, limited knowledge exists regarding the effects baseline reinforcement schedules have on subsequent extinction-induced response variability. A procedure was therefore developed to assess the effects of such variables on the extinction-induced response location variability emitted by college students performing a simple computer task. Results suggest specific relationships between various reinforcement conditions and extinction conditions as they related to induced variability. Suggestions for future research and applied implications are provided. |
|
|
|
|
Approaches to Reducing the Frequency and Duration of Seclusion Time Out |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Allen Karsina, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of restraint and seclusion time out to manage dangerous behavior with children and adults with special needs have been and continue to be controversial procedures. When used with the proper training, supervision, and consent, restraint and seclusion can be important components of humane and ethical interventions; when abused, however, restraint and seclusion can cause significant harm. Even when used appropriately, ethical and best practice guidelines call for the fading and/or withdrawal of such interventions as soon as it is safe to do so. The papers of this symposium provide several case studies involving procedures for reducing and eliminating the use of seclusion time out. These case studies investigate systematically decreasing the duration of time out, teaching a socially appropriate, functionally-matched alternative response (requesting a break), and contingency manipulations. The advantages and disadvantages of each procedure are discussed, as well as considerations for the safety of the staff and students. |
|
Reducing Duration of Exclusionary Time-Out Through Systematic Fading |
CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA (New England Center for Children), Kathryn G. Horton (New England Center for Children), Tracey Toran (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Although guidelines have been developed to ensure the proper implementation of restraints and exclusionary time-out procedures, research on ways to fade or decrease them is lacking in the current literature. The current project is a case study evaluating a systematic way to decrease the duration of time-outs for an adolescent diagnosed with pervasive development disorder. Multiple factors were taken into consideration when deciding on the initial duration of the time-out procedure, including the severity of the participant's problem behavior, injuries to employees during physically interventions, and the duration of the attention extinction portion of the participant's level program prior to the addition of the time-out procedure. Based upon these factors, a 59 min time-out was used. Once problem behavior decreased to low and stable levels, the duration of the time-out was faded by progressively increasing the work requirement following a time-out while decreasing the duration of the opened and closed-door portions of the time-out. The results of this case study suggest that practitioners should continue to consider ways to fade restraints and exclusionary time-outs, especially as rates of problem behavior occur at acceptably low levels and students are preparing to enter adult placement. |
|
Replacing Time Out With a Functionally Alternative Break |
KELLY L. MCCONNELL (New England Center for Children), Lindsay Grimm (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Although time out is used to safely manage dangerous behavior (e.g., aggression or environmental destruction potentially leading to the harm of staff or students) even under the best circumstances time out carries the risk of harming those it is used to protect. Additionally, these procedures are often used regardless of the function of the dangerous behavior for which it is prescribed. For this reason as well as others, the reduction or elimination of time out is a common goal for schools and agencies using such measures. One method for reducing and eventually eliminating time out for escape-maintained behavior is to introduce a functionally appropriate alternative response in the form of requesting a break. In this paper, we review data from one case in which we shaped a functional break response as an alternative to a time out procedure. Procedures for determining how and when to use this alternative, and the risks and benefits of this procedure are discussed. |
|
Decreasing Time-Out Durations for Severe Behavior |
SARAH BUCKINGHAM (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children), Nikki R. Senkowski (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Ethical guidelines for applied behavior analysts dictate that reinforcement-based procedures are utilized before more intrusive response-reduction procedures (BCBA Guidelines: 4.10 Least Restrictive Procedures). Further, there have been moves in the legislature to restrict the use of physical restraint and seclusion time-out procedures (603 CMR 46.00). Thus, behavior analysts are faced with the dilemma of maintaining client and staff safety during episodes of severe challenging behavior while operating within these ethical and legislative constraints. The current paper outlines two case studies in which behavior analytic programming and modifications to safety guidelines were used to successfully reduce the use of restrictive time-out procedures for two teenage males that engaged in dangerous problem behavior that was hypothesized to be maintained by attention. A multi-element design was used to assess the effects of the program changes. Results show time release criteria in conjunction with behavior contingencies were effective in reducing the duration of exclusionary time out procedures. Results also show a decrease in the overall frequency of exclusionary time out procedures for both participants. |
|
|
|
|
Armchair Philosophy for the Therapist's Couch |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jacob H. Daar (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Timothy Weil, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The expanse between basic research and clinical application is a void to be filled not merely by empirical work, but also agreement in the ways that we talk about behavior and conditioning processes. Foundational to this agreement is clarity about one's philosophical assumptions and the development of a precise technical vocabulary. Even then, extrapolation of this language into applied domains can be challenging, especially when attempting to communicate with other professionals outside of the behavior analytic tradition or when working with clients. This symposium will present discussions related to: (a) Skinner's (1945) approach to the defining of psychological terms by analyzing the conditions that occasion their use; (b) the need for functional and contextual, rather than formal, definitions of escape and avoidance; (c) the influence of variables related to rule-contact on subsequent rule-following; and (d) a review of factors that may inhibit or minimize the inclusion of derived stimulus relations in programming for applied behavior analytic practice. |
|
Stumbling Our Way Through Definitions of Escape, Avoidance, and Experiential Avoidance |
CHAD E. DRAKE (University of South Carolina Aiken), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The contingencies that describe escape and avoidance have been extensively discussed in the literature, and yet distinctions between these phenomena are not readily captured by our working definitions. In some cases, these definitions include formal references and therefore stray away from functional sensibilities. In other cases, critics contend that the distinctions are unnecessary, particularly as a matter of clinical relevance. Furthermore, verbal contingencies offer a new level of complexity in defining avoidance. In this presentation, functional and contextual definitions will be offered for escape, avoidance, and experiential avoidance. The clinical relevance of this activity will be discussed in respect to the goals and purposes of clinical behavior analysis. |
|
Making Space for the Term, Making Space |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Lousiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Chad E. Drake (University of South Carolina Aiken), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysts often let go of technical ways of speaking. Precise as they may be, technical terms are not always the best way to sensitize clients (or other clinicians) to the behaviors and contexts of interest. There is an assumption that clinical terms can be linked to basic behavioral processes. However, sometimes that assumption is as far as the link goes. Skinner (1945) offered a radical approach to defining psychological terms. From a radical behavior analytic perspective, an operational definition of a psychological term is reached by analyzing the conditions that occasion its use. This approach may be of particular use to clinical behavior analysts striving to develop behavioral definitions of clinical terms. We will adopt Skinner's approach to defining the term "making space" by considering the conditions under which we use it. The definition (and the practice of defining in this way) will be evaluated in terms of clinical utility. |
|
Derived Relational Responding as a Conceptually Systematic Behavioral Theory and its Impact on Practice: Acceptance by Behavior Analysts' Requires Seeing What it Looks Like |
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida), Louise A. Mchugh (Swansea University) |
Abstract: The development of relational frame theory (RFT) from behavior analytic roots is evident when looking to the scientific system involved. With its truth criterion of successful working, or rather utility, one would think it safe to assume that RFT would find a comfortable home in the programming books of behavior analysts. However few behavior analysts seem willing to take a look at the approach, or more importantly, how it can aid them in their efforts to affect change with the individuals they serve. The root of this may be found in multiple factors; some political, some practical. This paper will focus on discussion of the roadblocks along practical avenues. Of primary interest will be (a) clinician's disconnect with basic behavioral science and how it can feed their application, (b) misunderstanding of the basic process involved in shaping derived relational responding (both with individual units and as a generalized repertoire), and, (c) subsequent construction of programming that will build relational responding as operant behavior and facilitate the deriving of relations between stimuli. We will utilize a protocol for building perspective taking skills as a model for our discussion of these three areas. |
|
Including Rule-Contacting as a Part of Rule-Following |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Rules, rule-following, and rule-governed behavior have received a great deal of theoretical and empirical attention in the behavior analytic literature. Much of this attention has focused on the conditions under which one engages in rule-following and has been provided from a number of different conceptual frameworks. This paper proposes that rule-following may be seen as being comprised of separate yet related behaviors (i.e., rule-contacting, rule-stating and rule-compliance). The paper outlines multiple potential influences on the probability that a person will engage in rule-compliance exist, including the conditions under which one contacts or learns a rule (e.g., instructions, shaping, derived, self-generated). The authors suggest that separately examining the behaviors of rule-contacting, rule-stating, and rule-compliance as components of rule-following may allow therapists and educators to work more successfully. |
|
|
|
|
The Competent Learner Model Course of Study for General Education Teachers |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Hursh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The competent learner model (CLM) integrates the behavior analysis, direct instruction, and precision teaching practices that when applied systematically serve to develop the competent learner repertoires of learners for whom typical instructional conditions are not effective. The CLM has effectively served teachers, parents, and learners facing severe learning challenges in special education classrooms and homes. The CLM course of study was developed as a key component supporting the successful implementation of the CLM. This symposium focuses on transforming the CLM course of study so that it can serve the needs of general education teachers as they face the challenges of teaching whole classes of students that include students with special needs. The first paper describes how the development of the competent learner repertoires can be related to academic achievement and social functioning. The second paper describes how to assess the coaching process in the CLM course of study to assure that participants are being coached to mastery of the behavior analysis practices developed by the course. The third paper describes how to present the behavior analysis practices in the CLM course of study so that they communicate clearly to general education teachers. |
|
The Relation Between Competent Learner Repertoire Development and Academic Achievement and/or Social Adjustment |
DANA CIHELKOVA (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: American public schools must develop learners who are successful with the new century's complexities. One of the critical obstructions to this for any school in any location, serving students of any socio-economic status, is the assortment of behavior problems. The competent Learner model (CLM) includes a course of study that may provide an efficient and practical answer for teachers to be able to productively deal with multiple behavior challenges in their classrooms. The CLM develops seven competent learner repertoires that allow students to become competent learners. This presentation will examine this assumption by describing how the relation between the level of development of the competent learner repertoires and academic achievement and/or social adjustment in the public school setting can be assessed. The assessment of learners' level of competent learner repertoire development may be accomplished by using the Competent Learner Repertoire Assessments that were developed specifically for this purpose. The assessment of the learners' current academic achievement and social adjustment may be accomplished by using existing measures that are routinely taken for every student in every public school classroom across the country. An example of this process in a particular public school will be used as an illustration. |
|
Creating a Reliable and Valid Coaching Protocol for the Competent Learner Model Course of Study |
LIYU CHEN (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model (CLM) Course of Study has been developed to assure the fidelity of implementation of the CLM. It has been used to develop the pertinent behavior analysis, direct instruction, and precision teaching skill sets for caregivers, parents, and teachers. It is important to develop a means to measure the quality of the coaching that is an essential part of the course. The purpose of this paper is to describe the development of a means to objectively, consistently, and quantitatively measure the quality of the coaching in the CLM Course of Study. This can assist people who serve as coaches to assure that the participants achieve mastery of the skill sets developed by the course. The focus of the measurement system is the collection of data through direct observations of coaching interactions. The measurement system's content validity has been developed by including all aspects in the CLM Coaching Manual and making revisions based on feedback from five experienced CLM Coaches including the developer of the CLM. Its inter rater reliability has been assessed by having both experienced CLM Coaches and naïve observers complete the measurement system protocol for each of the units in the Course of Study. |
|
Developing the Competent Learner Model Course of Study for General Education Teachers |
BRANDI S. WEEKLEY (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: The competent learner model (CLM) was developed to help teachers arrange and rearrange instructional conditions to develop competent learners. It has been used mainly in special education settings with learners having severe challenges. Successes have led to an interest in making the CLM available for general education teachers. The CLM has been helpful to teachers in early childhood settings in making learning conditions beneficial to all students, including those having difficulty participating. An assessment of the CLM by four general education elementary school teachers indicated that the current version of the CLM Course of Study needed to be revised to make it useful in their classrooms. Concerns from the teachers indicated that examples, videos, and the repertoire focus would need to be different for general education classrooms. Following a teacher needs assessment and classroom observations at another elementary school, current work has seven more general education teachers going through the course of study and giving feedback as they complete each unit indicating changes that will increase relevancy of the course for general education teachers. This paper will describe this collaboration. |
|
|
|
|
Certification Issues for Behavior Analysts Working in Applied Animal Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Megan Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC) |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
GERALD L. SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
MEGAN MAXWELL (Pet Behavior Change, LLC) |
SUZANNE HETTS (Animal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: This panel provides an opportunity for attendees to explore the issues facing behavior analysts working in applied animal behavior. These issues include broad-spectrum questions regarding the need for certification and the role of certification for the practitioner, the client and the public in general, and specific questions such as those regarding redundancy in certification and clarification of BACB standards and regulations regarding eligibility. This panel addresses these issues via the expertise of four panelists all experienced in relevant areas but all with slightly differing perspectives. Included are Dr. Susan Friedman, the 2010 Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group invited tutorial speaker; Dr. Gerald Shook, Chief Executive Officer of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; Dr. Megan Maxwell, a successful practicing applied animal behaviorist; and Dr. Suzanne Hetts, an award winning author in applied animal behavior instrumental in the development of the Certification for Applied Animal Behaviorists. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Interventions Appropriate for System-Wide Application |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Pamela Neidert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often called upon to make general recommendations for large groups (e.g., classes, school systems, agencies, etc.). In addition, these recommendations are often constrained by a variety of program limitations including distance of consumers from services, limited number of available staff, and restrictive policies. The following studies demonstrate interventions which could be recommended for more general or system-wide application. |
|
Component Analysis of a Commonly Used Toilet Training Program |
BRIAN GREER (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Since the seminal study by Azrin and Foxx (1971), much of the behavioral literature on toilet training has focused on the combined effectiveness of various treatment procedures with children and adults with developmental disabilities. As a result, the contributions of individual treatment strategies are generally unknown as is the generality of these procedures with typically developing children. In this study, the effectiveness of underwear, a decreased schedule of sits on the toilet, and the provision of high-preference items contingent on additional toileting skills were assessed, in isolation and when combined, with 20 typically developing children. Data were collected on the frequencies of accidents, appropriate eliminations on the toilet, and independent requests to sit on the toilet. Results suggest that improvements in toileting performance occurred when the three treatment components when combined. When assessed in isolation, the underwear component also increased toileting performance, however, the effectiveness of the decreased sit schedule and additional high-preference items remain questionable. |
|
Thinning Schedules of Noncontingent Reinforcement Without Extinction |
Lynsey M. Jackson (Spectrum of Hope), JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Nicole Alana Stiefler (Specturm of Hope) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the effectiveness of thinning schedules of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) without extinction as an intervention for problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement (Fisher et al., 1999; Hagopian, Crockett, Van Stone, DeLeon, & Bowman, 2000; Lalli, Casey, & Kates, 1997). In general, results of these studies have shown NCR without extinction is effective under dense schedules but ineffective under leaner schedules (except Lalli et al.). In this study, NCR schedules were thinned gradually from continuous reinforcement to FT 5 min without extinction for 4 participants. Participants were males (ages 7-9) diagnosed with autism (one also was diagnosed with obsessive compulsive disorder) who engaged in problem behavior. All participants' problem behavior decreased during continuous NCR, and problem behavior remained low during NCR thinning without extinction for 3 participants. Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) was included during NCR thinning for the one participant for whom the intervention was ineffective. This resulted in decreased rates of problem behavior and increased rates of the alternative response as the NCR schedule was thinned. These results suggest that extinction was not a necessary treatment component, and NCR thinning plus DRA might be an effective intervention strategy when extinction is not possible. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Aggression in an Early Intervention Classroom |
KIMBERLEY L. M. ZONNEVELD (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Two young boys diagnosed with autism displayed relatively high levels of problem behavior (aggression) across the day in their early intervention classroom. Functional analyses results showed aggression was maintained by social positive reinforcement (access to preferred items) for 1 boy and by multiple sources of social reinforcement (positive and negative) for the other boy. Procedural variations of functional communication training (FCT) and extinction (EXT) were evaluated for both participants in a room separate from the regular classroom. Although FCT+EXT resulted in relatively rapid and large reductions in problem behavior and increases in appropriate alternative behavior (mands), additional modifications were required to achieve clinically acceptable levels of both appropriate and problem behavior. Subsequently, classroom teachers were trained to implement treatment, and effects successfully generalized and maintained across the day in the children's regular classroom setting. |
|
The Implementation of a Behavior Feeding Intervention Using Both In-Vivo and Video-Conferencing Supervision |
TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Eating is a fundamental behavior required for physical and mental growth. Feeding problems such as refusal, nutritional deficits, selectivity, skill deficits, rumination, and aspiration can all attribute to potential health problems. Behavioral interventions have been shown to be an effective tool in the treatment of these problems (Chung and Kahng, 2006). However, the number of clients requiring services far exceeds the number of trained clinicians around the country and the world. For many families, traveling to a clinician far outside their home area is not a reasonable option (Clawson, 2008). For these families, the service delivery model must be modified to provide the best care possible while allowing for distance. Over the past two decades, the use of telemedicine has increased such that individuals have access to specialists (Marcin, et al, 2004; Spooner & Gotlieb, 2004) in other arenas. This technology can be used in conjunction with brief in-vivo intervention to provide behavioral feeding services to those in areas remote from trained clinicians. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Pica and Object Mouthing |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: J. Helen Yoo (Institute for Basic Research) |
Discussant: J. Helen Yoo (Institute for Basic Research) |
CE Instructor: J. Helen Yoo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pica and object mouthing is a common problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities. Both behaviors can result in myriad of health risks and medical problems. There will be three different presentations in the symposium. The first presentation will summarize the various conceptual models of pica and will describe a systematic review of the published literature. Recommendations for future research and contemporary clinical practice will also be provided. The second presentation will have two parts. First, a differentiation between object mouthing will be covered, followed by a case study of a child with autism who engaged in object mouthing and pica. The case study will describe a multi-component treatment package that included response blocking, introduction of a replacement behavior, and a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors to help decrease mouthing behavior. The third presentation will also be a case study that portrays how differential reinforcement and response blocking were used to effectively treat frequent mouthing behaviors displayed by a 15-year-old female diagnosed with autism. |
|
An Evidence-Based Review of Intervention Strategies for Pica |
DAVID MCADAM (University of Rochester), Jonathan Breidbord (Autism Research Centre, University of Cambridge) |
Abstract: Pica is an eating disorder characterized by consumption of non-food items or compulsive eating of edible and non-edible items. This presentation summarizes the various conceptual models of pica and will describe a systematic review of the published literature. Three specific interventions strategies were identified as being evidence-based: a) environmental enrichment, b) non-contingent reinforcement, and c) overcorrection. Several other intervention strategies were identified as being clinically promising but as having insufficient empirical evidence to be labeled as evidenced-based (i.e., physical restraint, nutritional treatments, and response blocking). No difference in clinical efficacy was found between studies that conducted a pre-treatment functional assessment (e.g., analogue-functional analysis) and those that did not. Recommendations for future research and contemporary clinical practice will be provided. |
|
Using a Multi-Component Intervention to Decrease Sensory-Maintained Mouthing Behavior in a Child With Autism |
NIALL JAMES TONER (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Institute for Basic Research), Deanna M. Giannini (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: Mouthing inedible objects is a common behavior among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Previous studies indicated that it is often maintained by the sensory stimulation it produces. The results of a functional analysis of such mouthing behavior in a child with autism showed a strong sensory function as well high rate mouthing of certain objects. Multi-component treatment package included response blocking, introduction of a replacement behavior, and a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) were combined to help decrease mouthing behavior. Response blocking was used to physically block mouthing attempts. The replacement behavior introduced was mouthing a rubber tube that was attached to the child's pants. The DRA consisted of using a token board to reinforce appropriate on-task behavior with gradual schedule thinning. For this case study, all assessments and treatment procedures were conducted in a public school classroom, with the teacher and paraprofessionals participating in all phases of treatment, including the analogue functional analysis. Results indicate that the treatment was effective and follow up data are reported. |
|
Using Differential Reinforcement and Response Blocking to Treat Mouthing: A Case Study |
JENNY E. TUZIKOW (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research) |
Abstract: McAdam, et al. (2004) reviewed 26 studies evaluating specific behavior interventions designed to treat pica and mouthing behaviors displayed by individuals with developmental disorders. Although numerous interventions were reported to be effective in reducing these behaviors, McAdam, et al. (2004) highlighted the need for continued research examining pica and procedures for programming for generalization. For this reason, a case study will be presented that portrays how differential reinforcement and response blocking were used to effectively treat frequent mouthing behaviors displayed by a 15-year-old female diagnosed with autism. Based on the outcome of an analogue functional analysis the student's mouthing behaviors were determined to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. All assessment and treatment procedures were conducted in a public school and the teacher and paraprofessionals participated in all phases of treatment, except the analogue functional analysis. Results indicate that the treatment was highly effective and generalized to different staff and locations within the school. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Behavioral Economic Principles |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Kelley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The application of the principles of behavioral economics has been shown to be effective for assessing and treating significant applied problems in novel ways. For example, behavioral economic analyses have been used in the context of schedule and response effort manipulations (e.g., Perry & Fisher, 2001; Roane, Falcomata, & Fisher, 1997; Roane, Lerman, & Vorndra, 2001) and to complement typical assessment methods (e.g., Borrero, Francisco, Haberlin, Ross, & Sran, 2007). In the current series of studies, the authors will present additional novel applications of behavioral economic principles to problems of social significance. Betz et al. compared the relative values of tokens and back-up reinforcers using concurrent progressive-ratio schedules. Dutt et al. varied several schedule and/or task parameters to discover the conditions that were contributing to noncompliance. Finally, Trosclair et al. extended the preference literature by combining preference assessment and behavioral economic methodologies to enhance our understanding of reinforcer efficacy. The results will be discussed in the context of the efficacy of a behavioral economic framework for improving and extending assessment and treatment. |
|
A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Token Reinforcement |
ALISON M. BETZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Eric S. Grady (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: A common problem in token reinforcement programs is individual variability in responsiveness, with some participants showing no benefit at all (Kazdin, 1982). We used behavioral economics methods to assess the reinforcement value and substitutability of tokens relative to their back-up (or primary) reinforcers. Following initial tests to show that three children with autism showed sensitivity to differential rates of reinforcement in a concurrent-schedule arrangement, we compared the relative value of token and primary reinforcement by providing one type of reinforcement on an FR-1 schedule while the other was concurrently available on a progressive-ratio (PR) schedule. Results showed that tokens were substitutable for their back-up reinforcers for all participants, but at varying degrees. This procedure may be a useful assessment for gauging the effectiveness of token training and for determining when additional training is needed to boost the value and effectiveness of token reinforcement. |
|
Further Evaluation of Unit-Price Related Variables Affecting Allocation |
ANURADHA SALIL KUMAR DUTT (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Noncompliance is one of the most frequently endorsed concerns for children receiving behavioral services. One avenue of research in this area is to identify, isolate, and apply variables that can be empirically demonstrated to affect compliance. In the current study, we evaluated the effect of reinforcement schedule, magnitude of reinforcement, and task preference on the compliance and response allocation among tasks for several individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities referred for evaluation of severe noncompliance. The evaluation was conducted using a concurrent schedule arrangement and varying schedule parameters (response requirement and reinforcer magnitude), task parameters (preference or difficulty), or both. Results of the evaluation indicated that reinforcer magnitude controlled responding for some participants; response requirement controlled responding for another; and, a combination of those two variables controlled responding for a third. Results will be discussed relevant to strategies for increasing compliance with academic tasks. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 25% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all target responses. |
|
Correspondence of Single Versus Daily Preference Assessment Outcomes and Reinforcer Efficacy Under Increasing Schedule Requirements |
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (GNO Resource Center on Developmental Disabilities), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that a daily multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) may be more sensitive to changes in preference, thereby showing greater correspondence with reinforcer efficacy over time (DeLeon et al., 2001). However, reinforcer efficacy can be measured in a number of ways. Prior studies have measured reinforcer efficacy using rate of responding under simple schedules or under concurrent operants arrangements. However, break points under increasing schedule requirements (PR schedules) are perhaps a better measure of how hard an individual will work for a particular reinforcer. In the present study, seven participants were administered a single paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment, followed by daily MSWO preference assessments. On each day, participants worked for each stimulus on a PR schedule. The correspondence between break points and preferences, as assessed by the two preference assessment formats, was examined. Interobserver agreement data were collected on at 20% of sessions for all participants and always exceeded 80% agreement. Unlike previous studies, results demonstrated that both preference assessments did equally well at predicting reinforcer efficacy, although the PS took less time to administer. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis of Gambling Behavior |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Jeffrey R. Miller (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Becky Nastally, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will feature four presentations on the application of behavior analysis within gambling. Everything from increasing physical activity and healthy food choices to medical regimen adherence will be discussed. |
|
Treatment Strategies for the Near-Miss Effect in Problem Gamblers |
BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In the present study, the effect of a brief acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) intervention was evaluated in reducing a specific type of rule governed behavior termed the 'Near Miss Effect' that has been associated with excessive gambling. The intervention was implemented via a power-point presentation as to control for potential biases and differences in skill level of the therapist. Results indicated that the intervention was successful in decreasing the near miss effect across three participants with a history of problem gambling as measured by their closeness to win ratings of pictures of slot machine spin outcomes. Implications of these findings include the value of investigating the role of verbal behavior in the maintenance and treatment of specific aspects of gambling behavior. |
|
Derived Slot Machine Gambling: A Transformation of Discriminative Functions in Accordance With Same and Opposite Relational Frames |
ALICE E. HOON (Swansea University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University) |
Abstract: The study of derived relational responding and transformation of stimulus functions are essential for a comprehensive verbal account of gambling behaviour. The present study sought to demonstrate a transformation of discriminative payout percentage functions in a simulated slot machine task in accordance with same and opposite relational frames. Using the relational completion procedure, non-gamblers were exposed to a non-arbitrary relational training task that established contextual cues for same and opposite, respectively. Next, these contextual cues were employed in an arbitrary relational training and testing task to establish a relational network of nonsense words: SAME/B1-C1, OPPOSITE/B1-C2, OPPOSITE/B2-C1 and SAME/B2-C2. Participants then played a slot machine labelled B1 that was programmed with a payout probability percentage of 0.2 (low rate) and slot machine labelled B2 that was programmed with a payout probability percentage 0.8 (high rate). Finally, slot machines labelled C1 and C2 were presented concurrently under extinction. It was predicted that participants would show a derived transformation of discriminative functions and select C2 over C1. All participants showed the predicted performance. Results are discussed in the light of contemporary accounts of gambling behavior. |
|
Transformation of Function Demonstrated on a Simulated Horse Track Game |
SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: A randomized pretest-posttest design was used to assess differences in response allocation during a simulated horse track race. Participants were given 20 credits at the beginning of each gambling session, were they bet on one to four horses of different colors. Each bet ranged from 5-20 credits per horse. Following eight gambling sessions, participants were trained to click on three arbitrary stimuli (A1, A2, A3) at differing rates of responding (fast interresponse time- 0-.5s, medium IRT- .5-1.5s, slow IRT 1.5-3s). Next, participants completed a match-to-sample procedure where three three-member arbitrary equivalence classes were established. Stimuli included nonsense pictures (A1, A2, A3), nonsense consonant-vowel-consonant words (B1, B2, B3), and colors (C1, C2, C3). The colors of the C stimuli corresponded to three horses on the simulated horse track race. After completion of the match-to-sample procedure, participants returned to the simulated race. Results demonstrate an increase in response allocation, indicating the function of the arbitrary stimuli transformed to the color and influenced horse selection on the simulated gambling track. |
|
Myths and Realities of Card Counting in Blackjack or How to Become a Compulsive Gambler |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Regardless of strategy, all casino games, including blackjack, have a negative expected value. The gambler loses and the casino wins. Other gambling games are based on random probability, independent plays, or "sampling with replacement," but traditional blackjack is a "sampling without replacement," non-independent plays game. In blackjack as cards are played, based on the remaining cards, the odds of winning change and may briefly favor the gambler. This forms the bases of "card counting." If during the few hands where the player has a statistical advantage big bets are made; theoretically the gambler may win in the long run. Card counting is used to alter bet size; bet big when the odds are good, bet small when they are bad. However what is statistical "expected value" and what the behaving organism actually experiences are seldom the same. With continuous shuffle machines (CSMs) that preclude card counting, 8 deck shoes, side bets, overcrowded tables, frequent shuffling, and reducing blackjack payouts from 3 to 2 to 6 to 5, casinos have gradually changed blackjack to eliminate any advantage a gambler may get from card counting. Despite these almost insurmountable odds, as a "cognitive exercise" the author learned and became proficient in "basic strategy" and card counting and tracked his wins, losses, and time lost to mastering card counting and "winning" blackjack. Here the glamorous myths of being a card counter are contrasted with the mathematical realties, the behavioral and "mental" grind, "opportunity cost," and unhealthy obsession of becoming a gambler. |
|
|
|
|
The CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction: Grades Three, Four and Five |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Yasmin J. Helou-Care (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of instruction is based on scientific procedures that emphasizes individualized instruction, where student progress drives instruction. In this symposium we will present data based on curricula objectives that have been derived from the school district's general education curriculum across academic content areas such as math, reading and writing. As part of the AIL curriculum, self-management objectives are outlined to teach students to monitor their own progress, set realistic goals, and deliver their own reinforcement. Learning pictures will be presented that show the cumulative number of objectives mastered and the number of learn units to meet each objective for each student across each curricula domain. One of the key components of the AIL model of instruction is that students move at their own pace. Commonly used scientific tactics and interventions will be presented to demonstrate how teachers intervene when a student is having difficulty meeting an objective. In addition, we will report data on inducing verbal behavior developmental cusps or capabilities such as observational learning and naming so students can learn in ways they could not prior to these interventions. |
|
The Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction Classroom: Grade Three |
JOANNE MARIE HILL (Teachers College, Columbia University), Haley Pellegren (Teachers College Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom is a general education classroom that educates both special and general education students. The 3rd grade CABAS® AIL classroom consisted of a 17:2:1 student, teaching assistant, to teacher ratio. Seventy-six percent of the students were Caucasian, 12% were African American, and 12% were Hispanic. Twenty-nine percent of the students had an individualized education plan. Thirty-five percent of the students received free and reduced lunch. Classroom based tactics included personalized system of instruction, public posting, hero contingency, observational system of instruction, fluency-based instruction, point system, and social listener reinforcement. Developmental cusps and capabilities were assessed and induced using research based practices, which included transformation of stimulus function, Naming, and observational learning. |
|
The Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction Classroom: Grade Four |
PETRA WIEHE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Suzanne Francois (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A 4th grade inclusion classroom located in a suburban school district approximately 40 miles outside of a major metropolitan area, followed the CABAS/AIL behavioral model implementing and building upon tactics from the applied research literature. The classroom consisted of 16:1:3 student to teacher to teaching assistant ratio. Nine of the 16 students qualified for free and reduced lunch, 4 of the students had individualized education plans, and 9 of the 16 students were identified as needing basic skills instruction based on their most recent state test scores. Some developmental protocols included the transformation of stimulus function as well as the effects of yoked contingencies on observational learning. Tactics such as a token economy system, peer tutoring, response cards, and the hero contingency were other tactics used to increase student performance and acquisition. We also report data on self-management procedures such as increasing appropriate transitions and monitoring and recording data. Data were reported in the form of Learning Pictures to measure how the acquisition of new cusps and capabilities or the implementation of tactics effected the rate of learning across individual students. |
|
The Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction Classroom: Grade Five |
JESSICA ADELE VANDERHOEF (Teachers College, Columbia University), Crystal Lo (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom is a general education classroom that educated both special and general education students. The 5th grade CABAS® AIL classroom consisted of a 19:3:1 student, teaching assistant, to teacher ratio. Sixty-two percent of the students were Caucasian, 16% were African American, 11% were Hispanic, and 11% were categorized as other. Thirty-two percent of the students had an individualized education plan, 16% of the students had a Section 504 plan, and 16% of the students were in Quest, the school's gifted and talented program. Sixteen percent of the students received free and reduced lunch. Classroom tactics consisted of peer tutoring, choral responding, responding using white boards, public posting, a point system, personalized system of instruction, fluency-based instruction, and direct instruction. Classroom interventions included writer immersion, a yoked-contingency game board to induce observational learning, and multiple exemplar instruction to induce Naming, and advanced Naming. |
|
|
|
|
The Effectiveness And Sustainability of Four Educational Interventions |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This symposium presents experimental analyses of four programs designed to teach a teacher how to modify the behavior of people or animals. The goal when designing the four programs was to create a program that is both effective and sustainable. Research and development for each program is at a different stage. Two programs are at the initial stage of designing a program that is effective in controlled conditions. A third program is at the next stage of modifying the program until it is effective under naturalistic conditions. And a fourth program is at the stage of modifying the program until it is sustainable with only the resources available to the organization within which it is located. The programs manipulate factors such as effort, behavioral traps, and institutionalization. The research experimentally analyzes factors influencing both effectiveness and sustainability using direct observation and single subject designs. The research analyzes factors that promote sustainability under naturalistic conditions similar to those that prevail in the natural, non-research setting. Previous studies have shown that results obtained under naturalistic conditions predict long term sustainability during follow up observations. |
|
The Effects of Blocking and Shaping on Decreasing Stereotypic Tapping Behavior |
JEFFREY M. GORDON (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of shaping emission of fewer stereotypic behaviors of a 7-year-old child with mental retardation. The stereotypic behavior involved repetitive, high-rate touching of buttons on an augmentative and alternative communication device (AAC). Participants included the child and five teachers. The experimental design was a multiple baseline across teachers. During Baseline, single touches of a button requesting a reinforcer on the touch screen of the AAC were followed by edibles. Teachers blocked additional touches and delivered a short time-out. The child rarely emitted single touches. Treatment started with delivery of the edible for less than 6 touches. Teachers blocked additional touches and delivered a short time-out. The criterion was slowly decreased to one touch. The child's rate of single touches increased during Treatment until three consecutive sessions of 100%. In a final condition, a probe for discriminated responding was programmed on the AAC device. The device presented two buttons, one requesting a high preference reinforcer and the other a low preference reinforcer. A single touch was reinforced with the corresponding reinforcer. The child touched the preferred item 98% of the time. Implications for the effectiveness and sustainability of treatment for acute stereotypy are discussed. |
|
Effectiveness of a Volunteer-Implemented Behavioral Training Intervention With Sheltered Dogs |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Enrichment programs are used to ameliorate the negative side-effects of sheltering on animals, including reducing overall stress, improving immune function, and increasing adoptions of sheltered dogs (Segurson, 2009; McKinnon, 2007). Positive reinforcement training is one tactic available for use in enrichment programs, but the cost of implementing and maintaining these types of programs can be prohibitively expensive to non-profit animal shelters. Training volunteers to implement simple obedience targeted behavior modification programs may be an inexpensive way to increase contact and interaction between sheltered dogs and humans, minimizing the negative effects of sheltering while maximizing use of scarce shelter resources. The current study evaluates the effect a volunteer trainer using a behavior modification program to teach simple commands to a sheltered dog awaiting permanent re-homing. Volunteers were trained using a multi-element training package, including written and verbal instructions, in vivo demonstration of the training protocol with the researcher, and feedback with coaching until a 90% implementation integrity was reached. Pilot results indicate that a volunteer trainer was successful in training three commands (returning to trainer when called, sitting on command, holding a stay on command) using contingent edible reinforcers. This protocol is currently being replicated with additional volunteers and sheltered dogs. |
|
The Effects of an Implementation Package on Owner Use of Classical and Operant Counter-Conditioning |
KRISTYN ECHTERLING SAVAGE ECHTERLING (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Classical counterconditioning is an effective treatment in reducing aggressive behavior in dogs (Wright, 2005). It is commonly used by dog trainers in practice. While the treatment is effective, owner implementation commonly lacks integrity. When treatment is not implemented with integrity, aggressive behavior returns to unacceptable levels. Sessions were run at the dog's home with two treatment conditions: stranger outside (i.e., the stranger did not enter the home) and stranger inside (i.e., the stranger entered the home). However, there was a return of aggressive behavior once the owner began implementing (follow-up condition). Therefore the current research attempted to increase treatment integrity and sustained use of treatment by owners. Current clinical practice and a pilot study has suggested that group meetings have inreased integrity of impementation. Such meetings allowed opportunities for owners to engage in implementation of treatment protocol. Additionally, the meetings allowed for social support from other owners, as well as, a more thorough critique of implementation and problem solving strategies. The meeting program was designed to be used by dog trainers in order to increase continued use of treatment by owners. |
|
The Effectiveness and Sustainability of a Tutoring Chinese Package |
HANG WU (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects and sustainability of training three native Chinese speakers to use a Chinese group tutoring package to teach American college students pronunciation and translation of Mandarin Chinese vocabulary. Training in use of the package was introduced at staggered times to form a multiple baseline design. The three teachers used the package to teach four supplemental classes for students who requested supplemental teaching. The classes included 20 students who averaged below 89% on the initial 8 class quizzes. Quiz scores for these students increased from an average of 72% during baseline to 78% after the teachers were trained. An additional 34 students scoring below 89% but not requesting supplemental classes averaged 77% during the initial 8 classes and fell to 71% for the last 8 classes. Results suggest that the training produced an increase in correct use of the tutoring package, which in turn increased the students' performance. Furthermore, continued use of the package under naturalistic conditions during the semester as well as during extended follow-up with one teacher during a second semester suggest that use of the package by tutors may be sustainable. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Performance Through Systems Changes |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
|
The Science Behind Behavioral Systems Analysis: A Review of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), Sarah E. Casella (Western Michigan University), Sin Chien Lee (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral systems analysis has been an important component of the organizational behavior management approach and has grown in popularity in recent years, as evidenced by its increased visibility in journals such as the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). This presentation will review the history of behavioral systems analysis articles published in JOBM. Volumes 1 through 30 of JOBM were analyzed for key terms to identify potential behavioral systems analysis articles. Following completion of this initial identification, careful consideration of the article content was conducted to ensure accurate identification. The resulting set of articles were then classified into different categories of empirical and non-empirical articles: "discussion/theoretical/conceptual," "case study," "AB design," "comparison with non-intervention control (within or between)," "comparison with alternative non-systems approach (within or between)," "dismantling/comparison with alternative systems approach (within or between)," and "other." Based on the obtained results, implications for the field as a scientific enterprise and the development of research lines in behavioral systems analysis will be discussed, detailing where the field currently is and were the field should be. |
|
Facility-Wide Positive Behavior Support: Practices, Systems and now DATA for Residential Treatment |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BARRY L. MCCURDY (Devereux Institute of Clinical Training and Research), Amy Waldron (Devereux), Robert A. Nass Jr. (Devereux) |
|
Abstract: The success associated with establishing systems of school-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) to improve social behavior in public schools has prompted demonstrations within other youth-serving institutions. In North Carolina, for example, all five of the state youth development centers implemented a facility-wide PBS (FWPBS) approach in 2005. Initial outcomes after the first year of implementation showed reductions in rule violations up to 41%, fighting by 22%, and disruptive behavior by 52% (Martin, 2007). The purpose of this presentation is to describe the development of a FWPBS approach for residential treatment. In 2007, Devereux, a national behavioral healthcare organization serving youth with disruptive behavior disorders and intellectual and developmental disabilities, committed to the development of a FWPBS approach in two of their treatment centers. In this presentation, personnel from the Devereux Georgia treatment center will describe the development of their FWPBS universal system, the methods for implementing the system across both the school and residential programs and the development of a PBS Dashboard indicator for data-based decision-making. Procedures for adapting common elements of a SWPBS approach to meet the requirements of a 24-hour child serving system will be discussed along with procedures for sustainability. |
|
Improving the Graduate Admissions Process in a Small Public University Department |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
HEATHER M. FRYE (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: The project reported here was inspired by a discrepancy between the expected and actual performance of an admissions process in a small department at a large public university. In particular, we sought to decrease the delay between the posted deadline for applications and the first round of offers. We also sought to increase the amount of information available to the student to allow them to submit more complete, and hence, more competitive applications. Performance and cause analyses were used to identify the problematic points in the process and to suggest places for improvement. The primary manipulations included increasing the availability and timeliness of critical information to potential applicants and the flow of application materials to relevant decision-making committees. These strategies were tactically implemented as a frequently-asked-questions web page, a checklist for applicants, and a department-specific application. Outcome measures including latency to answer emailed questions, percentage of complete and incomplete applications, latency to admissions decisions, and applicant notification of decisions showed improvement in the admissions process. Post-intervention analyses show which areas in which performance has improved, needs continued work, or an alternative strategy. |
|
Increasing Nutritional Options for Group Meals in a Large Residential Human Service Agency |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMY KATHERINE LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University), Jonah D. Martin (NeuroRestorative Carbondale), Autumn N. McKeel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Aimee C. Howard (Southern Illinois University), Jami E. Evans (Southern Illinois University), Rebecca Batterman (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
|
Abstract: The intent of the current study is to increase the total nutritional content of food options offered to residents in a human service agency using behavioral training and feedback to staff members responsible for purchasing food items within the residence. A multiple baseline experimental design across settings will be utilized where baseline measures consist of total food items distributed across food groups and assessment of nutritional knowledge of staff members pre-intervention. Following baseline measures, successive implementation of nutritional knowledge training, then in-situ training and feedback during grocery shopping trips with staff members are expected to demonstrate an increase in nutritional content across residences as well as increased staff knowledge of nutritional information. Baseline measures indicate definite incongruence between the "optimal" intake percentages recommended by the United States Department of Agriculture's Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion (2010) and currently purchased food items as indicated on food receipts by date. |
|
|
|
|
|
On the History of Behavior Analysis: Unexpected Pioneers in the Move Towards Application |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis began in the laboratory, conducting experiments on basic learning principles with non-human animals. The application of these behavioral principles to problemsof social significance tohuman behavior, however, has long been the end goal of many behavior analytic researchers. The current growth in the area of applied behavior analysis suggests that behavior analysts have made notable progress towards this goal. Behavior analysis' path towards this goal, however, is not always clearly articulated. The current symposium will begin by providing an overview of the history of behavior analysis, touching on various eras that are important to the field's development. The focus will then shift to the stories of three pioneers that helped initiate the initial push towards behavior analytic application. Two of these figures (Nate Azrin and Charles Ferster) had extensive experience in the experimental analysis of behavior prior to their involvement in application whereas a third (Sid Bijou) had come to behavior analysis after surveying a wide range of psychological approaches. Despite these differing paths all three of these pioneers have had a lasting influence on the field. |
|
Behaviorism at 98: 49/50ths of a Century, and Counting |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behaviorism marks its official inception on the date of publication of John B. Watson's 1913, Psychology as the Behaviorist Views It. A lot has happened since then. This presentation, on the occasion of its auspicious 98th anniversary, recounts some of the major events in the history of behaviorism, and is aimed primarily at those relatively new to the field-which means, as a statistical matter of the p < .05 type, everyone now in the field. My purpose is to show how the present field of behavior analysis came to be what it is, and why it remains unique in psychology for its deep commitment to empiricism and the technically sophisticated application of its scientific discoveries to human problems. Highlights will include profiles of obscure but influential historical figures such as B.F. Skinner and Fred Keller, descriptions of amazing lost technologies such as the "cumulative recorder" and "operant chamber," and glimpses at rare written works such as Walden Two and Beyond Freedom and Dignity. Various eras will be explored--such as when behaviorists in general regarded education as the main cultural target of opportunity for their work, applied behavior analysts set their sights on schizophrenia in adults as the obvious proving ground for a kind of contingency management system called "behavior modification," and attendees at the annual ABA convention could find more presentations on "adjunctive behavior" than on "autism." |
|
Where the Action Was: Nate Azrin at Anna State Hospital |
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Research Laboratory at Anna State Hospital has had a nearly unrivaled impact on behavior analytic research and practice. Central to this endeavor was Dr. Nate Azrin, and the influential work that he conducted while at Anna State Hospital. The current talk will describe Dr Azrin's role in the forming, operation, and expansion of this highly productive research operation. The enduring contributions of this research operation will then be discussed in relation to the impact of the treatment procedures developed and the impact of Anna State Hospital on the field of behavior analysis in terms of (a) the example that Dr. Azrin's research set, (b) his role in the forming of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, (c) his role in the forming of behavior analysis's first masters degree program, (d) and the influence that the research that Dr. Azrin and colleagues conducted has had on prominent behavior analysts. |
|
Sidney W. Bijou's Behavior Analysis of Child Development: Its Selection by Consequences |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: As a graduate student at Columbia University in the 1930s, Sidney W. Bijou (1908-2009) came away from Robert S. Woodworth's course on systematic psychology wanting to know which system had the greatest promise for psychology as a natural science. This presentation describes Bijou's search for that system or, put behavior-analytically, it describes the selection by consequences of his search. His search was guided by his scientific values or, put behavior-analytically again, it was selected by its consequences, in particular, by the prediction and control of behavior. Over the course of his career, he successively considered psychoanalysis, classical behaviorism, neo-Gestalt field theory, and Hull-Spence neobehaviorism, but none of them sufficiently approximated the prediction and control he sought. Finally, as in resurgence, he considered what he had earlier learned of B. F. Skinner's and J. R. Kantor's systems of psychology. He found that they worked not only empirically, but also conceptually, and thus he integrated them as his theory of child development. This case study exemplifies the behavior of a scientist whose ultimate reinforcer was a systematic, natural science understanding of behavior and whose interim reinforcers were behavior's prediction and control. In this account, prediction and control were the means to an end, not ends in themselves, as they are sometimes construed. |
|
Charles B. Ferster and the Behavioral Analysis of Autism |
ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: While often cited as the first theoretical interpretation and application of behavior principles to autism, Charles B. Ferster's long-ranging and enduring contribution to the study of autism cannot be understated. The following paper reviews the work in autism conducted by Ferster. Beginning with his early studies at the Psychiatric Research Institute (PRI) at the Indiana University School of Medicine (IUSM), his work in the operant analysis of behavior in children with autism will be reviewed. This brief history will identify Ferster's impact on other important figures in the application of behavioral methods to the remediation of concerns associated with autism (e.g., Wolf, Risley, Bijou, and Lovaas). The review will follow his acceptance of a position at the Institute for Behavioral Research and his move to Maryland, where Ferster's work in autism continued through collaboration with the Linwood Children's Center. From his initial experiments at Indiana to his collaboration with the Linwood Children's Center, Ferster is indeed the "father" of behavioral application in autism. Ferster not only changed the way we now see autism, but he himself was changed by this work. |
|
|
|
|
Leadership and Decision Making in Time of Change |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
4:30 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/OBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Through recent empirical work in relational frame theory (RFT), behavior analysis is increasingly placing itself in a position to theorize effectively and test empirically these educated guesses about the functioning of verbal behavior in organizations. The development and communication of verbal products, such as rules, instructions, leadership statements and strategic plans are major components of leadership activities in organizations. For instance, strategic planning and readiness are highly verbal activities because they rely on being prepared for a future that is not here yet; a future that is verbally constructed; and a future that will most probably be unlike what we have seen in the past. In addition, recognizing employees' implicit responding and values can guide leadership in presenting formative and motivative augmentals that produce shared goals and hence improved cooperation within the organization. Moreover, the powerful effects of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) related technologies such as value clarification, perspective taking and mindfulness have generalizable impact in terms individuals psychological flexibility and situational awareness in combat situations. By drawing upon RFT and ACT, this symposium provides an overview of recent experimental and conceptual analyses in the areas of leadership decision making, problem solving, agility, and cooperative behavior in organizations. |
|
Assessing the Differential Effects of Pre-Existing Verbal Relations, Pay for Performance, and Rules on Cooperative Responding |
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (Savannah State University), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Prior research on cooperation in a business environment has primarily relied upon financial consequences to increase or decrease cooperative responding. When results indicate otherwise, a post-hoc attribution to social or verbal contingencies is usually made. The purpose of this study was to assess the participatory effect of pre-existing verbal relations and rules on cooperative behavior under different pay for performance conditions. The implicit relational asessment procedure (IRAP) and mixed-trial IRAP (MT-IRAP) were utilized to account for the existing derived relations among verbal stimuli (D. Barnes-Holmes et al., 2006; Levin, 2010). More specifically, Experiment 1 utilized the MT-IRAP to select potential motivational stimuli for Experiment 2. In the second experiment, the IRAP was utilized to assess participants' pre-existing social biases. One week following the IRAP, the same participants were exposed to rule statements under either piece rate or profit-share conditions in a reversal design. Results indicated minimal impact of pre-existing social biases on cooperative behavior, however the rule statements had a significant effect on responding, particularly under financially neutral conditions (profit share). The potential role of rules as verbal establishing stimuli (i.e., motivative augmentals) and their application in organizations are discussed. |
|
An Analysis of Team Problem Solving |
GREGORY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This research examined the coordinated problem-solving of small teams consisting of two participants each, in terms of both their problem-solving behavior with respect to the task at hand, as well as their verbal interactions, which played a critical role in their ability to effectively coordinate their behavior and successfully solve the problem. The primary focus of this paper is the analysis of each team's vocal verbal interactions as they solved the problems, from both a formal (in terms of specific topographical forms, i.e., words, and their respective referents) and functional (in terms of effects on the listener's behavior) account. Included in the analyses are correlations among the two concurrent behavior streams, i.e., the ongoing patterns of vocal interactions between participants and their corresponding task related behavior as they interact with the problem solving apparatus. Specific patterns of vocal interactions among team members are identified as being correlated with effective problem solving (e.g., accuracy and types of rule statements) and implications for improving team problem solving are discussed. |
|
Psychological Flexibility and Innovative Leadership: Values-Clarification and Mindfulness |
TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: While psychological flexibility, a central component of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), has been successfully applied to clinical populations, it is beginning to branch out to organizational phenomena in the area of worker burnout. The present paper discusses the possibility of applying psychological flexibility to the analysis of innovative decision making at the leadership level in a variety of organizational contexts related to individual and team-related performance in business, maritime shipping, and the military. Through the development of online training modules related to values-clarification, goal-setting, and mindfulness training, we explore ways by which the inhibiting functions of overgeneralized relational responding can be decreased. Through values clarification, one can come to behave with respect to goals that are in the service of said values. In conjunction with mindfulness training, one may be more likely to effectively track the contingencies operating in the environment in a nonevaluative way such that aversive stimuli related to stress (e.g., interacting with a high rank officer or leader), frustration, and physical discomfort do not have a deleterious effect on performance and innovative problem-solving. |
|
|
|
|
Impacting State Policies for Behavior Analysts: The Wisconsin Experience |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: William J. Murray (Wisconsin DHS) |
|
Wisconsin's BCBA License: One Year Later |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
WILLIAM J. MURRAY (Wisconsin DHS), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: In 2009, Wisconsin passed an autism insurance mandate, which did not include behavior analysts as qualified treatment providers. As behavior analysts and advocates for competentapplied behavior analysisservices throughout the state learned of this, provider agency and parental groups worked collaboratively with state officials and the Wisconsin ABAI chapter to advocate for inclusion in the mandate. A year long advocacy effort spearheaded by a small but committed group of individuals from a variety of backgrounds ultimately was successful, and in 2010 not only were behavior analysts included in the autism insurance mandate legislation, but in May 2010 Wisconsin Governor Jim Doyle signed into law SB 667, allowing BACB-certified behavior analysts to become licensed in Wisconsin through the Department of Regulation and Licensing. The purpose of this paper is to discuss various facets of this effort, highlighting some of the "insider" collaborative work and providing preliminary data on outcomes associated with this law as it has taken shape over the past year. |
|
Wisconsin's Autism Insurance Mandate: Gaining Inclusion of BCBAs |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment, Inc.), William J. Murray (Wisconsin DHS) |
|
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are uniquely qualified to provide evidence based treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders. In June 2009, the Wisconsin legislature mandated insurance coverage for individuals with autism, but omitted BCBAs as qualified supervising providers of autism treatment. A small number of professionals and parents collaborated with an individual within the governmental system to gain passage of an amendment to include BCBAs as providers of autism treatment. The purpose of this paper is to describe how a small number of individuals can promote the field of applied behavior analysis and affect legislative change. Strategies used to gain authorship of an amendment and gather the support of additional legislators through education and constituent advocacy will be discussed. Methods and procedures for motivating and organizing parents and professionals to demonstrate support via public testimony, phone calls, letters, e-mails, petitions, and personal pleas to their legislators will be identified. Highlights of the results of these efforts in successfully attaining insurance funding for services supervised by BCBAs will be also be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Capturing Aspects of Social Influences on Drug Abuse With Animal Models |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CE Instructor: Janet Neisewander, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
JANET NEISEWANDER (Arizona State University) |
Dr. Neisewander received her B.S. in Biology and Psychology from Rockford College, Rockford, IL. She received her M.S. and her Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky under the direction of Dr. Michael Bardo. She then received post-doctoral training at the University of Pennsylvania in Pharmacology and Psychiatry before joining the faculty in Psychology at Arizona State University in 1991. There she moved through the ranks to Full Professor and she served as the founding Director of the Behavioral Neuroscience Graduate Program. She is currently a Professor in the School of Life Sciences at Arizona State University. Her research uses animal models to examine the role of drug conditioning in the motivation to seek and to self-administer drugs of abuse. She is particularly interested in the neural circuitry that underlies drug-seeking behavior and the role that dopamine and serotonin systems play within this circuitry. Her latest new research direction examines social influences on drug-related behaviors. The National Institute on Drug Abuse has consistently funded Dr. Neisewander's research for the past 21 years and she has published 75 research articles. She currently serves on the editorial boards of Psychopharmacology and the International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology and this year she received the Bernice Grafstein Award for Outstanding Accomplishments in Mentoring from the Society for Neuroscience. |
Abstract: Humans and laboratory rats alike depend upon social interactions not only for reproduction, but also for healthy mental and physical development. Dr. Neisewander's laboratory has investigated how social interactions can have both positive and negative influences on drug abuse-related behaviors in rats. They have found that first time experience with cocaine or nicotine is more rewarding in adolescent rats when experienced with another rat than when experienced alone. Also when adolescent rats experience nicotine for the first time, they exhibit an increase in plasma corticosterone if they are alone but not if they are with another rat. Because corticosterone levels normally increase in response to stress, the results suggest that social interaction during initial drug experience may counter the stressful effects of the drug, thereby increasing reward strength and perhaps increasing vulnerability to drug abuse. In contrast, social interaction introduced as part of environmental enrichment after a drug habit has been established in rats attenuates drug-seeking behavior as well as withdrawal-induced elevations of corticosterone and brain activation that occurs upon exposure to drug-associated stimuli. The implications of these findings with regard to understanding drug dependence and the development of treatments for substance abuse will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Science of Learning and the Art of Teaching Revisited |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Marta Leon, Ph.D. |
Chair: Melinda Sota (Headsprout) |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy) |
KAREN L. MAHON (Dymo/Mimio Interactive Teaching Technologies) |
MARTA LEON (Headsprout) |
Abstract: In 1954, Skinner wrote "there is a simple job to be done" when referring to bringing a technology of teaching to the classroom. More than 50 years later, that job remains to be done. This panel will address the challenges involved in making Skinner's vision a reality. Although Skinner advocated for highly-individualized teaching, the group format commonly used in classrooms makes individualized, adaptive instruction not always possible. More importantly, the group format is an essential component of approaches based on collaborative learning, and can be an ideal setting into which students transfer and extend academic skills. Both individual and group instruction need to be addressed by behavior analysts. Interactive classroom technologies such as personal computers and interactive whiteboards provide means for effective individualized and group instruction. The panelists will emphasize how behavior analysis can use these and other interactive technologies to teach complex, conceptual behaviors. Behavior analysts would agree that most of the complex, conceptual behavior taught in the classroom is verbal behavior. Some of the key questions addressed are how to build this verbal repertoire in such way as to maximize skill transfer and extension, increase the likelihood of adduction by contingencies, and engage students. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Understanding the Publication Process |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: James Nicholson Meindl (The Ohio State University) |
RICHARD M. FOXX (Penn State University) |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Taking an original idea, developing a manuscript, and putting the finished product through the publication process are often extremely daunting tasks. These processes require considerable expenditures of both time and energy and inevitably require great persistence. Despite these difficulties, publishing your work is one of the most effective ways to disseminate your thoughts and impact a large audience. This panel event is designed for individuals who are interested in further learning how to share their ideas with others by developing and successfully publishing a manuscript. Distinguished panelists will discuss various aspects of the publication process including deciding what to write about, beginning and completing the task of writing, effectively navigating the editorial process, and maximizing the impact of a manuscript. Panel speakers will share their own experiences with the publication process as well as provide guidance on how to successfully publish a manuscript. In addition, audience members will have the opportunity to pose questions to panelists. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Reduction of Self-Stimulatory Behaviors Across Familiar and Unfamiliar Movies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JENNIFER MARLO BELL (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest) |
Abstract: A 7-year-old boy diagnosed with autism engaged in a variety of self-stimulatory behaviors while watching movies and television. A functional analysis indicated differential levels of self-stimulatory behavior as a function to type of movie watched. Highest levels of self-stimulatory behaviors occurred while watching a familiar animated movie, with lower levels occurring during unfamiliar animated and familiar non-animated. An ABAB design was used to document the effects of a treatment package (differential reinforcement of other behavior [DRO] program with social praise provided every 10-s) and brief timeout (cessation of the movie for 1 minute). Results indicated self-stimulatory behaviors decreased from 82% of intervals during baseline to 3% of intervals while watching familiar animated movies and generalized to the other movie categories. |
|
|
2. Individuals With Autism in the Criminal Justice System |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
XIUCHANG HUANG (Duquesne University), Tammy Hughes (Duquesne University), Larry Sutton (Pennsylvania Department of Public Welfare), Temple Sharese Lovelace (Duquesne University) |
Abstract: Due to the unique social and communication challenges, individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) might also be at risk of socially inappropriate actions that reach the level of law-breaking offending behaviors. That is, the social deficits associated with autism may also impact sexual development to a degree where inappropriate touching, for example, may result in an act that is also unlawful. This paper is a review of relevant extant literature. We first examine the most common types of offences documented for individuals with ASD-including cases published in peer-review journals or books. Next, we will try to identify the potential explanations as to why and when this group may be at risk to commit these acts. Recommendations concerning the prevention of criminal justice contact for individuals with ASD and how to promote autism awareness in the criminal justice system are detailed. We seek to help clarify the intent of unlawful acts and as such avoid misinterpreting behaviors and characteristics that are typical of individuals with ASD but not associated with typical offender behaviors. It is our hope that the law enforcement officers and court systems will take into account the unique challenges individuals with ASD experience when they encounter a case involving this population. |
|
|
3. Increasing Compliance With Haircuts in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MEGAN GILBERTSON (St. Cloud State University), Brittany Schumacher (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Using a changing-criterion design, we evaluated the effects of providing a preferred edible item and escape from sitting contingent on a child's compliance with sitting during haircuts. Results indicated that the intervention eliminated the child's escape responses and increased his sitting to a duration that permitted regular haircuts by his mother. Follow-up sessions showed that the participant's increased compliance during haircuts continued for over 2 months. |
|
|
4. Comparing the Effectiveness of English and Spanish as Languages of Instruction in Spanish Versus English for Children With Autism who are From Spanish Speaking Homes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ALEJANDRA PADILLA (San Diego State University), Yasemin Turan (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Studies have stressed the importance of not turning bilingual students with autism into monolingual learners, due to the resulting isolation from their family unit, which is the primary unit for education and socialization of these students (Kremer-Sadik, 2005). These studies, however, have not been comparative studies to evaluate skill acquisition when instruction is given in English versus in the home language. This study is designed to assess acquisition rates of cognitive skills (e.g., color, object and number identification) in children with autism who live in Spanish speaking homes. An alternating condition design across two conditions (instruction in English and in Spanish) was utilized to evaluate to determine rates of color recognition for 2 young Spanish speaking children with autism. Of ten colors, five were randomly assigned to each condition and students received instruction in English for the first 5 set while they received instruction in Spanish for the second 5 set. Data collection and intervention continue. |
|
|
5. The Evaluation and Treatment of Encopresis in a Home Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MARY E. HONG (Washington County Mental Health Services, Inc.), Edward Sbardelatti (Washington County Mental Health Services, Inc.), Sara T. Henderson (Washingotn County Mental Health Services), Sherri Rosenberg (Washington County Mental Health Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: Treatment of encopresis in a 10-year-old boy with autism was investigated by utilizing an A-B design in the home setting. Laxatives, positive practice, scheduled toilets sits, and visuals were used in a procedure to decrease the dependent variable, encopresis. Two previous procedure attempts were made initiating the clinician to access a state funded grant to allow staff to move in to the clients home and provide continuous treatment. Successful elimination occurred within the first 24 hours of treatment and consistent continence sustained after the first 48 hours of procedure implementation. |
|
|
6. Effects of Challenging Behavior on the Achievement of Educational Goals in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders Receiving Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
REBECCA EMBACHER (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Thomas W. Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Courtnie Vires (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Mary Vallinger (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Aletta Sinoff (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Francine Dimitriou (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Allison Newman (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, non-compliance, and self-stimulatory behavior are common in individuals with autism (Lecavalier, 2006). Recent data suggest that a carefully implemented intensive behavior intervention plan (BIP) can greatly reduce the occurrence of such behaviors (Frazier et. al., 2010). A BIP represents a process including a functional behavior assessment and development of a behavior plan with follow up monitoring. We predicted that students with one or more BIP would achieve fewer educational goals than students who did not have BIP. This hypothesis is based on the notion that BIP require significant educational time to implement. Additionally, individuals with multiple BIP (2+) were expected to show the lowest proportion of educational goals achieved. The proportion of educational goals achieved was recorded for 64 students with autism (ages 6-22 years). Partially supporting the hypothesis, the group of students who did not have a BIP achieved the highest proportion of academic goals, followed by the group with one BIP. The group of students with two or more BIPs achieved the lowest proportion of academic goals. This finding suggests that individuals who receive BIPs to reduce challenging behaviors achieve a lower proportion of academic, but not overall educational, goals. It will be important to carefully weigh the need of a BIP versus the need for academic progress when deciding on implementation of BIP. Future randomized trials will be needed to remove potential confounds such as baseline symptom severity. |
|
|
7. The Predictive Validity of the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Versus Parents' Prediction With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
COLLEEN MARGARET ANNE MURPHY (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Jennifer L. Sloan (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) is an empirically validated assessment tool that is used to assess various visual and auditory skill deficits in an individual's repertoire. The majority of studies investigating the ABLA have been conducted with persons with developmental disabilities. Therefore, the present study examined the predictive validity of the ABLA with seven children with autism. A parent of each child was asked to predict their child's learning performance on 20 criterion tasks, which was compared to predictions based on the child's ABLA performance. We then attempted to individually teach each criterion task to the child until that child met either the pass criterion or the fail criterion of the ABLA. Results indicate that participants passed 68 of the 72 criterion tasks that were equivalent to their previously-passed ABLA level, and failed 65 of the 68 criterion tasks that were equivalent to their previously-failed ABLA level. Overall, across all 140 tasks, the ABLA correctly predicted the children's performance on 133 of the tasks (i.e., 95% accuracy rate), while the parents' correctly predicted the children's performance on 85 of the tasks (i.e., 61% accuracy rate). Data collection with additional participants is ongoing. |
|
|
8. Test-Retest Reliability of the New England Center for Children-Core Skills Assessment |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHATA A. DICKSON (New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children), Meaghan Stapleton (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children), Sorrel Ryan (New England Center for Children), Renee C. Mansfield (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Adequate test-retest reliability increases confidence that assessment results reflect the true current performance of a student, and that any changes in performance reflected in subsequent assessments are real. The New England Center for Children-Core Skills Assessment (CSA), a curriculum-based direct assessment of basic foundational skills in children with autism and related disabilities, was administered by one teacher with seven students with autism. Between 1 to 4 weeks later, the CSA was administered again by another teacher with the same seven students. The second teacher was blind to the results of the first assessment. Reliability between the first and second scores was calculated for each assessment item within each of the seven students. Reliability measures were analyzed using Pearsons product-moment, and these were statistically significant at the .01 level for each of the domains of the CSA (reliability score range: 82 to 93%) and for each student (reliability score range: 80 to 90%). |
|
|
9. Strengths and Weaknesses of Three Different Assessment Tools to Measure Social Skills Progress in a Preschool Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELIZABETH B. SNYDER (FEAT of Washington) |
Abstract: Measuring social skill progress for students in a school setting poses many challenges. However, social skills are a core deficit area for students with autism and it is important to gather accurate information about performance levels in order to make informed and data-based decisions about treatment. This poster will examine the use of three different assessment tools to evaluate one student's social skills development across 10 months of participation in a behavior analytic inclusive preschool/kindergarten program. The three assessments used were the Social Skills Rating Scale (SSRS), the social domains of the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised (ABLLS-R), and a teacher created direct-observation measure specific to the student's individualized goals. The SSRS was completed at the beginning and end of each school year by each parent as well as the assistant teacher and head teacher. The ABLLS-R was also administered as pre/post measures. The direct-observation was completed in three different environments across the school day (recess, snack time, and social group) each for a 5-minute time sample each month across 6 months. This data will compare each measure's sensitivity in measuring changes in this student's social behavior. |
|
|
10. ABA- Skills Intervention Program: Outcomes of a 6-Month day Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA LEIGH SITOMER (Mental Health Mental Retardation Authority of Harris County), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Kail Thomas Graham (MHMRA of Harris County), Jennifer Shen (Mental Health Mental Retardation Authorities-Harris County), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis - Skills Intervention Program (ABA - SkIP ) is a program funded through the state of Texas Department of Assistive and Rehabilitative Services (DARS) in conjunction with the Mental Health Mental Retardation Authority of Harris County (MHMRA) and University of Houston - Clear Lake (UHCL). Currently, DARS funds six programs throughout Texas. Each program provides ABA intervention to young children via a different service delivery model. To be eligible, children must be aged 3 years to 8 years and have a current diagnosis of a pervasive developmental disorder. The purpose of this poster is to describe the ABA-SkIP model and its outcomes for children receiving services over the past2 years. The model consists of a center-based program, which children attend for approximately 15 hours per week, and parent training. Initially, children and their families received ABA-SkIP services for 3 months, but the program was lengthened to 6 months due to consumer feedback. Results of our program evaluation will be described, along with a comparison of outcomes among children receiving services for 6 months versus 3 months. |
|
|
11. Continued Development and Evaluation of Staff Training at Easter Seals Autism Treatment Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KELLYN JOI JOHNSON (University of North Texas), Sara M. Weinkauf (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (Easter Seals), Samantha Cermak (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of early and intensive behavioral intervention is dependent on the fidelity of treatment implementation. To ensure treatment fidelity, systematic training of staff is needed. Previous research suggests staff training procedures utilizing multi-faceted methods, are effective in training staff in autism intervention. The purpose of the current study was to continue to develop and evaluate a comprehensive staff training package at Easter Seals of North Texas. A total of 150 skills were taught to a trainee using description, praise, modeling, practice and feedback. In addition, teaching units and child and staff affect measures were assessed. Skills were organized into skill clusters based on level of difficulty and order of implementation. The trainee progressed through each skill cluster based upon mastery criteria. Results showed that the trainee successfully acquired all skills and with increasingly higher teaching units. In addition, favorable trainee and child affect was favorable across sessions. Multi-faceted methods of training can effectively train staff numerous teaching behaviors. |
|
|
12. Using Point of View Video Modeling to Teach Symbolic Play Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
STEFANIE ALLEN (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Many children with autism evidence deficits in play skills and in particular in the area of symbolic play skills (Jarrold, Boucher, Smith, 1994). While there are a range of procedures that have been identified to teach this abstract skill (MacDonald, Clark, Garrigan, & Vangala, 2005), the use of video modeling has not been well investigated. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use point of view (POV) video modeling to teach symbolic play skills to 13 young children with a diagnosis of autism and deficits in the area of symbolic play skills. Symbolic play was assessed across three skills and two dimensions (motor actions and vocal responses). Changes in the number in symbolic play actions (motor and vocal) are compared before and after viewing of a videotaped model engaging in symbolic play across three skills. The number of possible responses were held constant across both conditions. Preliminary data (on four participants) indicate that point of view video modeling was effective in increasing symbolic play (motor actions) as well as language (vocal responses) in three of the four the participants studied. |
|
|
13. Using Video Modeling to Support Generalization of Pretend Play Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KAREN NAULT (BEACON Services), Linda L. Leiker (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Core deficits in autism affecting play skills, as described in the DSM-IV, include restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, preoccupation with parts of objects, and failure to show imaginative or pretend play. Video modeling has proven to be an effective tool in teaching play skills to individuals with autism (Charlop-Christy, Le & Freeman, 2000, Magnini & Ross, 2010). While skills taught through video modeling have proven to generalize across settings (Reagan, Higbee & Endicott, 2006; Charlop, Christy & Deneshvar, 2003), limited research has been conducted on generalization of play skills taught through video modeling to novel materials, including common household items that may be incorporated into pretend play by typical peers. The present study used a multiple probes across play scenarios design to examine the efficacy of video modeling in teaching pretend play scenarios to three early intervention students with autism spectrum disorder. Generalization of these repertoires to novel common materials when they replaced some of the original materials presented in the video was assessed. Additional factors affecting the effectiveness of the video modeling and subsequent generalization of skills were examined. |
|
|
14. Effect of Video Modeling on Attention Behavior of Junior High Students With Developmental Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHIGEKI SHIMADA (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disorders exhibit deficits in the abilities to initiate and maintain effective social behavior. It is one of the important objectives to obtain and use abilities to monitor and control their own behavior. This study examined the effects of video modeling on attention and participation behaviors of junior high students with developmental disorders. Two students with moderate developmental disorders participated in small group training settings. They exhibited low levels of attention and monitoring group process. Video modeling training included presentation of video clip, identification and self-evaluation of the behavior in the video clip, and behavioral rehearsal of appropriate behaviors. The behaviors presented in the video clip were selected in the last two sessions. Both appropriate and inappropriate behaviors were selected for the video modeling. The length of each video clip was less than 1 min. Target behaviors for each participant were attention for group activity. In baseline phase, percent occurrence of the target behavior was 34.3% and 3.8%, respectively. In thevideo modeling phase, the occurrence of target behavior increased 50% and 70%, and in the follow-up phase both participants maintained the levels of the intervention phase. |
|
|
15. The Effect of Video Modeling on the Play Skills and Language Skills of a Girl With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
YUCHUN LIU (China Medical University Hospital), Chien-Chih Liao (China Medical University Hospital), Hua Feng (National Chang-hua University of Education), Nai-Hsin Meng (China Medical University Hospital) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effect on play skills and language skills of preschool children with autism by giving video modeling intervention. The researchers used a multiple-probe design across three different play themes to demonstrate experimental control. In order to increase the ability of generalization for the child with autism, stimulus generalization training (provide different video scenario for each theme) was applied to this study. During intervention phase, the child watched the video twice himself and then was provided the toy set as in video after viewing, the procedure was not included experimenter-implemented reinforcement, neither prompting and correction procedures during the intervention. Results indicated that video modeling was an effective tool for teaching play skills and language skills to preschoolers with autism, which could led to the rapid acquisition of the modeled coherent play actions and verbal expressions, and also demonstrate the generalization performance. In addition to the favor results showed in the graph, the procedure integrity, interobserver agreement, and social validity were also showed the positive results to further support this evidence. These findings and future direction are also discussed in the paper. |
|
|
16. Using Video Simulation of Cooking for Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Shin-Hee Kim (Daegu Cyber University), Kyung Hye Lee (Daegu Cyber University), JEONGIL KIM (Lotus Flowers Children Center) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effect of utilizing a video simulation of cooking to improve independent self-help skills for students with autism. Three students with autism, in the range of 13-15 years old, were reported as showing qualitative deficits in self-help skills. Using a multiple baseline design, cooking was simulated and modeled on a videofor each subject. The study outcomes indicated that the intervention improved self-help skills with all the subjects. |
|
|
17. The Effects of Video Modeling on the Acquisition of Three Operant Behaviors in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENN L. GALAMAGA (Chicago Behavior Development, LLC), John P. Smagner (Chicago Behavior Development, LLC) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a procedure where a participant first watches a videotaped scenario depicting how to perform a new skill. Then after viewing the videotaped scenario, the instructor asks the participant to perform the skill. Video modeling has been shown to be an effective intervention for teaching play, social initiation, and self help behaviors to children with autism. This study extended the research by investigating the effects of a video modeling procedure for teaching a fine motor task. Two children with autism participated in this experiment. After watching the scenarios, the researcher asked the child to "do what they did in the video". The occurrence or non-occurrence of the behavior was recorded. The results showed that video modeling is not only effective for teaching play and social initiation skills, but it is also effective in teaching handwriting skills. |
|
|
18. Using Video Modeling to Increase Conversational Volleys |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE VITKAUSKAS (Boston Applied Behavior Analysts), Natalie DeNardo (Boston Applied Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to use video modeling to teach reciprocal conversations to three children with autism. The therapist presented each participant with a bag, which included an unknown novel object. During baseline sessions the therapist presented the participants with the bag and an unknown novel object. This assessed whether or not the participants would engage in a functional conversation relating to the novel object. After baseline sessions the participants viewed a video of two therapists having a conversation about a novel object in a bag. The participants viewed the video until they reached mastery criteria of stating 3 out of 4 possible correct responses over 3 consecutive sessions. Generalization probes assessed whether or not the participants could generalize reciprocal conversation skills with peers. The results of this study indicated that 1 out of 3 participants met mastery criterion. Participant 1 met mastery criterion and generalized these skills with a peer. Participant 2 did not meet mastery criterion and did not demonstrate any improvement in conversational skills. Participant 3 did not meet mastery criterion but did make improvements in conversational volleys after video modeling. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected in 33% of total sessions and the mean was 100%. |
|
|
19. Identifying Pre-Requisite Skills for Video Modeling Interventions in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Preliminary Investigation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW E. ROTH (Auburn University), Kimberley Hays Smith (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Video modeling has been found to be effective in improving social skills and functional skills in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD; Bellini & Akullian, 2007). Despite the empirical evidence in the video modeling literature, researchers have not identified the skills that predict who will benefit from this intervention (Mechling, 2005). By identifying these skills, therapists will be better able to recognize who will benefit from video modeling and when it is appropriate to use for children with ASD. The current study investigated preliminary data of four preschool-aged children with ASD who participated in peer-video-modeling training. Characteristics examined included severity of autism symptoms, cognitive functioning, adaptive skills, matching skills (matching to sample and delay matching to sample skills) and imitation skills (imitating a video and an object). The children were to learn a functional motor task, verbal task or both. Preliminary, descriptive analyses indicated that children who demonstrated prior matching and imitation skills were more likely to meet mastery criteria on functional-motor tasks. However, adaptive scores were not predictive of success. Interestingly, characteristics nor pre-requisite skills were predictive of mastery of verbal tasks. Further analyses are presented. |
|
|
20. Positive Treatment Approaches for Out of Seat Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTOPHER ILCONICH (Bancroft), Jessica A. Fedezko (Bancroft) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the effects of using a differential reinforcement procedure, as well as antecedent interventions to decrease highly variable rates of out-of-seat behavior for a 10-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Research on out-of-seat behavior suggests that using group contingencies or restrictive techniques such as reprimand, response cost, overcorrection, or contingent restraint are more effective than less restrictive procedures (Friman, 1990). In this study during Phase 1 of treatment, the participant received reinforcement on a fixed time schedule for sitting in his seat. During Phase 2 of treatment, a free play was added upon initially transitioning to the work area in addition to receiving reinforcement on a fixed time schedule for sitting in-seat. Results indicate that positive treatment approaches effectively increased and maintained in-seat behavior. The effects of antecedent and reinforcement based interventions will be discussed as well as implications for future treatment and generalization. |
|
|
21. Utilization of a Shaping Procedure to Increase Tolerance of Wearing Shoes in a Child With Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAURA B. TURNER (Binghamton University), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Children with autism may display unusual avoidance responses to common stimuli. Behavioral procedures utilizing shaping have been shown to be effective in reducing signs of behavioral avoidance and increasing adaptive responding to common stimuli (Ricciardi, Luiselli, & Camare, 2006). The purpose of this poster is to present the effects of an intervention involving shaping, positive reinforcement, and visual cues on the responding of an 8-year-old girl with autism who displayed problematic avoidance responses to wearing shoes. A changing criterion design was employed to assess the effects of the current intervention. Preliminary results suggest the success of the procedures to increase the duration of shoe wearing. The goal of the program is to increase the duration of compliant shoe wearing to 15-min intervals and to generalize the behavior to the home and community settings. Discussion will focus on a review of important considerations when developing, implementing, and generalizing shaping procedures for avoidance behaviors. |
|
|
22. Assessment and Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy Interfering With Vocational Performance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER G. CAMBLIN (The Faison School for Autism), Jamie L. Blackburn (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: The current study tested the effect of a procedure prescribing noncontingent access to a competing stimulus, to a young woman with autism who emitted high rates of vocal stereotypy in the context of her vocational setting. Initially, the function of the vocal stereotypic behavior was assessed using the FAST and was subsequently hypothesized to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. Following the assessment, further examination determined whether the auditory or kinesthetic property was the primary component serving to automatically reinforce this response. Thus, two conditions were arranged in which recordings of the young woman's stereotypic responses were played contingent upon emission of these responses, until she failed to emit them; and in Condition 2, the recording was played at the initiation of each session and then terminated contingent on emission of vocal stereotypy. Findings resulted in better determination of whether auditory or kinesthetic properties functioned as the necessary ingredient within the automatic contact of reinforcement. Following these findings, a competing stimulus assessment was conducted to identify similar, more socially acceptable stimuli within the vocational setting. Results provided utility in determining not only basic function, but investigation and assessment in preparation for socially significant treatment within the vocational arena. |
|
|
23. An Evaluation of Two Demand Assessments for Identifying Negative Reinforcers |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CARLY E. CORNELIUS (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the relative utility of two demand assessments for identifying potential negative reinforcers. A 16-year-old individual with an autism spectrum disorder, who exhibited self-injury maintained by escape from demands, participated. We conducted two demand assessments, two times each, using an alternating treatments design. During demand assessment (DA) 1, we presented the participant with two tasks and measured response selection. During demand assessment (DA) 2, we presented the participant with a single task for 5 min and measured compliance and problem behavior. Based on assessment results, we identified two low preference (LP) tasks, an LP task associated with low percentages of selection during DA 1 and an LP task associated with low percentages of compliance and high levels of problem behavior during DA 2. We also identified one high-preference task (a task associated with high levels of selection during DA 1 and high percentages of compliance and low percentages of problem behavior during DA 2). The indirect assessment yielded information that was inconsistent with both DA results. Both DAs suggested the same high preference task, but did not consistently suggest the same low preference task. The implications of these findings for identifying negative reinforcers will be discussed. |
|
|
24. Self-Management Procedures to Increase On-Task Behavior of Children With Autism in a School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JILLIAN M CHAN (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: As the prevalence of autism spectrum disorders increases, the inclusion of children with this neurological disorder in general education classroom settings has increased. Self-management promotes independence and the generalization of skills and is therefore a viable behavior change method within inclusive classrooms. The purpose of this study was to increase the on-task behavior of 3 boys with autism using a self-management treatment package in the school setting. Data were collected every 10 s using momentary time-sampling procedures. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the self-management treatment package in increasing the percentage of intervals on-task during independent reading. In addition, a multiple baseline design across reading, art and worksheet activities was used to demonstrate treatment effects for 1 of the 3 participants. The treatment package consisted of self-monitoring within a token economy during independent seatwork. Results showed an increase in the percentage of on-task intervals during treatment, generalization, and weekly follow-up phases for all participants. For 1 participant, treatment effects maintained during a 1-month follow-up session. |
|
|
25. Teaching Children to Follow Schedules/Routines: Picture Versus Computer Activity Schedules |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Jane Lee (Behaviour Institute), KENDRA L. GAYADEEN (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Elena Ludwig (McMaster University) |
Abstract: Frequently, children with autism have difficulty following routines without considerable adult assistance. One intervention that has proven to be effective is that of picture activity schedules (PAS). With PAS, the activity to be learned is broken into steps with visual representations of each step to be completed in the sequence. The child is taught to follow the PAS with prompting and reinforcement. PAS have been shown to be effective in teaching a variety of skills, such as social skills (conversations, peer interactions), self-help skills (dressing, eating), and other activities (Dooley et. al., 2001; Schmit et al., 2000). More recently, computers have been introduced as an alternative medium to teach activity schedules. With a computer activity schedule, the child is able to watch a brief video model of the action to be completed for each step within the activity schedule. Stromer and colleagues (2006) used computers to successfully teach activity schedules to children with autism. There has been no comparison of the effectiveness of computer vs. picture activity schedules. The purpose of this study is to compare the relative impact on the acquisition and generalization of routines taught to two children with autism using picture activity schedules and computer activity schedules. Using a concurrent baseline and simultaneous treatment design, baseline data was collected on the number of sub-steps for each activity schedule the child was able to complete without adult assistance, then calculated as a percentage correct using the total number of steps for each activity. Dependent measures in the study consist of the percentage of steps completed independently with the activity cues present and the percentage of steps completed independently with no activity cues present to probe for generalization of the skill. |
|
|
26. Further Assessment and Treatment of Aggression Occasioned by Interruptions: The Analysis of "Do" versus "Don't" Statements |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREA GOFFUS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather K. Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Barbara Tomlian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin Coryat (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julianna Villani (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Specific environmental variables that maintain problem behavior can be identified via the functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994). However, rates of responding may be undifferentiated or occur at low levels and interpretation may be difficult. Fluctuating motivating operations (MOs) may contribute to these inconclusive analyses. In order to mitigate this problem, previous research has suggested that interruption from free operant activities may occasion problem behavior (Fisher et al., 1998, Hagopian et al., 2007). As such, the type of interruption (i.e., "do" vs "don't") is inconsequential as the interruption is serving as the establishing operation for problem behavior (Coryat et al., 2009). The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the effects of "do" and "don't" interruptions on problem behavior in one individual with autism referred to an inpatient unit for treatment of severe problem behavior. We evaluated "don't" and "do" statements. Specifically we evaluated "do" statements towards an incompatible activity and "do" statements towards another preferred activity. As observed in previous research, results indicated that the interruption alone, not the type occasioned problem behavior. A treatment evaluation was then conducted with non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) and extinction (EXT) as treatment components. Problem behavior was decreased to clinically significant levels. |
|
|
27. Graduated Exposure and Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behaviour to Increase Compliance With Wearing a Medical Alert Bracelet |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER LYNN COOK (Four Points Intervention Strategies Inc.), Tammy Frazer (Clinical Consultant), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Lindsey Anne Gomes (Four Points Intervention Strategies Inc.) |
Abstract: A differential negative reinforcement of other behaviour (DNRO) procedure was used to facilitate graduated exposure to increase durations of a child with autism to wear his medical alert bracelet. The treatment consisted of contingent removal of the bracelet at pre-determined intervals. The participant was gradually exposed to wearing the bracelet from 5 sec to wearing it all day, while zero or low levels of problem behaviour remained in tact. |
|
|
28. Using Differential Reinforcement Procedures to Increase Chewing of Novel Foods for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GEORGE SCHLERETH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: More research is needed on procedures that treat food refusal associated with autism, such as food selectivity and texture sensitivities. Escape prevention procedures are frequently effective in the treatment of food selectivity, however, other problems may occur after clinicians increase acceptance (i.e., allowing food into the mouth) of novel foods. For example, children with autism may demonstrate incomplete mastication, choking, and packing (i.e., holding food in the mouth). Increased chewing can decrease the likelihood of choking and facilitate efficient swallowing. During this investigation, we examined the effect of a differential reinforcement procedure on increasing the chewing of nonpreferred foods with 2 children with autism using a multiple baseline design. We provided preferred edibles contingent on chewing prior to swallowing for one participant, and for chewing and swallowing within 30 s for another participant. Results showed that the procedure was effective for increasing chewing across 3 nonpreferred foods for each participant. |
|
|
29. The Development of Feeding Interventions in a Public School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Kristine Plankey (Saint Joseph College), JOHN D. MOLTENI (Saint Joseph College) |
Abstract: The use of interventions based on the principles of behavior analysis has been documented in the literature in many clinical settings. The purpose of this study was to create feeding programs for three students with autism within a public school setting based on the results of a functional analysis. For both students, results of a functional analysis indicated escape as the maintaining variable for aberrant behavior demonstrated during the presentation of non-preferred food. A multiple baseline design across subjects and food was used to evaluate the effectiveness of escape extinction combined with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior for both participants. For one participant, texture fading was included in the intervention. Preference assessments were conducted to identify potential reinforcers to be delivered during feeding sessions. Data was collected on acceptance of novel foods across various stages of presentation (e.g., smelling, touching to lips and biting). Interobserver agreement was recorded in 29% of session with 100% agreement. Data indicate that the students acceptance of novel foods has increased and has begun to generalize to the school cafeteria. |
|
|
30. A Trend Analysis of Participant Characteristics in Autism Intervention Research Across Three Journals |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHELLEY CLARKE (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This intervention research trend analysis was conducted in order to empirically document intervention articles that included individuals with autism across three journals and the characteristics of those participants over the past fifteen years. Data was collected from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities (JADD), and Focus on Autism and other Developmental Disabilities (FOCUS). The database consisted of intervention research articles that described participants as "having autism", "being autistic", "having an autistic disorder", or "being on the autism spectrum". Intervention articles targeted participants aged 21 and were under published between 1993 and 2007. Information was collected on age of participants, cognitive and communicative functioning, setting, and ecological variables. Results indicate that of the 232 articles reviewed, the majority represented JABA (127), followed by JADD (59), and FOCUS (46). Trends related to cognitive and communicative functioning levels in JABA reflected participants who had more severe to profound impairments, as compared to JADD and FOCUS who showed a recent trend toward targeting typical to mild-moderate functioning capacities. The JABA articles reviewed may represent a segment of the autism population that require more specializedapplied behavior analysisservices, contributing a unique perspective to the field of behavioral research. |
|
|
31. Development of Applied Behavior Analysis in South Africa |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JULIET ANN NEWBERRY (Child Behvaiour Consultants), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The dissemination of behavior analysis into countries with undeveloped behavior analytic services is a critical component of the growth of the science. One such place is South Africa. Unlike the United States, South Africa has no board certified behavior analysts. There are, however, a number of children diagnosed with autism. Historically, treatment for this population has been non-behavioral. This poster will trace the history of applied behavior analysis treatment available in Johannesburg, as well as the current status of the science. In doing this, we will showcase the treatment options currently available via a new just-opened center and home programs being provided and developed by a local South African obtaining her certification. Poster will include case-study data of both acquisition and deceleration behavior from home and center-based programs demonstrating growth and learning among a variety of children ranging from 3 years of age to 9 with the diagnosis of autism or other disabilities. |
|
|
32. Choice of Treatments by Caregivers of Children With Autism: The Allocation of Resources Given Knowledge About and Perceived Efficacy of Various Treatments |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ROSEANNE S LESACK (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analytic (ABA)-based treatments are one of the few types of intervention that have empirical support for reducing the symptoms of autism (National Autism Center, 2010). However, a vast array of additional treatments claim to be similarly effective, though most lack the same degree of supporting evidence. The purpose of this study was to examine how caregivers’ choice of treatment may be influenced by the extent of their knowledge about individual treatments as well as their perceptions about each treatment’s efficacy. Two hundred and six treatments for autism were identified via a search of an online database. Caregivers of children with autism were asked to rate each of them on a 5-point Likert scale regarding how informed they were about each treatment and how effective they believed each treatment to be. They were then asked to indicate which treatment options that they would choose for their child if not limited by time or financial constraints. Finally, six tokens per selected treatment were given to each caregiver. They were then asked to distribute those tokens amongst the selected treatments in proportion to how they would distribute the resources they had at their disposal for treatment of their child’s autism. The relationship between self-reports regarding knowledge and perceived effectiveness of the selected and unselected treatment options and allocation of resources was calculated. Results are discussed in terms of their potential impact of behavior analysts who work with children with autism and the need for educating caregivers regarding evidence (or the lack thereof) for alternative treatments. |
|
|
33. Caregiver Choice of Autism Interventions as a Function of Resources and Availability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JUSTIN M. DISCALFANI (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Many interventions for autism purport effectiveness, some of which (e.g., applied behavior analytic-based interventions) have empirical support. However, with a few exceptions (e.g., Green et al. 2006) there is a lack of data on what interventions caregivers utilize and how resources and treatment availability influence which interventions they select. The purpose of this study was to build on the work of Green et al., (2006) to determine which treatments caregivers report using, as well as expand upon those findings by determining the proportion of resources parents allocate towards those interventions. This study also examined the extent to which choice of intervention may be affected by the availability of treatments or restrictions on the available resources. Caregivers of children with autism participated. Caregivers were asked to identify the treatments their child received. They were given two tokens for each treatment and asked to distribute them in proportion to how they allocate their resources. Finally, participants indicated which interventions they would use if they had unlimited resources and all of the treatments were equally available. Results suggest that restrictions in resources and/or availability may limit the number of interventions caregivers utilize, but may not affect the amount of any one intervention utilized. |
|
|
34. Does Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Treatment Intensity Correlate With Parent Satisfaction in Outcomes in Core Autism Deficit Areas? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY MUEHLBERGER (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Measure's of consumer's satisfaction with a product or service may provide important information regarding the social validity of a treatment (cite). However, analyses of consumer satisfaction with specific treatment outcomes and the relationship to levels of intensity of service delivery (hours of service per week) have not been reported. This study assessed parent satisfaction with child outcomes in specific goal areas addressed by a home based early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) program. The areas assessed are considered core deficit for children with autism (e.g. communication, social skill and play skills). At discharge from EIBI services, parent levels of satisfaction with treatment outcomes at were compared across two conditions. The two conditions were those children receiving less than an average of 10 hours per week and those receiving an average of more than 17 hours per week. The participants for this study were parents of children receiving home based EIBI services. These data indicate that parents of children receiving more intensive services (17+) report greater levels of overall satisfaction with progress in the areas of communication skills, social skills and play skills when compared to families receiving less intensive services (10 and under). |
|
|
35. The Addition of Telemedicine to a Parent Training Program for Parents of Young Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SAMANTHA CERMAK (University of North Texas), Kellyn Joi Johnson (University of North Texas), Julie Winn Greer (University of North Texas), Holly Kowalchuk (University of North Texas), Amy Yauger (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Parent training is an important component of early intervention for toddlers with autism spectrum disorder. New technology presents potential advantages for increasing access and benefits to children and parents. Teleconferencing is one technology that can be used to support parents as they learn to help their children. The current study utilized teleconferencing in a parent training package designed to train social communicative teaching strategies. Training sessions occurred in a clinic and at home through video-conferencing. Parents were taught through instructions, rationales, modeling, practice, and feedback. Assessments were conducted throughout the study and were in three formats: home videotaping, home teleconferencing, and clinic videotaping. The results showed that the training procedures were effective. The mother acquired all teaching components and successfully taught her child the target behaviors, which included attending and requesting. Furthermore, there appeared to be no differences in the two methods of assessing home performance. Expanding observation and training through telemedicine is a promising use of technology that can help young children with autism and their parents across multiple environments. |
|
|
36. A Review of Preference Assessment Procedures for Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
PANAGIOTA DEBERY (Eden II Programs), Lauren Mahoney (Eden II Programs), Geoffrey D. DeBery (Eden II Programs), Laurie Nuzzi (Eden II Programs), Jamie Arnold (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: A variety of items and activities have been shown to function as reinforcement for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). The same is true at the individual level (i.e., many people with ASDs are reinforced by a variety of items and activities). However, clinicians providing services to individuals with ASDs are often concerned with determining the individual's relative preference for a given set of items and activities (i.e., a preference gradient). Clinicians can apply the individual's preference gradient to match more highly preferred reinforcers with more difficult task demands or behavior reduction programs. Several preference assessment methods have been developed and reported in the literature. The current study will identify the preference assessment methods that have been reported in peer-reviewed journals. These methods will be categorized, based on article review data, with respect to the number of stimuli presented to the individual, the type of stimuli presented to the individual, the dimension of behavior that was measured to determine preference, and the correspondence between the results of the preference assessment and reinforcer efficacy. Attendees will find this information useful when selecting and implementing preference assessments in their clinical work. |
|
|
37. Using Video Modeling to Teach Game-Based Social Skills to Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MEREDITH RUGGIERO (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Social play skills are necessary for children to develop effective communication with peers. Previous research has shown that video modeling is effective for teaching as well as maintaining social play skills in children with autism (Nikoloulos and Keenan, 2004). The current study used a multiple-probe design across participants to evaluate whether two adolescent males with developmental disabilities could be taught game-based social skills using a video modeling procedure. The study also evaluated participant generalization of the social skills across games, topographies and settings, and over a significant period of time. Baseline data indicated that students did not correctly wait their turn, take their turn, or interact socially while playing a variety of games. Video modeling will be implemented across games using sequential modification to program for generalization. Results should indicate that video modeling is an effective procedure for teaching game-based social skills, which can be learned and used with novel games and settings. Reliability and procedural integrity will be collected during at least 30% of the sessions. Limitations and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
38. The Effects of Non-Contingent Access to Preferred Foods on the Frequency of Pica in a Day Treatment Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEIGH ANN S. WHEAT (The Shape of Behavior), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A number of investigations have shown that behavior analytic interventions can reduce pica. Pica, ingesting non-food items, can be potentially harmful to an individual's health and limit quality of life. While several studies have looked at the non-contingent presentation of food to decrease pica, the majority of these studies were performed in clinical settings. This study will examine the effects of non-contingent access to preferred edibles on pica in a day treatment facility for students with autism and other related disorders. The subject in this study is a 6-year-old boy with a diagnosis of autism. He has a history of pica and ingests a variety of non-food items. A preference assessment was performed to identify a hierarchy of preferred foods. Baseline data collections indicate that pica occurs, on average, 55% of intervals across the day. Treatment will consist of non-contingent presentation of higher preference edibles at specific intervals. |
|
|
39. Effects of Discrete Trial Training and Incidental Teaching on Acquisition of Spontaneous Language in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIN KARRASCH (San Diego State University), Yasemin Turan (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Teaching procedures based on the principles of applied behavior analysis are commonly used to teach students with autism. These teaching procedures range from highly controlled and adult-directed instruction such as discrete-trial training (DTT), to more "naturalistic" and child-initiated instruction such as incidental teaching. Few studies have been conducted in order to directly compare DTT and incidental teaching on acquisition of skills in an early childhood setting (e.g., McGee, Krantz & McClannahan, 1985; Miranda-Linne and Melin, 1992). This study is designed to compare relative effectiveness the effectiveness of traditional DTT and incidental teaching procedures to teach colors and answering what/how questions to two children with autism. Skill generalization across natural activities (e.g., indoor and outdoor play) will also be evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Factor Structure of Parent Mealtime Action Scale Among Korean Parents |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
JEONG HYUN CHOO (Yonsei University), Eunhae Jang (Yonsei niversity), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Eating and mealtime problems are reported common in childhood and occur across a broad age span from typically developing children to children with a wide variety of developmental and medical disorders. However, only one measure with standardized data is available in Korea. The purpose of this study is to investigate the factor structure of PMAS (Parent Mealtime Action Scale) in Korea and to standardize the Korean version of PMAS. The data was collected via schools, daycare centers and Internet, 706 parents out of 750 parents who met the inclusion criteria were entered into the data. Fifty-five percent (n=390) of children were male and 45% (n=316) were female, and the mean age was 4.3 years (SD=2.53 years, range from 1 to 10). Fifty parents completed questionnaire again 4 weeks apart for test-retest reliability. Confirmatory factor analysis were conducted and its result were fit with the 9-factors model suggested by Hendy et al., (2009) with the adequate model(GFI=.934, TLI=.902, CFI=.916 and RMSEA=.036). The mean Cronbach's alpha for the nine PMAS dimensions was .61 and the mean test-retest reliability was .67. Results of the present study indicated that the factor structure of PMAS is appropriate to identify patterns of Korean parents behavior during mealtime with their children. |
|
|
2. An Evaluation of High-Probability Instructional Sequencing in the Treatment of Food Selectivity |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Laura Gardella (California State University, Sacramento), BECKY PENROD (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan Fernand (California State University, Sacramento), Sarah Dickman (California State University, Sacramento), Shu-wing Fu (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the effects of high-probability (high-p) instructional sequencing in the treatment of food selectivity, and results of these studies have been mixed (e.g., Dawson et al., 2003; Patel et al., 2007). The present study evaluated a high-p instructional sequence with two boys between the ages of 8 and 12 who both had autism. Response requirements were gradually faded from responses the child would tolerate (e.g., touching the food) to the final requirement of chewing and swallowing the food presented. The high-p instructional sequence was implemented in the absence of escape extinction. Results indicated that the high-p instructional sequence was effective in increasing food consumption for one participant. Further, minimal inappropriate mealtime behaviors were observed, which has been reported as one of the drawbacks of using escape extinction. |
|
|
3. The Effects of Self-Monitoring on Making Healthy Food Choices |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JANI ASHBAKER (Weber State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University) |
Abstract: The food we choose to eat affects us on a daily basis. In an effort to promote healthy food choices, a single-subject function-based intervention was implemented for a 58-year-old female whose food consumption consisted of a diet high in sugars and saturated fats and low in protein. The target behavior of this intervention was for the participant to make healthy food choices by replacing unhealthy foods with healthy alternatives. Following baseline, a single subject changing criterion design was implemented with a goal to increase protein and decrease sugar and saturated fat intake. Results showed attainment of initial targeted criterion within 1 day of starting intervention and maintenance over the following 14 days at which time a criterion change was implemented. Results showed attainment of the designated criterion within 2 days of the criterion change and maintenance for the next 8 days. Maintenance data collected 10 months following the end of phase two of intervention showed that the participant maintained criterion of phase one. The changing criterion design used in this study could easily be adapted to research on promoting other healthy habits including exercise. |
|
|
4. Behavioral Contracting to Increase Daily Energy Expenditure: A Comparison of Two Deposits |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BRIDGET MCKENNA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Behavioral contracting has been shown to be effective in improving a variety of behaviors such as in the reduction of school problems (Cantrell, Cantrell, Huddleston, & Woolridge, 1969) and smoking cessation (Dallery, Meredith, & Glenn, 2008) as well as weight management and exercise (Aragona, Cassady, & Drabman, 1975; Mann, 1972; Neale, Singleton, Dupuis, & Hess, 1990). Although research has examined the effectiveness of various behavioral contract components (e.g., response cost), no studies have directly compared the efficacy of the type of deposit (e.g., monetary versus personal goods) in the contract. In the current study, participants wore a multidirectional accelerometer, which measured activity level, during the work day. Following baseline and feedback-only conditions, participants were exposed to two behavioral contracting conditions (counter-balanced across participants). Each variation of behavioral contracting examined a different form of deposit (monetary versus personal goods). Results of this study could suggest the most effective deposit for use in behavioral contracting. |
|
|
5. Increasing Chewing Skills in a Child with a Feeding Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHRYN M PETERSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lara Barnett (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Many children with feeding disorders display oral motor deficits, which often includes lack of chewing skills. Developing this skill is crucial to begin incorporating higher textured (table) foods into the child’s diet. Behavioral treatments have been highly effective to increase feeding skills such as swallowing and acceptance (Hoch et al., 2001). While chewing has not been thoroughly researched, one notable exception by Sisson and Dixon (1986) found a treatment combining modeling, manual guidance, and contingent praise to be effective to increase more appropriate chewing skills for six children. In the current study, we investigated the effectiveness of a least-to-most prompting procedure to increase chewing skills in a 4-year old child. We used extinction and noncontingent reinforcement procedures throughout the assessment. We presented a quarter inch by quarter inch cube of food to the child’s mouth and once the piece entered her mouth, we initiated the prompting procedure for chewing. Although chewing increased across eight foods, she began to hold certain foods in her mouth (pack) despite it being fully masticated. We then implemented a flipped spoon procedure to increase mouth cleans (Volkert, Vaz, Piazza, Frese, & Barnett, in press). Mouth cleans increased when we implemented the flipped spoon procedure. |
|
|
6. Using a Flipped Spoon to Decrease Packing in Children With Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SUZANNE M. MILNES (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Petula C.M. Vaz (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jana Frese (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lara Barnett (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Packing or holding food in the mouth without swallowing may result in decreased oral intake, longer meal durations, and aspiration. Research indicates that re-distributing packed food using a Nuk brush is effective in decreasing packing (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Additional research suggests that a swallow facilitation procedure using a Nuk brush is effective in increasing mouth cleans (the converse of packing; Hoch, Babbitt, Coe, Duncan, & Trusty, 1995). We evaluated the effects of a treatment package containing both re-distribution and swallow facilitation using a flipped spoon on packing in 2 children with a feeding disorder. For both participants, packing decreased when we implemented the treatment package. Two individuals collected data on packing during 43% and 50% of sessions for each child, respectively. Mean interobserver agreement for packing was 100% for one child and 98% (range, 91% to 100%) for the other. Mechanisms responsible for behavior change and areas of future research are discussed. |
|
|
7. Use of Syringe Redistribution and Flip Spoon Facilitation to Decrease Packing of Liquids |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
REBECCA A. GROFF (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Carrie C. Combs (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Packing is a topography of food refusal behavior in children with pediatric feeding disorders that can result in aspiration, increased meal length, and low oral intake (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Redistribution (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005), swallow facilitation (Hoch, Babbitt, Coe, Ducan, & Trusty, 1995), and a combination of redistribution and swallow facilitation (Volkert, Vaz, Piazza, Frese, & Barnett, in press) are effective methods for decreasing packing of solid foods. However, no research has assessed the effectiveness of redistribution and swallow facilitation on decreasing packing of liquids. The current investigation assessed the effectiveness of using a syringe for redistribution and a flipped spoon for facilitation on decreasing packing and increasing mouth cleans of liquids in a 3 year-old male diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder. Results indicated that the combination of redistribution and swallow facilitation was effective in decreasing packing of liquids and increasing mouth cleans of liquids. |
|
|
8. Relationships Between Behavior Management Techniques Used by Dentists and Child Behavior During Dental Procedures |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
DOROTHY M. LIPSKI (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Monica Howard (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Fouad S. Salama (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Evidence-based behavior management techniques that can be implemented in practice settings are a central concern for pediatric dentists, as disruptive behavior can impede the ability of the dentist to deliver treatment. Previous research has evaluated numerous behavioral techniques for managing disruptive behavior, but always in isolation. However, dentists never use procedures in isolation, so their effectiveness may vary relative to other procedures, as well as to appropriate use. The purpose of this study was an observational analysis of the most commonly used behavior management strategies and the extent to which they were used appropriately. Fifty-nine dental appointments were observed across 8 dentists for children, aged 3- through 12-years-old. Child behavior (i.e., disruptive or calm) and dentist use of behavior management techniques (i.e., voice control, tell-show-do, praise, breaks, and warning) were recorded using a 15-second partial interval observation system. Results show that breaks occurred with disruptive behavior twice as often as with calm behavior. Positive attention (e.g., praise) was given with calm behavior 1.5 times more than with disruptive behavior. Behavioral research suggests that reversing the distribution of breaks and implementing a 3:1 ratio of attention for calm behavior to differentially reinforce cooperative behavior may be more effective in shaping that behavior. |
|
|
9. Circadian Rhythm Management to Treat Night Wakings in Young Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
RACHEL M. KNIGHT (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effectiveness of using circadian rhythm management (CRM) as the sole treatment for night wakings and bedtime resistance in young children. Three families of children with sleep problems between the ages of 12 months and 6 years participated. A multiple baseline design across participants was used. Three families completed a baseline of various lengths followed by 1 month of CRM during which parents were instructed to follow set schedules for their children's sleep and wake times, nap times, and meal times. Data were collected from sleep diaries completed by parents. One month after formal treatment ended, follow-up data were collected for one week. An ABAB reversal design was used for a fourth family due to special circumstances that occurred during the CRM phase. Parents completed a social validity scale during follow-up to assess their satisfaction with treatment. Results indicated that CRM was effective in decreasing the frequency and duration of night wakings along with decreasing sleep latency for most participants. Parents reported that their children were less resistant going to bed and slept better as a result of CRM. |
|
|
10. Behavioral Intervention Applied for Patients With Intractable Asthma and Relevant Diseases |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
YUKIHIRO OHYA (National Center for Child Health and Development) |
Abstract: Although most of the adolescent patients who were referred to my specialist clinic as having intractable (or psychogenic) asthma had experienced symptoms of wheezing and dyspnea, more than half of them were finally diagnosed as not asthma but paroxysmal upper respiratory obstruction such as vocal cord dysfunction and the rest of them were not intractable but curable asthma. Their common symptoms were wheezing and dyspnea, and some of them were affected with sudden attack of speech impairment. Why they were misdiagnosed? One of the plausible reasons is many physicians did not know the existence of the diagnosis except asthma. The other reason is most doctors could not apply behavioral analysis for their patients. Respiratory symptoms of patients with intractable asthma and/or paroxysmal upper respiratory obstruction were respondently conditioned with strong anxiety and/or hypertonic muscular contraction related with respiratory function. After they mastered relaxation training and were desensitized from respondent conditioning, their symptom disappeared. It took only a few months for them from their first visit to my clinic. None of them were intractable. Behavioral intervention applied for patients with intractable (psychogenic) asthma and relevant respiratory diseases is very important and the only useful tool to overcome their symptoms. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Directed Activities and Free Play Activities on Occurrences of Stereotypy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JAN TURBES (Northwest Area Education Agency), Brenda Langstraat-Janisch (Northwest Area Education Agency), Barbara Lyle (Northwest Area Education Agency), Candy Hill (Sioux City Community School District), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of directed activities and free play activities on the occurrence of potentially self-injurious stereotypy. The structural analysis was completed by the participant’s classroom teacher in an outpatient clinic setting as part of the Iowa Department of Education Challenging Behavior Service Project. A multielement design was used to evaluate stereotypy across three different conditions. In Condition 1 (free play), the participant had noncontingent access to toys and attention and no demands were made. In Condition 2 (directed play), a three-step prompt sequence was used to direct the participant to engage with toys. In Condition 3 (directed work), the participant was directed to complete work activities, which consisted of a discrete trial training program. Results showed that the highest levels of stereotypy occurred during free play activities and occurred less often during directed activities (directed work and directed play). Interobserver agreement was completed during 100% of sessions and averaged 92%. The structural analysis was replicated in the child’s classroom with similar results. A discussion of both assessments will be provided. |
|
|
2. Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior to Decrease Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ROBERT N. DAVIDSON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Emily Barba (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) has been shown to decrease inappropriate behaviors within numerous populations and over various targets (Andrews, 1988; Cowdery, Iwata, & Pace, 1990; Hegel & Ferguson). Specifically, DRO has been shown to decrease vocal stereotypy (Taylor, Hoch, & Weissman, 2005). The current study involved a 5-year-old boy with intellectual disabilities who had been referred for vocal stereotypy while in the presence of automatic doors. DRO within a changing criterion design was implemented to decrease vocal stereotypy. Initially, sessions were run in the child's home using video clips of automatic doors. Once the child reached mastery criteria with the video clips, sessions were moved to locations in the community where the child frequently came into contact with automatic doors. |
|
|
3. Using Differential Reinforcement in Combination With Self-Monitoring to Treat Perseverative Speech |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NIAMH DOYLE (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Previous research has utilized differential reinforcement of appropriate verbal responses to treat perseverative speech (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). However, the effort required to reinforce appropriate behavior over extended periods of time is often cited as an obstacle for caregivers, suggesting that procedures based on self-monitoring and self-reinforcement may be viable alternatives for some individuals (Morrison, Garcia & Parker, 2001; Newman, Reinecke & Meinberg, 2000; Tiger, Fisher & Bouxsein, 2009). The current study describes the treatment of perseverative speech displayed by a 15-year-old male diagnosed with Asperger syndrome. Perseverative speech initially decreased and content-related speech increased through the combination of differential reinforcement of content-related speech and extinction of perseverative speech. This procedure was then modified such that the participant was trained to record the occurrence of on-task conversations over 5-min intervals and to self-reinforce such responses using a token economy. Results showed a decrease in perseverative speech during self-monitoring, though content-related speech occurred consistently regardless of the contingencies in place. These results provide additional evidence supporting the benefits of having individuals monitor their own treatment plan. |
|
|
4. The Use of Response Cost to Treat Automatically Reinforced Spitting |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TYLER KRUEGER (St. Cloud State University), Sara M. Bartlett (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: After demonstrating that a young boy's spitting persisted in the absence of social consequences, we evaluated the extent to which noncontingent access to one or multiple items and the contingent removal of a specific item decreased his behavior. Results indicated that the boy's spitting did not decrease when he was given noncontingent access to multiple, alternative stimuli or to a toy radio. By contrast, when the toy radio was removed contingent on spitting, the rate of the boy's spitting decreased to zero or near-zero levels. Similar results were produced in the boy's special education classroom. |
|
|
5. An Examination of Preference for the Form of Communication |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JANNETTE PUISSEAUX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cindy T. Graham (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated preference for the use of one of two forms of communication (picture exchange communication system [PECS] vs. sign language) when both resulted in access to the same reinforcer. This study included data from one child whose problem behavior was maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement (i.e., access to toys, attention, and escape from demands). Interobserver agreement was calculated during at least 30% of sessions and averaged above 90%. The researchers determined that the child was able to communicate using both sign language and PECS by conducting three sessions of each form of communication with 90% of independent responses. When both forms of communication resulted in access to the reinforcer, the participant chose PECS over the manual sign 99% of the time. These results demonstrate the utility of conducting a formal assessment of preference for different forms of communication and use in treatment programming. |
|
|
6. Using Headphones to Enhance the Effects of Delay Fading During Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WING YAN LAM (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Adler (California State University, Los Angeles), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: In the current study, the effects of headphones during delay fading and functional communication training (FCT) were evaluated using an ABAB design. During baseline, problem behaviors resulted in therapist attention. During FCT, the participant was taught to exchange a communication card for attention. Following replication of FCT, a delay to reinforcement procedure was implemented in order to increase the participants' ability to wait for access to the reinforcer and allow for a more practical application of the procedures. During the delay, high rates of problem behavior continued until headphones playing preferred music and pre-recorded conversations were played. After the introduction of the headphones, problem behavior decreased and the reinforcement delay were maintained at 5-min. Based on these results, the importance of introducing a mediating response during delays to reinforcement will be discussed. |
|
|
7. Treatment of Two Topographies of Self Injury Maintained by Independent Reinforcement Contingencies |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMY E. PETERSON (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Functional analysis procedures were used to assess and treat a multiple topographies of self-injurious behavior exhibited by an individual. An experimental functional analysis indicated that one topography, hand biting, appeared to be maintained by social positive reinforcement in the form of delivery of tangible items. The analysis also provided evidence that a second form of self-injury, skin picking, was automatically reinforced. To treat positively reinforced hand biting, a treatment was arranged so that access to a preferred tangible was contingent on the omission of biting for a prespecified time interval. Hand biting was nearly eliminated, and results were maintained as the schedule of reinforcement was faded to 10 min. Competing stimulus assessments identified that magazines effectively suppressed all occurrences of skin picking; therefore, noncontingent access to magazines was implemented. Using a combination of multielement and multiple baseline designs, we were able to demonstrate that the two topographies of self-injury were maintained by independent reinforcement contingencies and that interventions corresponding to each topography and function effectively treated both behaviors. |
|
|
8. Desensitization and Tolerance of Tooth Brushing |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY JOSEPH MCKENNA (Bancroft), Molly Coyle (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Activities of daily living, such as tooth brushing, often require comprehensive training amongst individuals with disabilities. Pre-requisite steps are necessary in the chaining process of tooth brushing (Horner & Keilitz, 1975). In the current study, an 18-year-old male with congenital blindness, autism, and a history of severe problem behaviors including ingesting fecal matter, was resistant to having his teeth brushed. The initial phases of treatment consisted of a desensitization task analysis to tolerate steps such as opening his mouth for an extended period of time. Initially, gradual success was shown with a regular adult-sized toothbrush. Once a NUK brush was introduced, the participant met 100% compliance with the desensitization process. The participant was then transitioned from the NUK brush to a toddler toothbrush, with compliance remaining at 100%. As the desensitization process was mastered a tooth brushing task analysis was introduced for the participant to tolerate having his teeth brushed by staff. Through maintenance and generalization training the participant remained successful across various staff and settings. Further steps will be taken to teach the participant to independently brush his own teeth. |
|
|
9. Use of a Ribbon Time-out Procedure in Managing Challenging Behaviors in an Adolescent Male With Somatic Brain Injury |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BRUCE G. HAUSER (Heartspring), Megan Swett (Heartspring) |
Abstract: An adolescent male with somatic brain injury presented attention maintained challenging behaviors of inappropriate talk, stripping and intentional bowel/bladder elimination. These behaviors were resistant to a variety ofdifferential reinforcement of alternative behaviorprocedures primarily due to his ability to attain social interaction [attention]. A ribbon time-out procedure was implemented to reduce/eliminate reinforcement for these undesired behaviors. Data are presented showing a reduction in the frequency of stripping and inappropriate elimination and some overall improvement in frequency of inappropriate talk. |
|
|
10. A Case Study on Self-Control and Impulsivity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
IMRAN A. KHAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In Science and Human Behavior, Skinner (1953) discussed how operant conditioning can increase behaviors that are considered to be forms of self-control. The current investigation will demonstrate the effectiveness of using behavior-analytic principles to teach behaviors such as waiting periods of time before reinforcement is delivered, following if-then statements, and taking turns engaging with reinforcers. These behaviors are considered by parents to demonstrate "self-control" and are desired behaviors. The participant, an 11-year-old boy diagnosed with fetal alcohol syndrome, was described by his parents as someone who "defined impulsiveness." Results show that behavior-analytic techniques were successful in increasing behaviors associated with self-control in a child labeled as impulsive. |
|
|
11. Increasing Compliance in Vocal Responses |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Kinnari Bhatt (Association For Behavior Analysis of India) |
Abstract: Sandy is a 9-year-old girl with an unclear diagnoses. Although her milestones were normal and she was growing fine, due to an incorrect medical intervention at age 3-years, she regressed severely while losing one arm to gangrene. A behavioral assessment suggested Sandy vocalized only under motivation operationconditions and to familiar persons in a one-on-one situation. She had speech but did not echo or respond to others. This affected her learning and communication. Baseline data suggested Sandy did not emit any responses to any instructions. She however maintained full eye contact while instructions were given. Intervention included NCP, working behind a partition with one trainer, using prompts to evoke non vocal responses like Imitation, Receptive Instructions. Initial data shows positive trend in compliance. When responses were achieved to 80%, at this stage vocal responses were expected on behavior momentum across one trainer. Sandy's vocal responses to one trainer show a positive trend. The next stage involves responding across two trainers and data collection has just begun. The final stage of the intervention involves generalization across a third trainer and setting. |
|
|
12. Treatment of High-Risk Covert Behavior in Sex Offenders With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
STEPHEN F. WALKER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cristina M. Whitehouse (University of Florida), P. Raymond Joslyn (University of Florida), Gregory Jensen (State of Florida) |
Abstract: Historically, the assessment and treatment of sex offenders (including those diagnosed with an intellectual disability) has focused on evaluating and decreasing arousal to inappropriate stimuli (i.e., pictures and videos of prepubescent children). Although decreasing arousal to inappropriate stimuli is a critical component of any behavioral treatment plan, a comprehensive treatment plan necessitates assessments and treatments designed to address other (operant) features of offense related behavior. Previous research (Reyes et al., in preparation) has shown that sex offenders, with intellectual disabilities, will engage in high-risk behavior (e.g., stealing pictures of prepubescent children) when they believed that they were alone. The purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend Reyes et al. by evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral treatments, while attempting to safeguard the utility of the in-situ assessment procedures. To date, results have shown that periodic unpredictable supervision has been successful in decreasing occurrences of high-risk behavior. |
|
|
13. Effects of Direct Instruction on the Acquisition of Prepositions by Students With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KERI M. STEVENSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Some students with intellectual disabilities require explicit instruction of language skills, including preposition use; however, little is known about an effective way to teach preposition use to this population. This study examined direct instruction (DI) as a way for students to learn to use and respond to prepositions. Participants included two 14 year-old African-American middle school students diagnosed with multiple disabilities, including intellectual disabilities. A multiple baseline across behaviors (prepositions) with replication across participants was used. Students participated in a daily probe of targeted prepositions, followed by DI on the current targeted preposition. DI was broken down into four phases: (a) obvious relationship; (b) less obvious relationship; (c) generalization to new objects; and (d) verbal prompt. Generalization was conducted during two activities. In the first, the experimenter read aloud three different adapted, age-appropriate stories. Students answered literal recall questions where students were required to point to the correct pictorial representation of that scene from an array of four. In the second activity, a scavenger hunt, students hid items around the room by following a verbal prompt containing a preposition, then provided vocal clues using target prepositions to help the second observer find the items. Results indicated that the DI was an effective way to teach students prepositions. Limitations and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
14. Acquisition of Japanese Reading Skills Through Respondent-Type Training for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MIKIMASA OMORI (Keio University), Yuka Koremura (Keio University), Hiroshi Sugasawara (Tokiwa University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities often show difficulty in reading. Since Japanesehas three different types of characters, Hiragana, Katakana (phonogram), and Kanji (ideogram), this makes them more difficult to acquire reading skills. Also, children with developmental disabilities have difficulties acquiring the stimulus relationship between three types of stimuli, pictures, written letters and sounds. Previous research suggested that children with autism acquired the Kanji reading skills and constructed other stimulus relationship by using respondent-type training (ReT). However, this kind of study is still limited. In the present study, we examined controlling variables on acquisition of Hiragana word and letter reading skills and picture naming skills through respondent-type trainings for children with developmental disabilities. In a trial, four types of stimuli, word, sound of letter and word, and picture, were presented simultaneously and sequentially on the computer. Each of stimuli was presented for 2 seconds. With 5 participants, result indicated that they could successfully acquire the reading skills, and also showed the improvement of their eye movement in reading. The result suggested that eye movement might lead ReT to a kind of the operant training. |
|
|
15. The Reading and Writing Training Program for English as Second Language in the Students With Learning Difficulties via the Internet. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Tokiwa University) |
Abstract: The Japanese junior high students with learning disabilities often showed difficultywith reading and writing a response for English as second language. Many researcher argued that the matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure and constructed-response matching-to-sample (CRMTS) procedure was effective to construct the equivalence relations among the words, sounds, and meanings. After these trainings, many participants showed the transfer to other topographic responses such as reading and writing. In this study, the students with learning disabilities participated, who had difficultieswith reading and writing in English. We developed the computer-based MTS and CRMTS training and delivered one via the Internet. The students were required to select or construct the correct word as fast as they could. We collected the data including correct response rates and response times via the Internet and then delivered a new learning set. As results, the students couldnot only choose and construct the correct words, but could alsotranslate and write the English wordinto Japanese. There results were discussed in terms of the equivalence relations and the effectiveness of distance learning. |
|
|
16. The Impact of Sight-Word Instruction on Oral Language in Students with Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JAYE K. LUKE (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Rebecca E. Waugh (Georgia State University), Dawn H. Davis (Georgia State University), Chad A. Dollar (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Language is a critical academic and social skill that may not fully develop even for students who are typically developing and in the best environments. Further, a delay in language development is common for individuals with intellectual disabilities, regardless of their environment. However, reading instruction is one strategy that can contribute to the development of oral language for typically developing children and for children with intellectual disabilities. Students with moderate intellectual disabilities and students with severe intellectual disabilities participated in a sight-word instruction intervention aimed at teaching word reading with comprehension and the reading of connected text with comprehension. Sight-word instruction is part of an integrated literacy program designed specifically for students with moderate to severe intellectual disabilities and includes daily exposure to storybooks with a controlled vocabulary. A multiprobe multiple baseline across participants design is being used to demonstrate a functional relation between total utterances/number of different words and sight word instruction. Two participants are still in baseline while two others have started intervention. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of Presession Satiaton to Matched Stimuli on Subsequent Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
FARA D. GOODWYN (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Russell Lang (University of Texas at Austin), Siglia Canargo (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of presession satiation to matched stimuli on vocal stereotypy and task engagement for 3 students with developmental disabilities in their classrooms or homes. The study consisted of three phases. First, analogue functional analyses demonstrated that vocal stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement for all participants. Next, a single stimulus preference assessment was conducted with toys matched and unmatched to the hypothesized function of stereotypy. Data were collected on engagement with the stimulus and levels of vocal stereotypy. The matched stimulus was associated with the lowest levels of stereotypy for all participants and was utilized in the third phase of this study. Participants were placed in one of two conditions (presession satiation of matched stimulus or no presession access to the matched stimulus) prior to 15-min group activity sessions. Data were collected on the percentage of 10-s intervals with vocal stereotypy and task engagement during the subsequent 15-min sessions. Preliminary results indicate that the presession satiation condition is associated with lower levels of vocal stereotypy and higher levels of task engagement. Suggestions for future research and implications for clinicians are presented. |
|
|
2. Delays in Matching to Sample With Distracters |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Experiments focusing on delays in matching to sample (DMTS) procedures have used mostly one delay value only, and often 0 s delay. However, Arntzen (2006) employed four experiments with different delay values and in Experiment 4 with the use of distracters during the delays in testing. The findings were that none of participants responded in accord with equivalence. Later, Arntzen and Vie (2010) did an experiment with manipulations of with and without distracters in a within-subject design. The delay was 3 s. Six participants were exposed to a condition with no distracters during test (A) followed by a condition with distracters during test (B), and finally a withdrawal of distracters (A). Six other participants were exposed to the B-condition first, followed by the A-condition and finally another B-condition. The main findings were the same is in the previous study, i.e., responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence was reduced in the conditions with distracters. In current study, we wanted to increase the delay to 6 s to see if the reducing effect of delays on responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence were even more substantial. So far the data indicate that we have been able to replicate the findings from our lab. |
|
|
3. Spatiotemporal Variables as Contextual Stimuli on the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Brenda Castellanos (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio Guzman Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana), Jesus Rosas Sanchez (Universidad Veracruzana), Abril Cortes Zuniga (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa (Universidad Veracruzana), Emanuel Toledo Aguilar (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Participants were exposed to a matching-to-sample task and three transfer tests. For different groups, matching relations were visually modeled by instructional second-order stimuli or signaled by the spatial location of sample stimuli, the spatial location of comparison stimuli, or the length of a delay interval between sample and comparison stimuli. Acquisition and transfer of the conditional discrimination was possible under instructional second-order stimuli but not under remaining conditions. These results are discussed in relation with previous studies on generalized second-order conditional discrimination and rule-governed behavior development. |
|
|
4. Effects of Number of Sample and Comparison Stimuli on Olfactory Span. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
RACHEL A. EURE (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Melissa Deal (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Andrew Hawkey (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), L. Brooke Poerstal (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Heather Ward (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Lucas Watterson (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The odor span task has been used to determine the number of stimuli that rodents can remember. The procedure can be thought of as a non-match-to-sample task on which the number of samples controlling responding increments by one on each consecutive trial within a session. Previous studies have shown that rats can perform accurately with a large number of stimuli; however, the parameters affecting performance on this procedure are not well understood. The present study manipulated the number of comparison stimuli (2, 5, or 10) and the number of sample stimuli to remember (12, 24, 36). Amount of training was also examined as a variable that would affect span length in five Sprague-Dawley rats using olfactory stimuli. In general, spans and overall accuracies were affected by both number of stimuli to remember and number of comparison stimuli. Performance was most accurate when the number of stimuli to remember was low and the number of comparison stimuli was few. Accuracy improved with more extended training. In conclusion, this study helps to validate the use of the odor span task for exploring remembering in non-human subjects. |
|
|
5. The Role of Error Analyses in Pinpointing Controlling Variables |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CALEB D. HUDGINS (University of North Texas), Jonathan E. Friedel (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Functional control by the sample stimulus over comparison choices is one of the important variables in a class of variables that can affect performance on a matching-to-sample (MTS)task. Prior research has shown, for example, that increasing the time spent in the presence of the sample stimulus can affect several features of the resulting behavior-from the likelihood of generalized identity matching to the rate at which control by the stimulus decays as a function of time. The work to be reported here began as an attempt to control the amount of time our animals spent in the presence of the sample stimulus by inserting an initiating stimulus at the beginning of an MTS trial. This small procedural change gave rise to a bewildering array of error patterns for more than half of our birds. The purpose of this poster is to describe the quantitative and empirical manipulations undertaken to understand and fix the errors. We hope that our commission of the error and the systematic ways in which it was identified and resolved will be of use to other researchers interested in stimulus control in general and conditional discrimination training in particular. |
|
|
6. Production of Sample-Comparison Relation by Pseudo Matching to Sample Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
YUTA MASANO (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University) |
Abstract: This study examined whether sample-comparison relations could be established using "pseudo" matching to sample (MTS) task, which didn't necessarily require sample discrimination. In this task, given sample stimulus S1, comparison stimuli C1/C2 were presented; given sample stimulus S2, comparison stimuli C3/C4 were presented. A reinforcer was presented only when participant touched C1 or C3. Forty undergraduates were assigned to one of four conditions. In the first condition, participants were required to touch sample stimulus as an observing response, and then comparisons were presented. In the second condition, observing response was removed. Comparison stimuli were presented after 2-s duration of sample stimulus. In the third condition, observing response and 2-s duration were removed. In the fourth condition, the same task as third condition was conducted except that all stimulus locations including samples were randomly changed. After S1-C1/C2 and S2-C3/C4 training, the response to S1-C1/C3 and S2-C1/C3 was tested. On average, the selection of S1-C1 and S2-C3 relations in first and second condition scored more than 75% but in the other conditions didn't. Humans are likely to build stimulus relations between sample and comparison stimuli even when the sample stimulus does not play as the conditional stimulus, but pair with reinforced comparison. |
|
|
7. Serial Position Effects in Social Learning: Five Demonstrators List |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Addalid Sanchez-Hernandez (FES Iztacala UNAM), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (FES Iztacala UNAM), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala UNAM), J C PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (FES Iztacala UNAM) |
Abstract: Studies in social transmission of food preference have shown reliable serial position functions in Long Evans rats. Functions may show primacy or recency depending of different parameter values. In these studies, a demonstrator rat that has consumed flavored food will increase preference for that flavor in naïve observer rats. Those studies have used three demonstrators to form the lists to be recalled. Studies with the flavor paradigm have shown that rats may respond with serial position functions when five different flavors are used to form lists to be recalled. In this experiment we presented a list of five demonstrators to naïve observers to see whether a serial position function would result. Fifteen naïve observers were presented with 5 demonstrators, individually, with flavor position counterbalanced. Flavors added to powdered chow were basil, cinnamon, cocoa, nutmeg, and vanilla. Each flavor was presented 3 times in each of the five positions. Results showed that primacy and recency were produced. This result is similar to that obtained with the flavor paradigm in which flavored liquids are presented to subjects. |
|
|
8. Estimation of Stimulus Value in Binary Choice Trials |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
EMILY S. FOREMAN (Arizona State University), Sarah Shaffer (Arizona State University), Amanda Piltz (Arizona State University), Nicole A. Roberts (Arizona State University), Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The subjective value of stimuli can be estimated through concurrent choice. In this study, the value that humans assign to images of commercial products was estimated in binary trials where subjects (N = 60) chose between pairs of stimuli on a computer screen; relative preference and response times were measured. Results from this study indicate that within a single choice task dimension, stimulus exposure and difference in preference ranking produce systematic changes in RT similar to those observed in previous studies. In addition when the choice task dimension changes, previous exposure, estimated ratings of brightness, and preference ranking differences do not transfer to new task choices. These data suggest that RT in binary trials is dynamically affected by contextual variables and by the subject's prior experience with both the subjective and the physical qualities of the stimuli. Evidence that preference is dynamically established through choice in binary trials may help explain the context-dependent effects observed during assessment of delay discounting rate. |
|
|
9. Comparison of Temporal and Probabilisitc Discounting Amongst Obese College Students and Adults |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: We evaluated how four groups of participants within two age brackets, obese adults and obese college students, would discount differently from matched controls. Individuals completed both a hypothetical temporal procedure and a hypothetical probabilistic health procedure. Data showed individuals who were obese discounted more steeply than normal weight individuals when exposed to temporal discounting procedure. Results obtained from the probabilistic discounting procedure did not showed significant findings between the groups. |
|
|
10. Inconsistent Response Patterns in a Computerized Temporal Discounting Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CONNOR H. PATROS (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Temporal discounting is a decrease in the subjective value of a reinforcer as the delay to the receipt of that reinforcer increases. This phenomenon is commonly quantified in research subjects, and higher rates of discounting have been associated with higher levels of impulsive choice. A common instrument used to assess temporal discounting is a computerized task in which participants choose between hypothetical amounts of money delivered at a range of delays. Data were collected from 66 participants using such a task. When examining the obtained data, 45% of participants (n = 30) did not demonstrate discounting. Responses ranged from participants only giving enough information to yield 3 indifference points, to consistently preferring the delayed amount. Gender, age, and time of the session were explored, but no clear trends were identified as a function of these variables. With a high rate of unusable data (i.e., those that fail to demonstrate discounting) and no clear patterns based on these variables, the validity of the computerized task may be questioned. Possible explanations of the variability and potential improvements for this type of task are discussed. Finding an instrument that yields consistently interpretable results is essential for continuing research on discounting and impulsivity. |
|
|
11. Past-Future Discounting of Non-Monetary Outcomes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
PATRICK S. JOHNSON (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Rochelle R. Smits (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Empirical research examining the degree to which individuals devalue future outcomes (i.e., delay discounting) has revealed positive correlations between these measures and substance abuse (e.g., Madden et al., 1997), as well as pathological gambling (e.g., Alessi & Petry, 2003). Relatedly and of theoretical interest are recent findings that suggest outcomes available in the past are discounted similar to those available in the future (Yi et al., 2006) and that more extreme past discounting rates also characterize substance use (Bickel et al., 2008). However, the existing studies on this topic have been isolated to discounting of monetary outcomes, which participants may have been interpreted differently than expected by the researchers. The present study was designed to test the generality of past-future discounting with respect to non-monetary outcomes (i.e., vacation packages). Past and future discounting rates from individual participants were significantly correlated (Spearman's rho = 0.6; p < .001), as were area-under-the-curve measures (Spearmans rho = 0.57; p < .001). Group discounting rates were also similar to those obtained by Yi et al. (2006), although past vacations retained slightly more value than did future vacations (k = 0.002 and 0.004, respectively). Thus, our findings confirm and extend the partial symmetry between discounting of past and future outcomes previously observed by other researchers. |
|
|
12. Probability and Temporal Discounting in an Experiential Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ANNA GREENHOW (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington), Heather L. Peters (The Open Polytechnic of New Zealand), Lincoln S. Hely (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Question-based discounting tasks have shown that, while the hyperbolic discounting function describes both uncertain and delayed rewards well, they are affected differently by the magnitude of the outcome. Whereas larger delayed rewards are discounted less steeply than smaller delayed rewards, larger uncertain rewards are discounted more steeply than smaller uncertain rewards (eg. Estle, Green, Myerson & Holt, 2006). This is a problematic finding for single process explanations that predict manipulations that impact on delay discounting should have parallel effects on probability discounting. This study examined reinforcer magnitude effects on probabilistic and temporal discounting using an experiential task in which repeated discounting choices were required as part of a computer based skiing game. It was found that both probability and delay discounting versions of the task produced discounting functions well described by a hyperbolic function. Initial data indicated that higher magnitude uncertain reinforcers were discounted less steeply relative to smaller magnitude ones. Although this finding is opposite to that normally observed in question-based tasks, it may be that the experiential nature of the task makes it more akin to a delay discounting task. The results from the delay discounting task provided a comparison to assess this possibility. |
|
|
14. Delay Discounting in Adolescents With Acquired Brain Injury |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AIMEE C. HOWARD (Southern Illinois University), Shana Little (Southern Illinois University), Jonah D. Martin (NeuroRestorative Carbondale), Jami E. Evans (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present paper describes two studies in which adolescents with and without acquired brain injury (ABI) were compared on a temporal discounting task involving various monetary amounts ranging from 1 to 20 US dollars at delays from 1 day to 1 year. Experiment 1 compared adolescent groups on a discounting task using hypothetical monetary amounts. Results indicated adolescents with ABI discount hypothetical monetary values to a greater degree than control group adolescents. Experiment 2 compared adolescent groups on a discounting task using actual monetary amounts. Results indicated that adolescents with ABI discounted actual monetary amounts to a greater degree than control group adolescents. Implications for these results are discussed. |
|
|
15. Hormonal Changes and Temporal Discounting: Effect of Ovulation on Discount Rates |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
SHAWN R. CHARLTON (University of Central Arkansas), Lori Parker (University of Central Arkansas), Veda A. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas) |
Abstract: Recent studies show that females engage in riskier behaviors during ovulation compared to when they are not ovulating. As this shift can be characterized as a change in time orientation from short-term (during ovulation) to long-term (outside ovulation) consequences it seems possible that changes in discount rates may underlie the observed behavioral changes. The current study tests the hypothesis that ovulating females will show a greater preference for immediate outcomes (higher discounting) than do non-ovulating females. During the study, participants completed a standard temporal discounting procedure with magnitudes ranging from $0 to $100 and delays from 1 day to 1 year followed by a series of questions about their menstrual cycle over the past three months. For data analysis, participating females were classified as pre-ovulation, ovulating, or post-ovulation. An overall statistical difference was observed between the 3 groups (F[2,61] = 3.87, p = 0.026). The overall effect was driven primarily by a difference between the pre-ovulation and post-ovulation groups (p = 0.029). These findings suggest that in addition to contextual variables (magnitude size, commodity type, gain/loss) and drug use, changes in hormonal levels may be another factor that influences observed temporal discounting rates. |
|
|
16. Effects of 6-OHDA Lesions in the Medial Prefrontal Cortex of Rats Trained in a Peak-Interval Procedure |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Tina Thompson (Mercer School of Medicine), Mia Garboski (Armstrong Atlantic State University), Ryan Mullins (Mercer School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Twelve male Sprague Dawley rats were trained in a peak-interval procedure (PIP) consisting of 42 fixed-interval 30 s trials, eighteen 90-s peak trials, and 10-s intertrial intervals, until responding was stable. Animals, divided into two groups based on response rates, were stereotaxically infused with either 6-OHDA or vehicle into the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC). Rats were allowed to recover for 5 weeks prior to subsequent testing; then they were trained in the same PIP for equal number of baseline sessions. Results were examined at a group and individual level using overall response rates, and other measures derived from the response distributions during peak trials. Rats with 6-OHDA lesions showed a significant decrease in overall response rate relative to baseline. The response distributions of peak trials of four out of six 6-OHDA rats were flattened relative to baseline; corresponding latencies to the first response increased and peak times were unaltered. These data suggest that depletion of dopaminergic neurons in the mPFC may impair some aspects of timing. A follow-up study will involve examining the effects of some typical and atypical antipsychotics to further explore how this procedural arrangement may serve as an animal model of schizophrenia. |
|
|
17. Peak Procedure Performance of the Common Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus Vulpecula) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Rachael Anne Lockhart (University Of Waikato), JAMES MCEWAN (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: The performance of brushtail possums of the peak procedure was investigated. Five possums lever pressed for food reinforcers on 3 different fixed interval (FI) schedules. For 20% of trials, responding was not reinforced and trials lasted for 3 times longer than the FI schedule that was in effect on the other 80% of trials when responding was reinforced. Response rates increased to a maximum at about the time the responses were normally reinforced and then decreased after the time that food would normally be reinforced. When relative response rates were plotted as a function of relative time the function superposed for the ascending, but not descending portions of the function. There was evidence of resurgence in response rates towards the end of the extinction trials. The amount of resurgence appeared to be a function of the amount of experience animals had with the schedule and decreased across conditions. |
|
|
18. Exploring the Discriminative Properties of Magnitude of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Experimental research on the effects on behavior of magnitude or duration of reinforcement has generally produced contradictory results, with some studies showing large effects and others showing no discernible effects. A relatively unexplored factor that might be relevant to this issue is the extent to which organisms discriminate the difference between different magnitudes. A series of experiments were conducted on which the topic was explored by using a conditional discrimination procedure. Pigeons had to peck one of two keys depending on which of two different magnitudes of reinforcement were presented. Different pairs of magnitudes were compared on different conditions. Results provide some evidence that discrimination of the magnitude of reinforcement might indeed be one of the factors underlying the discrepancies in the results of previous studies. |
|
|
19. A Comparison of Own-Price and Cross-Price Demand for Two Different Foods |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato), Bee Lan Linda Lim (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: Hens responded under fixed-ratio schedules for wheat and puffed wheat. Own-price demand functions were generated from both numbers of reinforcers obtained and weight of food consumed. The parameter values from Hursh's (1988) equation were consistent with wheat being the preferred reinforcer with the weight of food but not for number of reinforcers. The essential values, a , from Hursh and Silberberg's (2008) equation, using k of 3.5 and 6.5, were consistently larger for puffed-wheat with weight of food consumed (suggesting wheat was more valued) but were inconsistent with numbers of reinforcers. The hens also responded under concurrent fixed-ratio schedules. The key associated with the larger FR was alternated over sessions. The conditions were wheat vs. wheat, puffed wheat versus puffed wheat, and wheat vs. puffed wheat. Cross-price demand functions, generated for both the numbers of reinforcers and the weight of food, gave cross-points near the equal fixed-ratio value for both measures with identical reinforcers. For wheat versus puffed wheat, the cross-points moved to higher ratios for weight of food, suggesting wheat was the more valued. They remained at the equal schedule value for number of reinforcers. These data show that how consumption is assessed affects the conclusions from both methods. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Words per T-unit: A Pure Measure of Written Expression |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WILLIAM V. JUSTICE (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), David Bicard (University of Memphis), Sara C. Bicard (University of Memphis), Michelle Stockton (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Many students struggle with writing; however, limited research exists on the assessment of writing methods except those concentrating on mechanics. When teaching verbal behavior such as writing , practitioners often rely on the assessment of mechanics as a form objective assessment. Although this is very empirical, thought development is often disregarded. This approach results in extinction of the student's experimentation with their own writing due to excessive penalization for errors that may result from trying new things. The current study was a preliminary analysis of the average number of thought units (T-units) obtained from curriculum-based measurement probes across three data collections (i.e., fall, winter, spring) in an effort to evaluate the use of words per T-units as an assessment tool for writing. Participants included 250 children enrolled in the fourth and fifth grade. Correlational data demonstrated that words per t-unit are positively correlated with other measures of literary proficiency. The analysis of words per T-units yielded promising results as an efficient means of measuring writing skills. Students' gains were approximately 1.5 T-units from fall to spring semester within each grade and were from fourth to fifth grade. |
|
|
2. Effects of Enhanced Milieu Teaching and a Communication Aid on Mands of Elementary Students With Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sarah Rebecca James (University of Memphis), SARA C. BICARD (University of Memphis), David Bicard (Our Lady of Peace Hospital), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: This study, a replication of Olive et al. (2006), examined the effects of enhanced milieu teaching and a voice output communication aid on the frequency and generalization of manding during classroom free play and other settings. A multiple baseline across students research design was utilized to evaluate the effects of enhanced milieu teaching (EMT) alongside the use of a voice output communication aid (VOCA) on manding skills of four elementary students with autism or mental retardation with little or no verbal behavior. The frequency and generalization of prompted and independent use of the VOCA, independent use of gestures, and independent vocalizations/verbalizations were assessed. The baseline and 8-min intervention sessions were conducted in a special education sensory room during free play sessions with only the participants and data collectors present. Generalization data were collected immediately following the study in three different settings per student for three sessions each. Results show that all participants increased their total frequency of mands using the VOCA during the free play sessions. Moreover, two of the four participants began to verbally mand for wanted items during the course of this study. The participants also generalized the ability to mand across settings other than the instructional setting. |
|
|
3. Instructor Perceptions Regarding the Use of Self-Disclosure in Education Courses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BARBARA MALLETTE (State University of New York, Fredonia), Carrie Fitzgerald (State University of New York, Fredonia), Laura Geraci (State University of New York, Fredonia) |
Abstract: A plethora of research exists that documents the effects of teacher self-disclosure on pupil memory and pupil perceptions (for example, Ejsing, 2007; Woolfolk, 1979). Yet little research exists that examines self-disclosure in preservice teacher education. This poster will depict a study that identified the perceptions of instructor use of self-disclosure on preservice teachers. In addition, perceived benefits of instructor self-disclosure on student content knowledge and professional dispositions were determined. Subjects included instructors of undergraduate and graduate education courses. Instructor perceptions emerged from participant responses to a survey on self-disclosure. Preliminary results indicate that the majority of instructors of education do embed self-disclosure in their courses to maintain student interest and to extend lecture and text material. Participants reported that students benefit from instructor self-disclosure in several ways. First, instructors reported that they linked content to self-disclosing stories/experiences. Second, instructors mentioned that students appear to perform better on course assignments. Finally, students benefit from instructor modeling of self-disclosure in the classroom. The limitations of the study will be display as well as recommendations for future research. The use of self-disclosure with preservice teachers who work in general education, special education, and inclusive education settings will be highlighted. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Group Contingent Mystery Motivators on Middle School Students' Work Completion and Accuracy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York, Fredonia), Michael Jabot (State University of New York, Fredonia) |
Abstract: Pupil failure to complete assigned work both in and out of the classroom adversely impacts their academic performance. This poster session describes the effects of an intervention package that consists of: (a) interdependent and dependent group contingencies and (b) unknown rewards in the form of mystery motivators on the work completion and accuracy rates of three middle school classes in rural, suburban, and urban settings. Group contingent mystery motivators produced immediate and noticeable improvements in the percentage of students completing assigned work and substantial gains in their academic accuracy across three science and math classes. Social validity data suggested further that teachers and pupils found intervention procedures and outcomes to be socially acceptable and satisfying. This session will: (a) provide graphic data displays (A-B-A-B) on all three classes' performance, (b) describe implementation procedures and fidelity assessments, and (c) discuss implications for disseminating behavior analytic practices more extensively in general education classrooms. |
|
|
5. Interteaching: A Component Analysis and Comparison to Traditional Classroom Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Ryan M. Zayac (University of North Alabama), AMBER PAULK (Central Washington University), Katie Miller (Central Washington University), Jonathan Assouline (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that interteaching may be more beneficial than lecture (Saville, Zinn, & Elliott, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Van Norman, & Ferreri, 2006). Nevertheless, these results are only preliminary and investigators have not identified the variables that were responsible for the students' improved performance during interteaching sessions. The current study examined the effects of interteaching on students' academic performance and attempted to identify the components of interteaching that are necessary to producing positive changes in student learning. Our results indicate that interteaching may be an effective alternative to other forms of traditional instruction. While each of the groups did not score very well overall on the test- perhaps due to the difficulty of the material or a lack of motivation to retain the material- significant differences were found between the interteaching group and all other groups except those participants who were given the prep guide. This suggests that the prep guide is one of the most critical components of the interteaching method. |
|
|
6. Equivalence Based Neuroanatomy Instruction: Expressive and Selection-Based Repertoires |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KIMBERLY REYES-GIORDANO (The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Jeffery Hamelin (The Graduate Center, Queens College, The City University of New York), Laura Del Rio (Queens College, The City University of New York), Michal Halbertal (Queens College, The City University of New York), Lauren Uss (Queens College, The City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: Instruction based on the principles of stimulus equivalence involves teaching a few carefully selected relations between stimuli that result in the emergence of new and novel forms of behavior. In college teaching this can result in effective and efficient instruction. Neuroanatomy instruction involves the categorization of stimuli by lobes, systems, and structures and is typically tested using both expressive and selection-based repertoires. This information can prove to be difficult for many students even though there are many different ways to teach these concepts. This study examined instruction at the system and structure level. Students were taught to relate structure names to pictures of the structures, functions, damage statements, and written descriptions of the location of the structure. The instructional package was evaluated using a multiple baseline design, which included the addition of paper based measures before and after computerized instruction. Paper tests involved both selection and expressive questions. On posttests, participants scored higher on both selection-based and expressive questions. These results demonstrate that selection-based training can lead to increases in expressive repertoires. |
|
|
7. Effects of an Individualized Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Treatment Package on Interfering Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAUREN PERAZZO (Carle Place School District), Carolyn S. Ryan (Institute for Children with Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Students with developmental disabilities often show behavior that interferes with peer relationships, educational opportunities, and progress across individualized educational goals. Improving age-appropriate behavior and decreasing interfering behaviors of an elementary-school student with developmental disabilities was assessed using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) treatment package in a special educational setting of a suburban public school. The student followed an individualized written daily schedule throughout the school day. In addition, the student was exposed to an individualized DRA treatment package. Access to preferred activities was provided according to the nonoccurrence of interfering behavior and alternative responses to the interfering behavior during pre-determined daily intervals. At the time of this proposal, interfering behavior was higher during baseline than during intervention phases. Data following manipulation of a DRA Superstar Chart show a substantial decrease in interfering behavior compared to baseline levels. After a second baseline phase, interfering behavior again declined during a second intervention phase. The lower levels of interfering behavior continued during follow-up measures. The current individualized DRA treatment package represents a practical method of reducing interfering behavior in a public school setting. |
|
|
8. The Effects of Video Feedback on Conversational Skills of Included Middle School Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Caldwell College), Frank Ammirata (New York City Board of Education) |
Abstract: Children with autism demonstrate deficits in social interactions. Two boys, aged 12, diagnosed with autism participated in this study. The participants were selected due to poor conversational skills, especially when included in a general education classroom. Data were collected on participants' body language, eye contact and reciprocal listening and speaking using interval recording. First, direct instruction and textual prompts were implemented to model and teach these skills. Second, video self-modeling and video feedback were implemented in which the participants viewed their own social interactions with peers at a later time and collected data on their conversational skills using interval recording. Video feedback may be effective to teach the participants self-monitoring. Data were collected on the participants' eye contact, body language and reciprocal listening and speaking throughout the study. The hypothesis is that participants will demonstrate increases in appropriate eye contact, body language and reciprocal listening and speaking and learn to self-monitor after experiences with video feedback. |
|
|
9. An Evaluation of Yoked Contingencies and Video Modeling to Teach Play Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Sandy Shumar Pih (Manhattan Childrens Center), Melissa Jackson (Manhattan Childrens Center), Ilana Garcia (Manhattan Childrens Center), Marisa Savard (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
Abstract: Video modeling has shown promise as a tactic for addressing both social skills and verbal behavior (particular to conversational units). The use of video modeling in this capacity has numerous benefits including the efficiency in which students can demonstrate the desired skills in relevant contexts. Children on the autism spectrum, however, may lack many of the prerequisite attending skills needed to successfully imitate the modeled skills. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of a non-resource intensive training program (a video modeling treatment package) on the accuracy with which students are able to perform long chains of play sequences with vocalizations with students who previously failed to acquire such skills using video modeling alone. The independent variable included presentation of a video modeling package which depicted scripted play interactions for three sets of play materials. The treatment package incorporated instructional tactics for increased attending to relevant cues in the video. The dependent measures included student responses for scripted vocalizations, scripted play actions, and unscripted vocalizations and play actions. |
|
|
10. Effects of a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Treatment Package for a Student With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CAROLYN S. RYAN (Institute for Children with Autism and Related Disorders), Lauren Perazzo (Carle Place School District) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior of children in an elementary school presents a challenge to teachers and other students. The effects of a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) treatment package on the disruptive behavior of a 10-year-old student with autism were assessed in a special educational setting of a suburban public school. Instructions and rules about the treatment package were provided at specified, scheduled times of the school day. Access to a choice of preferred activities for contingent durations was provided according to the nonoccurrence of disruptive behavior and alternative responses to disruptive behavior during pre-determined durations. Data are presented for days in which medication was or was not administered prior to the school day. At the time of this proposal, disruptive behavior peaked during no-medication versus medication days. Data following manipulation of a DRA plus rule practice are expected to show a dramatic decrease in disruptive behavior compared to baseline levels. The treatment package will be faded across days according to a systematic procedure based on behavior improvement. Follow-up measures will show a consistent, low-level of disruptive behavior following intervention. The treatment package represents a feasible method of reducing disruptive behavior in a public school setting. |
|
|
11. The Quiet Voice, Quiet Hands Challenge |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER S. PHILLIPS (ACES), Donn Sottolano (Area Cooperative Educational Services) |
Abstract: A program was established to assist a fourth grade student in accepting feedback on his vocal stimming (i.e. what level his vocal stimming can be at) and helping him control his hand movements and vocalizations. The end goal in the program was to assist the student to self monitor and regulate his stereotypic behavior as he moved into middle school. NT was given the prompt to have quiet hands and a quiet voice during specified times, which were refered to as "The Challenge". The program started at 20 minutes and time was increased over a series of successful Challenge times. For every minute of time completed, NT earned one cent per minute of quiet hands and quiet voice during the measured time. He was then given the chance to cash in his coins for prizes. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Manipulandum Proximity on Improving Response Blocking: A Study of Response Effort and Skill Acquisition |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JEFFREY M. GORDON (University of Kansas), L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the proximity of a manipulandum on improving response blocking in five teachers. The target participant was a 7-year old child with mental retardation. The child engaged in high rates of stereotypic tapping. The tapping became problematic when an attempt was made to teach him how to use an augmentative and alternative communication, AAC device. The study took place across two settings, home and school. The lead researcher manipulated the distance at which the AAC device was placed in front of the child. Prior to each session the researcher would request the teacher's attempt to block all tapping responses after the first. The researcher then instructed the child to push a button on the AAC device. Results indicate that allowing teachers to block responses at a far distance increased their ability to block responses at closer proximities. Data also indicated increased response effort for the child. Follow-up indicated maintenance of the acquired blocking skill. This study has clinical implications as response blocking has been used to reduce self-injurious behavior, aggression, and self-stimulatory behavior. Future studies will evaluate generalization of effects and methods to enhance the functional use of the AAC device. |
|
|
13. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Saying and Writing on the Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Written and Vocal Spelling Responses for Two Preschoolers With a Disability |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Carly Moher Eby (Teachers College, Columbia University), ALLISON BOWHERS (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across saying and writing to induce the transformation of stimulus function across written and vocal spelling responses. The participants were two preschoolers classified with a disability in an inclusion classroom. They attended a full day preschool that applied the principles of a Comprehensive Application of Behavioral Analysis to Schooling (CABAS') model. We taught participants to spell target words by writing or vocally spelling the item and then conducted a probe in the opposite topography to determine if they had joint stimulus control across saying and writing. Then we implemented multiple examplar instruction (MEI) to induce the transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing. We found a functional relation between the participants and the MEI intervention. The MEI intervention was effective to induce the transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing. |
|
|
14. CANCELLED: The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Tutor and Tutee on the Acquisition of Written Spelling Responses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MEGHAN TULLY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Adele VanDerhoef (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This study was conducted to test the effects of peer tutoring on the acquisition of novel spelling words. Four participants were selected for this study. Participants A, B, and C were 9-year-old female English language learners and Participant D was a 9-year-old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The participants were selected from a fifth grade accelerated independent classroom that implemented a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model of instruction, located in a diverse socio-economic town located outside of a major metropolitan area. Forty percent of the students receive free lunch. The classroom was an inclusion classroom consisting of 15 students, 1 teacher, and 2 teacher assistants. The independent variable was the peer tutoring of the new spelling words taught by the tutor presented in learn units, and the dependent variable was the pre-intervention probes and post-intervention probes to the tutor words. The first participants met criterion on the tutor spelling words as a result of the peer tutoring tactic as both the tutor and the tutee during the post-intervention probe session. The second participants did not meet criterion on the tutor spelling words they taught to the tutee during the post-intervention probe. |
|
|
15. The Effects of Peer Tutoring Using a Peer-yoked Contingency Game on the Acquisition of Social Studies and Spelling Objectives as the Tutor |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Alison M. Corwin (Columbia University), HELENA S. HAN (Columbia University) |
Abstract: We conducted two experiments to test the effects of peer tutoring using a peer-yoked contingency game on the acquisition of social studies and spelling objectives as the tutor and the tutee for 4 participants. A delayed multiple probe design across two groups of participants was used in Experiment 1, and a multiple probe design across two of the participants from Experiment 1 was used in Experiment 2. In Experiment 1, a functional relation between peer tutoring using a peer-yoked contingency game and the acquisition of intraverbal responses as the tutor and the tutee was shown for three out of four participants. Experiment 2 tested the acquisition of target response for the tutee through observational learning by ensuring tutors opportunity to give correction procedure. The results of Experiment 2 showed a functional relation for the remaining participant. |
|
|
16. Effects of a Small Group Peer Yoked Contingency Observation Tact Game on the Simultaneous Emergence of Naming and Observational Learning |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LISA TULLO (Teacher's College, Columbia University), Katie Baker (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We conducted an experiment to examine the effects of a small group peer yoked contingency observation tact game on the simultaneous acquisition of the Naming, the bi-directionality component of Naming and observational learning on 12 typically developing kindergarten students. The experimenters implemented a delayed multiple probe design across participant groups. The dependent variables measured were the emergence of Naming, the bi-directionality component of Naming and the observational learning capabilities. The data demonstrated a functional relation between the observation tact game and the acquisition of the listener component of Naming, an increase in the speaker component of Naming and the bi-directionality of the speaker and listener components of Naming. The results also demonstrated functional relation between the observational tact game and the acquisition of the observational learning repertoire for both images and words. |
|
|
17. The Effects of Peer-Yoked Contingency on the Emergence of Observational Learning, Naming, and Verbal Operants in Non-Instructional Settings in Four Preschoolers With Developmental Delays |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), SEONG EUN HONG (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on four students' acquisition of observational learning repertoires, collateral effects on naming and the number of verbal operants emitted in non-instructional settings (NIS). The participants were four 4-year-old males, all diagnosed with developmental delays. None of them had observational learning repertoires or the listener to speaker component of the naming repertoire. The dependent variables were the numbers of correct responses to probe sessions of observational learning, naming, as well as the number of verbal operants emitted in NIS. The independent variable was peer-yoked contingency game with multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) components. A delayed multiple probe design was used in this study. Results showed that Participant A and C acquired full naming after the peer-yoked contingency intervention and Participant B acquired listener part of naming as a result of the peer-yoked contingency. After the intervention of peer-yoked contingency game, all participants' number of correct direct and observational learn units increased during the observational learning probes. The verbal operants post-probes showed that all participants emitted more verbal operants: tacts, mands, and sequelics following the peer-yoked contingency. |
|
|
18. The Effects of the Learn Unit and a Decision Protocol on the Frequency of Teacher Initiated Data Based Educational Decisions and the Number of Student Objectives Met |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIK D. GRASSO, Meredith Akers (Ed Support Services,LLC), Tanya Scott (Ed Support Services, LLC) |
Abstract: Home-based behavioral services are provided at an increasing rate throughout the world. However, the pedagogy, use of empirically validated motivational and educational tactics, use of a graphical analysis, and the analysis of behavior differ greatly from provider to provider. Subsequently, this study was designed to test the effect of two previously empirically validated tactics, the Learn Unit and a Graphical Decision Protocol, on both the behavior of students and their teachers. Twenty-three students, receiving home-based behavioral services for ten hours per week and each of their teachers participated in the study. As stated previously, the independent variables were the use of the Learn Unit and a decision protocol and the dependent variables were both on the frequency of teacher initiated data based educational decisions and the number of student objectives met. |
|
|
19. Expanding Pre-Literacy Skills in an Individual With Autism Using Stimulus Equivalence Procedures |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
E. J. LEE (The Aurora School), David Roth (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Limited verbal language skills are a common trend presented in individuals with autism. It has been suggested that stimulus equivalence procedures may be an important tool in the development of language skills. Stimulus equivalence procedures have been widely used when teaching individuals with intellectual disabilities. Considering the language difficulties presented in individuals with autism, it may be important to apply stimulus equivalence procedures to the autism population. In the present study, combined tests for symmetry and transitivity for equivalence relations (teach aRb and aRc, test bRc and cRb) were implemented to teach sight word reading and spelling for a 10-year-old non-vocal verbal male diagnosed with autism. An ABC design was used. During the intervention, it will be taught that when shown a picture (a), the participant will successfully emit its corresponding sign (b). The participant will then demonstrate equivalence by matching a picture (a) to its corresponding sight word (c). The purpose of this study is to show that after demonstrating successful equivalence relations of aRb and aRc, the participant will show untrained mastery of emitting a sign when shown its corresponding sight word (bRc) and when shown the sign, will select the corresponding sight word (cRb). |
|
|
20. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Precision Teaching Methods on Increasing Intraverbal Conversational Response Rates Across Environments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAURA STEINER (The Aurora School), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School), Courtney L. Deal (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis has seen much success with both precision teaching methods and Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior when encouraging language development. Although the combination of the two components only seems natural, only a small number of researchers have merged both precision teaching methods and Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. Precision teaching research that has been completed in the past has focused primarily on the acquisition of academic intraverbal repertoires (math facts, reading comprehension etc.) and has suggested positive outcomes; however, research in areas outside of academic intraverbal repertoires needs to be examined. The purpose of this study is to use precision teaching to increase conversational intraverbal response rates infour children with autism in both intensive teaching and in the natural environment setting. An ABC design will be used to study the effects that precision teaching has on the intraverbal response rates using a standard celeration chart and charting methods. The discussion will detail potential confounding variables and future research suggestions. |
|
|
21. The Added Interspersal Method as a Means to Increase On-Task Behavior of Students With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AUDREY ALBERSTADT (The Aurora School), Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University), Courtney L. Deal (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: When students engage in on-task behavior, they are exposed to increased learning opportunities. This may then help increase students rates of acquiring, mastering, and maintaining new skills. Completing individual seat work is an essential skill required of students throughout their educational experience. We used an alternating treatments design to examine on-task behavior of four students with autism during individual mathematics work. Conditions were the added interspersal condition, in which we provided various ratios of easier to more difficult problems, and the control condition, in which only the difficult problems were provided. All problem difficulty levels were matched to students' current abilities based on past mathematics assessments. We measured on-task behavior through momentary time sampling and utilized two observers to reach interobserver agreement. Results showed greater rates of on-task behavior for students in the added interspersal condition. We discuss the possibility that a completed discrete task may serve as a conditioned reinforcer, enhancing the students ability to complete assignments, master, and maintain skills. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Staff Training Protocol to Increase Interaction During Non-Structured Time With Children With Autism |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARI ORITA (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Lack of social interaction is one of the defining characteristics of autism. Children with autism often need prompts to socialize with peers and engage in appropriate play. The purpose of the current study was to increase the quality of staff interaction with children with autism during non-structured times, such as outdoor play or breaks, in an intensive early intervention program. During non-structured time, therapists would accompany the children to whatever location was involved, such as a playground or enclosed area. Here interactions would be observed and data was taken on the amount of interactions during a prescribed interval. A multiple baseline across subject design was used to measure the effects of a tactile device, feedback /goal setting and public postings on therapist interactions with children. Results indicated that some behavior therapists showed a marked increase in the amount of interaction with children when using the tactile devices, while others showed a more slow and modest gain. In order to prompt therapist for higher interaction during non-structured times, public posting was introduced. Results are mixed but indicate an overall trend of increasing interaction. |
|
|
2. The Effect of Group Contingency and Public Posting on Teacher Job Performance |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELIZABETH J. KELSEY (RCS Learning Center) |
Abstract: Prior research finds that group contingencies can be an effective intervention for increasing academic and leisure skills, as well as reducing the rates of maladaptive behaviors. Further, public postings have been used, traditionally as a component of a treatment package, to increase athletic and academic performance. The current study examines the effects of implementing an interdependent group contingency and public posting on the job performance of teachers working with children diagnosed with autism. Results show that the total percentage of discrete trials conducted by all 5 teams of teachers increased from baseline. Data collection will continue to assess the longevity of these effects after the contingency is met. |
|
|
3. Increasing Staff on Task Behavior Using an Interdependent Group Contingency |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JACQUELINE SULLIVAN (RCS Learning Center) |
Abstract: Six behavior therapists working in a one-on-oneschool setting with students with autism implementing discrete trial instruction. Research has shown (Lovaas, 1987) that students with autism can make significant progress given intensive teaching using applied behavior analysis. Staff on-task behavior is an essential component to the implementation of student programming, and accurate data collection. Consistent staff on task behavior is an integral part of student success with in an applied behavior analysis program. The current study evaluated the effects of an interdependent group contingency and public posting of the on-task behavior of six behavior therapists. Data were collected using a 15 minute fixed interval momentary time sample across the school day and averaged across participants. Following an interview, a pizza party was identified as a potential reinforcer for the behavior therapists. At baseline, the group averaged 67% of intervals on task. The group will receive reinforcement following 3 consecutive sessions at 86% on task. |
|
|
4. Restraint Reduction Through Staff Training |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
RYAN GOVER (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Physical restraint can be a traumatic and potentially injurious event for students, their classmates and staff. Although some studies have evaluated individual student interventions in reducing the duration and frequency of physical restraints, the current study will assess staff training strategies in reducing the frequency of physical restraint in a residential school for children with developmental disabilities. The first procedure will be an informational email distributed to all staff members indicating the importance of decreasing restraints and requesting that they make more of an effort to use restraint as a last resort in their classrooms. The second procedure will be to use a crisis prevention refresher course that will be given to all staff in the participating units. The third procedure will be to teach the staff specific antecedent and redirection strategies. The last procedure will be to develop student-specific strategies for each unit to help prevent restraints. A check list designed for staff to fill out after a crisis situation has occurred will help determine whether the staff are following the student specific strategies that may avoid restraint implementation. A multiple baseline across units will be implemented to assess the effects of each intervention. |
|
|
5. Effects of Public Posting and Goal Setting on Team Performance in a Residential Setting |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark, Inc.), AMY FREDRICK (Melmark Inc.), Sheila Klick (Melmark, Inc.), Sarah Prochack (Melmark, Inc.) |
Abstract: One challenge faced by agencies providing care for individuals with developmental disabilities is ensuring that direct care staff complete routine daily tasks with high integrity. The extent to which tasks are completed as designed often has a direct effect on the quality of care provided to clients. The current study used a multiple baseline across behaviors design to evaluate the effects of public posting of team performance data and goal setting on accurate completion of three tasks (i.e. tallying daily data sheets, completion of all communication training trials, and completion of all skill acquisition goals) by direct care staff. |
|
|
6. Educationand Experience: Predictors of Retention and Turnover in Home-Based Programs for Children With Autism? |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Maintaining qualified and highly trained staff is a goal of most human service agencies. Previous research suggests that high rates of staff turnover impede consistent program implementation, reduce opportunities to develop highly trained staff, and interfere with educational outcomes (West, 1998). Previous studies have also investigated factors such as employee age (Lakin et al, 1983), job satisfaction (Raider, 1989), and perception of adequate training (West, 1998). Connor et al. (2003) found that employee characteristics (age and length of employment), job factors, and use of employee incentives were correlated with staff retention in a residential treatment center. When recruiting new staff however, these variables are not relevant features in determining who to hire. Most often, the attributes recruiters use are level of education, field of study, and previous work experience. The authors of this study conducted a chart review of all agency hires over a 3-year period. The goal of the review was to determine at time of hire, if there were employee characteristics that were correlated with long term staff retention. The data indicate that there were no correlations between level of education, field of study or previous work experience and length of employment. |
|
|
7. Correlates of Effective Community Residential Service Models for People With Severe Disabilities and Challenging Behaviors: A Survey Study |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ZHANKUN CHENG (Behavioral Services of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Deinstitutionalization movement has led to the discharge of thousands of people with severe disabilities and challenging behaviors (PWSDCB) from mental institutions into the community living. Studies show that health care professionals and community residential service providers were overwhelmed by the challenges posed by people with the most challenging behaviors and their medical needs. Some of the consequences include PWSDCB being incarcerated for committing crimes, re-hospitalization due to severe medial problems, or become homeless due to lack of support. After a few decades of trial and error in developing effective community-based residential services, a few models are currently available to PWSDCB who are in the process of transitioning to the community setting from mental institutions or their homes. It should be noted that not all of the models are equally effective in addressing the needs of PWSDCB. This study is intended to uncover the key factors that contribute to successful community residential services provided to PWSDCB. Specifically, the survey assesses the clinical experience and the perceptions from the third-party health care professionals (e.g., occupational therapist, speech language pathologist, behavior analyst, etc.) and conservators (or guardian) to each of the models. The four community-based residential service models studied are: "Eco-behavioral Model, Teaching-Family Model, Intermediate Care Facilities for the Mentally Retarded (ICF/MR), and Administrative Model." The author identifies the strength and limitations of each model based on the survey results. Finally, recommendations for each model are provided. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Training University Students on Implementation of Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ALBA) by Using Computer-Aided Personalized Systems of Instruction (CAPSI) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEI HU (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Basic research has shown that academic courses incorporated with a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) are often positively related to academic performances in university students. The relation, expressed in thinking, talking, and writing knowledgeably about the study material, should have potentially important implications for training psychology students who may work with individuals with developmental disabilities in their future careers. In the present study, a training package, consisting of the use of a self-instructional manual, CAPSI, and video demonstrations related to the self-instruction manual, will be used to train students to correctly implement the assessment of basic learning abilities (ABLA) test. A multiple baseline design across participants will be used. The mean baseline proportion of possible correct implementing responses for students will be assessed before the introduction of the training package. Following training, the training package is expected to produce rapid and large improvement in the students’ implementation of the ABLA test. |
|
|
2. ObservationVersus Self-Report: Integrity and Adherence as Predictors of Outcomes in Parent Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN D. HOCH (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota), Erin M. Cote Holton (Behavioral Dimensions Inc.), Nancy G. Schussler (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Family Centered Behavioral Intervention program teaches parents to apply behavioral problem solving strategies to reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior. Data from 20 families were analyzed using visual analysis and linear mixed models statistical methods to determine whether the intervention was effective at changing child behavior. Data showed an average reduction of 21% in problem behavior (p < .05, Standard Error [SE] = 9%, t = -2.27), and an average increase of 50% in appropriate behavior (p < .0001, SE = 10%, t = 5.53). To better understand the changes in child behavior, we compared the predictive value of parent reported adherence to treatment procedures to therapist observed treatment integrity. Parent reported adherence was the best predictor of child behavior change for both problem behavior, associated with a 23% decrease (p < .05, SE = 12%, t = -1.97), and appropriate behavior, associated with a 20% increase (p < .09, SE = 11%, t = 1.70). Therapist observed treatment integrity was not associated with behavior change. Although parent reported adherence and therapist observed integrity were moderately correlated (Rho = .37) parent report was associated with child behavior change while therapist observed integrity was not. These findings are discussed in relation to service delivery for potential underlying mechanisms of behavior change. |
|
|
3. Using Online Tools to Increase the Collaboration and Efficiency of Behavior Analytic Practice |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Technological advances over the last decade have resulted in a variety of online professional tools designed to increase the efficiency and productivity in the workplace. Unfortunately, regardless of effectiveness, widespread adoption of these technologies is often slow as professionals are hesitant to abandon already established practices and tools. One way to increase the dissemination of new and effective technologies is to train professionals how to interact with tools that assist them in their trade. Behavior analytic practitioners in particular would likely benefit from a review of online technologies that make collaboration with colleagues more efficient and reliable. The purpose of this poster is to outline this type of review in an effort to disseminate practices that take advantage of the latest technological tools currently offered on the market. This poster also suggests how these technological tools can potentially be used to increase efficiency and productivity by professionals in their trade. |
|
|
4. A Critical Analysis of Behavioral Data Collection Applications for Internetwork Operating Systems |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ROBIN M. KUHN (Central Michigan University), Kristin Willis (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Data collection and analyses are a cornerstone of behavior analysis. Introduction and mainstream use of the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad has the potential to revolutionize handheld direct observation data collection. The unique, touch screen interface, that Apple users are familiar and comfortable with simplifies data collection. In addition, the versatility of the device allows for the development of applications that are highly suited to consumer needs at a relatively reasonable cost. To date, little information is available regarding the direct observation data collection applications available for these handhelds. Information about the capabilities of each application was obtained from developers via survey. Developers answered questions related to the application's intended use, recording methods, protection of client privacy, and ability to perform data analysis, graphing, and exporting. This information will be presented in matrix form to facilitate consumer comparison of the various applications reviewed. This review provides consumers with the information necessary to make well-informed purchasing decisions to meet their data collection needs. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of Staff Training for Functional Assessment to Behavioral Problems of Students |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KENICHI OHKUBO (Hokkaido University of Education) |
Abstract: Simply providing the "technology" to manage problem behaviors in schools is not enough. We also need to provide training program for its successful implementation. In this study, I examined the issue of skill acquisition in implementing functional assessment and planning behavior support plans (BSP) by evaluating the interview skill and validity of BSPs of participants. Four undergraduate students enrolled in a laboratory course in special needs education served as participants. First, I lectured on several basic elements of applied behavior analysis (ABA), including such topics as reinforcement, punishment, extinction, functional assessment, BSP, contextual fit, maintenance, generalization, data-based decision, and so on. Second, I trained participants to design BSPs for fictional cases using a checklist. Results showed that the interview skill of participants improved after the lectures, and the validity of BSPs of participants improved after training for designing BSPs. That is to say, results showed functional relationships between lectures and interview skills, and between training for designing BSPs and the validity of BSPs. But, in respect of "generalization and maintenance"and "contextual fit", there is room for improvement. |
|
|
2. Staff Training on Implementation of Discrete-Trial Teaching on Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TAKUYA ENOMOTO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University) |
Abstract: The present study trained the para-professional staff to improve the discrete trial teaching (DTT) execution skill to a pervasive developmental disorder child. The staff whoconducted the training were three women.All staff who participated in the research were studying behavioral analysis by a university psychology department. All the research staff did not have experience in the training of a formal behavior analysis. The childwas diagnosed with a pervasive developmental disorder was trained. The present study was executed using a multiple baseline design between subjects composed of baseline, Intervention 1, andIntervention 2. In the baseline, the staff presented the DTT of the matching task and the tact task to the child who was trained. In Intervention 1, the staff was offered the DTT execution manual. In Intervention 2, the staff was offered the performance feedback by the experimenter. The result did not have the so much influence by the manual. However, it has certainly improved it by the performance feedback. The present study examines the difference of the training effectiveness of the manual and performance feedback. |
|
|
3. Toward a Technology of Supervision: Developing, Implementing and Assessing the Effectiveness of a Standardized Supervision Process for Behavior Analysts |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas Medical Center), Rachel L. White (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Supervision requirements for becoming a behavior analyst are open to interpretation. Challenges range from the availability of qualified supervisors to the lack of a supervision structure or clear outcomes. This poster presents information regarding the development of a standardized supervision program based on the content areas presented by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. This poster also presents information regarding the implementation of this program using distance-technology (online information combined with teleconferencing/in-person supervision). Finally, this poster presents data regarding the skill fluency/skill acquisition of supervisee's enrolled in this manualized supervision sequence. Participants are students who are enrolled in a distance course sequence and who live in a geographically remote area of the United States. Students were required to complete a series of online tutorials to assess knowledge of behavior analytic techniques as well as a sequence of structured activities. In addition, students attend both group and individual supervision sessions. During individual sessions, supervisors provide feedback on the assignments. During face-to-face supervision, supervisees receive feedback on their skill fluency in implementing basic behavioral techniques. Preliminary data suggests that skill fluency is variable, ranging from 63% to 94% criterion. Ongoing supervision is geared toward increasing skill fluency in all core content areas. |
|
|
4. Comparing the Teaching of Applied Behavior Analysis Material to New Staff Members Across a Lecture Condition and an Online Personalized System of Instruction Condition |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHERI KINGSDORF (Pacific Child) |
Abstract: At an agency where new staff members were continually hired to provide applied behavior analysis services to children with autism and related developmental disabilities, two different training techniques were examined. Across both training conditions the new staff members followed the same procedure of: (a) prior to instruction completing a pretest on the relevant applied behavior analysis information, (b) engaging in instruction on the corresponding material, and (c) taking a post-test following instruction. In the lecture condition the new staff members were presented with the material in an in-person group format. In the online personalized system of instruction (PSI) condition new staff members were presented with the same material with the ability to independently control their progression through the training, based on their own performance. Pre-test and post-test scores were compared across new staff members in both conditions. The implications of the presented data on staff training quality, effectiveness, and cost were also explored. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Methods for Documenting Intervention Adherence: What Does the School Psychology Research Tell Us? |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
RACHEL L. CHAIT (University of Cincinnati), Elaine Walroth (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), David W. Barnett (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Documenting intervention adherence is critical for researchers and practitioners trying to make data-based and causal inferences regarding student behavior change. Adherence data are used to show the degree to which interventions are implemented as designed. These data are important for accurate interpretations of student data and necessary to establish a functional relationship between the dependent and independent variables and response to intervention decisions. A concern in behavioral research and practice is that measurement of the independent variable has been overlooked. In a recent analysis, researchers found that only 30% of school-based experimental studies published in JABA between 1991 and 2005 reported adherence data (McIntyre et al., 2007). The current study extends this prior review of the literature to examine what methods are being used to monitor intervention adherence. We reviewed school-based intervention studies included in major school psychology and related journals from the years 2005-2010. The presentation will describe current methods used to report adherence in the literature. |
|
|
2. Quantifying the Zeitgeist of Behavior Analysis in the Twenty First Century |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
JASON M. HIRST (University of Kansas), Sarah R. Hyman (University of Kansas), Gary A. Brozyna (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst is the flagship journal of ABAI, publishing articles from the theoretical, experimental, and applied research disciplines within behavior analysis. Focus areas within this journal may characterize the trajectory of interest areas of the field as a whole. Journals often make use of keywords, which can be used as a representation of the content and focus of each article. The purpose of this analysis was to chronicle the direction-using keywords-from the years 2000-2009 in the field of behavior analysis. Keywords were extracted from each article published in the flagship journals including Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. Data were analyzed using frequency of keywords appearing in each journal as well as across journals. A word cloud was created from the frequency data to show a visual representation of popular focus areas where keywords with the highest frequencies appeared larger graphically. Additionally, a quantitative analysis was used to compare The Behavior Analyst with other journals to quantify the representativeness of this journal to the field as a whole. Implications for the use of keywords in journal publications are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Poster Session 1 |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of a Differential Observing Response on Intraverbal Performance of Preschool Children |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Western New England College), Amanda Karsten (Western New England College), Leigh Ann Pratt (University of the Pacific), Kyla Rose Lamere (Western New England College) |
Abstract: Research suggests that acquisition of responses under multiple stimulus control (e.g., conditional discriminations) is facilitated with the introduction of a differential observing response (DOR; Dube & McIlvane, 1999). Axe (2008) further speculated that some instances of intraverbal responding may be associated with delayed acquisition because they require simultaneous discrimination of multiple verbal stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a differential observing response (i.e., repeating the question) on accuracy of intraverbal responding with two neurotypical preschool children. The effects of the DOR were evaluated in a reversal design. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 56% of sessions with the one participant completed to date (Jessica) and was 100%. Results for Jessica suggest that (a) accuracy of performance increased when the therapist prompted a DOR, (b) the DOR did not appear to maintain in the absence of therapist prompts, and (c) frequency and immediacy of errors following discontinuation of prompts suggest the participant did not continue to engage in the DOR covertly. Based on these findings, prompted DORs may represent an effective, if temporary, aid to intraverbal instruction for neurotypical preschool children. |
|
|
2. A Comparison of Tact and Echoic Prompting Procedures During Intraverbal Training With Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANNELLE WATERHOUSE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth Gawley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Only two previous studies compared the effectiveness of echoic and textual prompting procedures during verbal behavior training. The textual prompt involved presenting the correct response in writing on a small flashcard. Neither of these studies utilized a tact prompt, which may have more clinical relevance to children with autism who are not yet able to read. The current investigation compared the effectiveness and efficiency of echoic and tact prompts during intraverbal training with 2 participants diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. If the participants had not yet acquired the intraverbal targets in one condition following acquisition of targets in the other condition, the prompt resulting in the most efficient acquisition of target intraverbals was implemented with targets that were not yet mastered. The results suggest that children may have idiosyncratic responses to echoic and tact prompts. In addition, it does not appear that prior exposure to specific prompts increases their efficiency in comparison to prompts that are not frequently utilized during training. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Transfer Procedures to Teach Intraverbal Responding |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE M. RUBIO (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Mary Lynch Barbera (Barbera Behavior Consulting), William A. Galbraith (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Brenda Leiboldt (Lincoln Intermediate Unit #12), Susan Panuski (Brandywine Heights Area School District) |
Abstract: This applied study utilized an alternating treatment design comparing two transfer procedures to teach intraverbal responding to two students with developmental disabilities. A tact-to-intraverbal transfer procedure was utilized for sets of 5 target intraverbal responses while an echoic-to-intraverbal transfer procedure was utilized the other sets of 5 target intraverbal responses. Without either transfer procedure, neither student acquired any intraverbal targets. During the study, both students acquired the intraverbal targets with both transfer procedures. The comparison between transfer procedures yielded mixed results and showed that both tacts and echoics can be used to effectively teach intraverbal responding. |
|
|
4. Teaching Comparisons of Numbers and the Effects of Instructional Sequencing on Derived Intraverbal Responding in Three Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEIGH KAROLE GRANNAN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Brooke Diane Walker (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Fiorella Scaglia (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University), Christina Racz (Project 12 Ways), Kirsten Schaper (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This investigation employed a multiple probe design to assess the effects of tact training on learners' ability to provide intraverbal responses comparing numbers. Use and understanding of "more" and "less" and comparing quantities are basic math and language concepts that children typically acquire. Specifically, three children with autism, ages 4 to 6, were presented cards with numerals (e.g., 3 and 7) and matching quantities of blocks placed on top of each of the cards to determine which quantity is more and less. Post-test probes were conducted to determine if the children could answer questions without cards or quantities present (e.g., "7 or 3, which is more?" or "Which is less, 1 or 10?"). Preliminary data indicate that this instructional sequence is effective in developing derived intraverbal responding. |
|
|
5. Effects of Three Different Correspondence Training Methods on the Maintenance of Children's Self-Report Accuracy |
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MARIELE DINIZ CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of three different correspondence training methods on the maintenance of children's accurate self-report. Eleven children aged 7 to 11-years-old participated in the study. The "Doing" task consisted of reading aloud a written word presented on a computer's screen. The "Saying" task consisted of reporting on the accuracy of the textual response after the computer's automated feedback. During pretraining the frequency of corresponding reports was evaluated as a function of the increased probability of errors. Participants were assigned to different correspondence training methods. Training A consisted of continuous reinforcement for accurate reports, and no instructions; Training B consisted of continuous and intermittent reinforcement plus instructions, and Training C consisted of continuous and intermittent reinforcement only. After training criteria was met, participants were exposed to posttraning sessions identical to pretraining. Follow-up sessions were conducted 30 and 60 days later. Results indicated that all training methods were effective in maintaining accurate self-reports over time for eight participants. Low accuracy during pretraining seemed to predict low maintenance during posttraining and follow-up sessions. |
|
|
6. Instructional Programming for Early Reading Skills: Consonant Clusters |
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
YUSUKE HAYASHI (University of Kansas), Ibari Ezekwe (University of Kansas), Mia Caccavale (University of Kansas), Sheila Shuan Tsau (University of Kansas), Stephen H. Robertson (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The literature on reading in persons with intellectual disabilities contains little guidance for teaching early reading skills, particularly for word patterns beyond consonant-vowel-consonant words. This study extends the previous work to onset-consonant clusters, such as in the words frat and flat. Omitting the second consonant in the cluster (e.g., seeing flat and saying fat) is a common reading error. In a computerized matching-to-sample task, four adults with intellectual disabilities selected the printed word that corresponded to a spoken-word sample, from among a choice pool of closely related words. There were four, 25-word sets trained successively. Each word set contained five subsets (one for each vowel) composed to force attention to all consonants within the cluster (e.g., grad, glad, gad, rad, and lad). Comprehensive tests containing all consonant-cluster words were conducted before and after training of each word set. Results indicate that, in all participants, accuracy on the trained word sets improved, with accuracy on the untrained word sets relatively unchanged. Furthermore, in most cases, accuracy on the once-trained word sets remained high over the course of the study. These findings contribute to the development of the computer-based instructional programming for early reading skills. |
|
|
|
|
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Nicholas L. Weatherly (Spalding University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis will be holding its annual business meeting to discuss the direction of the chapter, provide updates on current business items, and receive feedback on chapter activities. All current members and all individuals interested in Kentucky behavior analysis are invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, and Board Members |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Chair: James E. Mazur (Southern Connecticut State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) will be presented, followed by discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. Questions and suggestions will be encouraged. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is a meeting of the editorial staff and governing board of the BAO journals. Discussion of current status of the journals published by the BAO will take place including editorial staff needs, publication deadlines and schedules for each journal, current submission data, development funds initiatives and other business of the journals. The meeting will be chaired by both Michael Commons and Darlene Crone-Todd. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (SIG) supports a behavioral approach to the study of language, especially as explored by B. F. Skinner. It serves to (a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, (b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, (c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's verbal behavior, (d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's verbal behavior, and (e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in the area of verbal behavior, whether or not you are a member of the SIG. |
|
|
|
|
Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
304 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Carthage College) |
Presenting Authors: |
Planning for next year's major events and a review of the previous year's activities will be addressed. Suggestions will be taken from the floor for future agenda items covered at WisABA meetings. Strategic planning will address conference issues, outreach, and recruitment. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
301 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice special interest group (SIG) is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real world settings. Our goal is to develop a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. Come by to learn about past and future activities and find out how you can become involved with our SIG. |
|
|
|
|
Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in the sex therapy and educational programming special interest group (STEP SIG) are welcome to attend its annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities. |
|
|
|
|
Autism Knows No Borders; Neither Should We |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is a business meeting for those interested in working with individuals with autism internationally to discuss the delivery of autism services internationally. Different approaches will be discussed briefly, followed by an interactive discussion and some time to network. The Global Autism Project, an international non-profit organization will be hosting this event and invites everyone interested in international work to join us. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: University Contact Faculty |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will address new developments in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board that relate to universities with BACB approved course sequences and approved experience courses. All BACB university contact faculty are urged to attend or send a faculty representative. |
|
|
|
|
Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Dana J. Stevens (Whitworth University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) is excited to announce that it is once again an active chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). NWABA recently held a regional conference at Gonzaga University from October 8 - 9, 2010, with over 70 members in attendance. Keynote addresses included Dr. Gina Green and Dr. Peter Gerhardt. The executive board is in the process of organizing the next conference, which will be held in October 2011. Please join us in attending the business meeting where we will discuss key issues regarding our chapter. We are always looking for new members who are dedicated to the acquisition, evaluation, and dissemination of information regarding behavior analysis, so we hope to see you there. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Inna Glaz Kanevsky (San Diego Mesa College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the TBA SIG business meetingis to update attendees on the SIG's progress and to set goals for the coming year. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
407 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Clinical behavior analysts engage in both research and applied settings utilizing behavior analytic principles to address psychological distress in diverse populations including outpatient psychotherapy, inpatient psychiatry, and a variety of mental illnesses across the entire life span. This is our annual meeting to discuss how to further promote our work at applied behavior analysis. Attendees will have the opportunity discuss areas of interest and work, ideas for future clinical behavior analysis applications, upcoming training opportunities, research projects, conceptual struggles and developments, network with like-minded scientist-practitioners, and plan activities for next yearis convention. Everyone is welcome and invited to attend—membership is not necessary. Please join us and learn more about this exciting area of behavior analysis! |
|
|
|
|
Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this business meeting is to discuss business related to the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration. |
|
|
|
|
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Vicki Madaus Knapp (Summit Educational Resources) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the business meeting for the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis. Updates from committees will be provided and plans for upcoming events will be shared. Behavior analysts residing or practicing in New York state or the surrounding areas are encouraged and welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Honoring Masaya Sato’s Life and Legacy (1932- 2010) |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
303 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Panelists: RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), YOSHIAKI NAKANO (Tokyo Seitoku University), TAKAYUKI SAKAGAMI (Keio University), NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Yamawaki Gakuen College) |
Abstract: Please join us for a celebration and remembrance of the life of Professor Masaya Sato (1932-2010), whose accidental death this past August is mourned by his many friends and colleagues from around the world. Professor Sato was the president of Seisa University and professor emeritus at Keio University. He was the essential force in the development of behavior analysis in Japan, a significant contributor to the growth of the field of behavior analysis internationally, and a mentor to many students and colleagues who benefited from his teachings and his example. To date, He is the only non-U.S born President of ABAI, and during his tenure he contributed greatly to the international expansion of ABAI. Professor Sato was a leader, scholar, and accomplished composer, poet, and a dear friend and mentor to many in our field. Please join us as we honor his life and legacy. |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
YOSHIAKI NAKANO (Tokyo Seitoku University) |
TAKAYUKI SAKAGAMI (Keio University) |
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Yamawaki Gakuen College) |
|
|
|
|
IGNITE! |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The IGNITE motto is, "enlighten us but make it quick," and it is a fast-paced, fun, thought-provoking way of presenting ideas. Slide-based presentations are only 5-minutes long and each speaker is allowed only 20 slides that are automatically advanced by computer every 15-seconds. This year at ABAI for the first time we will have give IGNITE presentations plus one Roulette presentation. Topics include response cost, auture applied behavior analysis, equivalence, and anosognosia (you'll have to come to find out about this). IGNITE was invented in Seattle in 2006 and since then has caught on like wildfire around the country primarily by techies who talk about their latest innovations. We think that it is a perfect way for behavior analysts to add some spark to the conference-so come join us for an incredibly fast paced series of high-octane spiels by those gutsy and passionate enough to share (in 5 minutes or less) in a slideshow that automatically advances, whether we're ready or not! |
|
Who Did What to Whom?: Explication of Participant Profiles |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A core component of research is the ability to replicate studies in an effort to test the reproducibility of the results. Journals articles contain several important pieces of information regarding the participants of the studies, but seldom do they provide enough information about who participated and under what conditions they came to be participants. These types of information may be important for the reproduction of all participant variables that may affect outcome, or guarantee that a different sample is tested during the replication. There may be differences between people who participate for monetary incentives versus those who participate for extra credit in a college course. It is argued that journals should allow for additional space to report simple, easy to report variables and conditions to aid in future research on the same topic. Failure to do so may be a central reason why there is variability in the results of replications. |
|
Response Cost Redux: Procedure Versus Context |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The term "response cost" describes a negative punishment procedure used to decrease unwanted behavior. In addition, the term has recently been used to mean the difficulty or effort of a response. Unfortunately, the different meanings of these terms are similar enough that context alone is often inadequate to determine to what the speaker is referring. This confusion wastes time and jeopardizes the technological dimension of applied behavior analysis. It is our contention that this imprecision in terms should be resolved. This IGNITE is a brief introduction to the terms, their history, and our proposed resolution of this terminological confusion. |
|
Back to the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis |
COREY L. ROBERTSON (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This humorous presentation will take a look at what possibilities lie ahead for the science and practice of applied behavior analysis, including the use of emerging technologies, education and dissemination, and how the principles and language of behavior may become embedded in everyday life. The purpose of this presentation is to examine where the field of applied behavior analysis is now, how far it has come, and to inspire the audience to strive to further the advancement of man through our science |
|
Guilt by Association: How Words Mean What They Mean |
DANIEL C. DEROSA (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This will be a brief discussion of how common words acquire the meanings they do in everyday situations. Everyday people in a variety of contexts utilize words to express themselves, words whose definitions would not seem to allow for such usage. Through equivalence conceptualization these words come to be associated with other concepts and by extension still more concepts are associated with those, generating equivalence classes of words and concepts. |
|
Anosognosia and the Case of the Over-Confident Behavior Analyst |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: Anosognosia is a condition in which a person with a disability is totally unaware of it and even denies it. The term came into the psychological literature in 1999 in an article by Dunning and Kruger: "Unskilled and Unaware of It: How Difficulties of Recognizing One's Own Incompetence Lead to Inflated Self-Assessments." They began their research based on a brief account of a bank robber who believed that his face would not show up on video cameras if he rubbed it with lemon juice. In this IGNITE presentation I will describe some of the odder facts about this case and relate this phenomena and some of the research on anosognosia to behavior analysis in the hopes of heading it off in our field. |
|
Ignite Roulette |
Abstract: After being wowed by an amazing series of IGNITE presentations by fellow behaviorists, get ready for some crazy improv, riotous laughter, and all around great fun while watching the same five well-prepared people bite the bullet and present something which they didn’t prepare at all for your entertainment and education! What do we mean? In this round, each person submits a presentation to the pool. From the pool, the presentations will be chosen at random by a “spin of a wheel”–potentially leaving us presenting something we’ve never seen before. If the idea of a 5 minute presentation that auto-advances regardless of the speaker seemed crazy–you ain’t seen nothin’ yet! |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Boards and Committees |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. ABAI Education Board |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The mission of the Education Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the recruitment, training, and professional development of behavior analysis. This year was again a very busy one for the Education Board and its subsidiary boards and task forces (Graduate Accreditation, Undergraduate Accreditation, Accreditation Recognition, Site Visitor Training, and Student Subcommittees.) Our major efforts have includedrevising ABAI's accreditation standards andpursuing recognitionof ABAI's standards by other agencies, among many other changes. Progress to date will be outlined and any members interested in helping with these efforts are invited to join us. The Education Board also wishes to report that the National Center for Education Statistics of the US Department of Education now recognizes applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a distinct type of academic program with its own numeric Classification of Instructional Program ("CIP") code (42.2814). Please note that CIP data rely upon the reports of universities, so we request that faculty memebrs notify their Office of Institutional Research or its equivalent on your campus to correctly categorize ABA programs and hence better inform policy-makers of ABA training resource needs. |
|
2. ABAI Practice Board |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College) |
Abstract: ABAIsupports issues related to scientist-practitioners through the work of the Practice Board, whichfocuses on matters of interest to agencies and providers of behavior analysis services. |
|
3. ABAI Science Board |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
Abstract: Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose of the Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength and success, depends much on both basic and applied research.ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this Board. |
|
4. ABAI Membership Board |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Membership Board is concerned with recruiting and evaluating candidates for the standing of Associate members, Full ,embers, and of Fellows of ABAI. Members of the evaluating committees will be available to answer questions concerning the criteria for each of these categories of membership, and the processes whereby each are evaluated |
|
5. ABAI Publication Board |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
Abstract: ABAI publishes three scholarly journals, The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice, the production of which are overseen by the Publication Board. |
|
6. An Overview of the ABAI Program Committees' Activities & Convention System |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to provide a data-based overview of the ABAI convention program system, and a "behind the scenes" view of the associated processes. A step by step depiction of the major processes highlights the activities of Program Committee members. This presentation also includes data associated with the overall convention growth, expansion of the program areas, different types of presentation, and consumer satisfaction. |
|
7. ABAI Student Committee |
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Southern Illinois University), Antonio M. Harrison (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Joshua K. Pritchard (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: ABAI student members constitute over a third of the association's total membership. Therefore, the mission of the ABAI Student Committee is to provide organizational support for ABAI student members that will promote participation in ABAI and professional growth, and enable student members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is comprised of three elected Student Representatives who serve on ABAI's Executive Council for 3 years. Student Program Representatives from a variety of behavior analytic training programs function as an advisory board to the Student Representatives. Some prominent activities of the ABAI Student Committee include organizing student events, sponsoring Professional Development Series events, electing Outstanding Mentor Awardees, and implementing the Student Poster Initiative. |
|
8. ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: This poster will present the Board's activities of the past year. |
|
|
|
Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group of ABAI: Current Activities and Future Directions |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno), Jeffrey Jacobs (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: The Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG is open to all ABAI members interested in the research and application of behavior analytic methods, practices, and principles to human challenges in health, sport, and fitness. We will present current SIG activities, membership data, and plans for future growth. |
|
2. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group of ABAI |
KIMBERLY KELLY (University of North Texas), Season Almason (Central Washington University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kerry A. Conde (Western New England College), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Danielle Lise LaFrance (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) is affiliated with the Association of Behavior Analysis International and is dedicated to the study of language acquisition. The VB SIG is led by a group of professionals within the field of applied behavior analysis, all of whom approach the study of verbal behavior from a Skinnerian perspective as established by B. F. Skinner's (1957) publication of Verbal Behavior. This organization was established to (a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, (b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, (c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior, (d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's verbal behavior, and (e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language. |
|
3. Direct Instruction Special Interest Group: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! |
WENDY L. KOZMA (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: The mission of the Direct Instruction Special Interest Group (DI SIG) is to promote Direct Instruction as a research-validated instructional practice within the field of behavior analysis. The goals of the DI SIG are as follows: 1) To increase awareness and understanding of Direct Instruction as a research-validated practice; 2) to increase the fidelity of Direct Instruction implementation through education and training; 3) to identify, support and promote Direct Instruction best practices; 4) to contribute to Direct Instruction research; 5) and to increase active membership in the DI Special Interest Group. |
|
4. Applied Animal Behavior SIG |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Indya N. Watts (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Terri M. Bright (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey. This competition is open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI conference. |
|
5. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
ALLISON A. JAY (University of Colorado at Colorado Springs), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Maranda Trahan (Johns Hopkins University), Vinh Dang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavioral gerontology is the application of behavior analysis to aging and age-related issues (LeBlanc, Raetz, & Feliciano, in press). By the year 2030, nearly 20% of the American population will be over the age of 65. Nearly every specialty area within the field of behavior analysis will be affected, as most areas have an older population. As individuals get older, they are forced to deal with the various issues that are unique to this time in life. However, many of the clinicians trained to work with certain populations do not have the additional training to deal with the behavioral issues that occur in aging settings. The mission of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group is to provide intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. Additionally, we provide support to professionals in other areas of behavior analysis to help them affectively deal with aging issues. |
|
6. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Behaviorists For Social Responsibility are a Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The mission of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is to act to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing social issues, particularly those with social justice, human rights, and environmental implications. Activities of BFSR include: 1) expanding and strengthening the community of behavior analytic scientists working in areas of social importance, providing mutual stimulation and reinforcement for this work, and supporting and challenging each other in deepening it; 2) encouraging advances in the emerging subdiscipline of cultural analysis, in which many promising approaches to dealing with important social issues are grounded; 3) expanding access to current experimental, applied, and conceptual analyses related to social issues and cultural analysis worldwide, through publication of the scientific journal Behavior and Social Issues; 4) encouraging behavior scientists and practitioners to take practical action challenging oppression, in solidarity with those who are most at risk; 5) expanding public awareness of behavior analytic and cultural analytic principles and practices that can contribute to addressing social issues and challenging oppression; and, 6) expanding presentations and programming related to social issues at the annual Association for Behavior Analysis: International convention, and other scientific and professional venues. |
|
7. Clinical Special Interest Group |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention & Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Cristal E. Weeks (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: We will be presenting information regarding what clinical behavior analysis is and SIG related activities. Please stop by and learn about all of the opportunities in this exciting field. |
|
8. Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The mission of the Behavior Development Bulletin (BDB) is to provide behavior analysts with peer reviewed scientific information of interest to the behavior community, including research in cognitive development, child emotional development, developmental theory and socialization. Since its inception, the BDB journal has published articles of an inter- and multidisciplinary nature including areas of socio-biology and behavioral methodology. The BDB journal is especially relevant to behavior analysts who study the developmental processes responsible for behavior changes and their progressive organization. The BDB journal hopes to provide answers by looking at the biological and environmental factors that affect behavioral development, while maintaining primarily interest in the role of environmental contingencies in behavior change. |
|
9. Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group |
MARK T. HARVEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice special interest group (SIG) is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real world settings. Our goal is to develop a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. Come by to learn about past and future activities and find out how you can become involved with our SIG. |
|
10. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG) is to promote basic experimental and translational research with human participants. The EAHB SIG works toward this mission by sponsoring an annual Student Paper Competition. The goal of the paper competition is to encourage basic experimental and translational research by recognizing the best exemplars from the work of students. We also sponsor an annual Distinguished Career Award: The goal of this award is to recognize the contributions of behavioral scientists whose work has helped to define EAHB as an interesting and viable area of study. Prior recipients have included Alan Baron, Murray Sidman, Joe Brady, Joe Spradlin, A. Charles Catania, and Travis Thompson. We also sponsor the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin (ISSN 1938-7237). Finally, we sponsor an annual meeting for interested parties at the annual ABAI convention. The goal of these meetings is to discuss the business of the EAHB SIG, the EAHB Bulletin, and the general state of affairs in EAHB, EAB, Behavior Analysis, and the world. |
|
11. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group focuses on networking for professionals that work in the field of acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. Areas of interest include neurobehavioral programs, skill acquisition and relearning, community re-entry, military related brain injuries, funding, current trends, research, jobs, and internships. |
|
12. Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group |
FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The sex therapy and educational programming special interest group (STEP SIG) exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. STEP SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of sexual behavior in a variety of human populations. Members of this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy and sex education. The SIG was founded in 2007 and has been providing an annual symposium at the annual convention of the Association for Behavior Analysis International since its inception. |
|
13. Speech Pathology Special Interest Group |
JAMIE M. SEVERTSON (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.), Ashley Elizabeth Tunell (Trinity Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Speech Pathology (SPABA) Special Interest Group SIG poster will provide information about the SIG's mission and the mission-related member activities during the past year. The SIG's mission is to promote dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about: SIG membership and its benefits, resources that are available on the SIG website, and opportunities for participation on various SIG committees. The poster will also present credentialing information for speech pathologists interested in pursuing the behavior analyst credential. In addition, a few SIG members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors and to answer questions and, in general, promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders. |
|
14. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware) |
Abstract: If you teach others to change behavior, this SIG is for you! Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. TBA's purpose is simple—to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting where those activities occur. Our members are not limited to individuals who teach in traditional colleges and universities; we come from a variety of settings. Those settings include formal classrooms; agencies and organizations that design behavioral interventions for children, adults, and animals; business concerns that provide performance management training for their personnel or consultees; and homes where the main concerns are caring and effective child-raising, supportive family relationships, and enjoyable, well-mannered pets. Our activities include an active email listserv (TBA-L) and an interactive website. Collaborations that began on TBA-L have resulted in presentations at ABAI and other professional meetings. Please stop by and check out what we are all about! |
|
15. Behavior Analyst Online Special Interest Group |
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The BAO is a collection of journals now in its 11th year of operation as open-access, no-fee journals in the areas of the experimenatal analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and clinical behavior analysis. The BAO SIG was created to disseminate research and theory for Behavior Analysts world wide. The BAO SIG poster will update ABAI members on current developments, editorial boards, journals published by the BAO, publication schedules, and website information. Membership in the BAO SIG will also be made available. |
|
16. Organizational Behavior Management Network |
SARAH VANSTELLE (Western Michigan University), Jeana L. Koerber (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network is a non-profit organization, whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact to organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, membership benefits, and the 2011 OBM Network Conference. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the Network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the Network and the 2011 OBM Network Conference. |
|
17. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (The May Institute, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS SIG) of the Association of Behavior AnalysisInternational is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The overall goal of the PBS SIG to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies and in homes and support practitioners in its use. The PBS SIG addresses members of ABAI engaged in experimental and applied analyses of behavior who are interested in positive behavior support. Established in 2005, the goals of the SIG are to promote and disseminate positive behavior support within ABAI. |
|
18. Standard Celeration Society |
Owen R. White (University of Washington), Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center), William J. Helsel, TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (California State University, Fresno), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The society's heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley, who in 1972 (p. 9) named Precision Teaching because "what was really new in our procedure was precision, we decided to use that as an adjective in front of whatever it was one was doing: hence in our case, "precision teaching." Lindsley (1971) hoped that the standard recording and charting system would be used throughout the behavioral fields as Precision School Psychology, Precision Social Work (Green & Morrow, 1972), Precision Speech Therapy (Johnson, 1972), and so on. Dr. Lindsley's greatest contribution as written in tribute by T. V. Joe Layng was his showing "that bringing frequency to the people revealed not only his heart, but the heart that resides in the science of human behavior as well." The Society encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world. |
|
19. Autism Special Interest Group |
LORI E. BECHNER (Autism Center at University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. |
|
20. Behavior Medicine Special Interest Group |
SAMANTHA REED (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Autumn N. McKeel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: The Behavior Medicine Special Interest Group seeks behavior analysts interested in behavioral health and medicine. Future SIG events, the role of the home journal (Journal of Behavioral Health and Medicine), opportunities for members, and other relevant information will be presented in poster format during the Expo. |
|
21. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group is in its first year and was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format. |
|
22. Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group |
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: The Parent-Professional Partnership Special Interest Group (PPP SIG) was created in 2001 to help address the needs of parents within the ABAI community. The PPP SIG provides information, networking opportunities and resources for parents attending the annual ABAI Convention. Although the bulk of our efforts center around autism spectrum disorders, parents of children with other disorders and disabilities may be interested in learning more about the SIG. Our ongoing initiatives include: 1) helping parents involved in applied behavior analytic (ABA) services become more familiar with ABA through information, resources, and links; 2)providing parents with access to accurate information from other existing resources via links or summaries; 3) sharing information with parent attendees prior to the ABAI convention; 4)hosting an orientation to parent newcomers at the start of the ABAI convention; 5) sponsoring formal conference events that target issues of significance to parents; 6)creating opportunities for networking; and 7) providing a forum for discussion of objectives at our annual business meeting |
|
23. Association for Science in Autism Treatment |
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to disseminate accurate, scientifically sound information about treatments for autism and to improve access to effective, science-based treatments for all people with autism, regardless of age, severity of condition, income or place of residence. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. |
|
|
|
ABAI Affiliated Chapters |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Zina A. Eluri (Eastern Michigan University), Tamara L. Perry (Eastern Michigan University), Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis. |
|
2. Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis |
TRACY L. KETTERING (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Laura M. Barnes (Blue Cap), Lauren S. Morrell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Serving Chicago and the Midwest, CABA is one of the oldest ABA organizations in the USA. Started at the University of Chicago in the 1960's, CABA has supported behavior analysis for over 30 years. This year, we report on the Annual CABA Meeting in Spring of 2010. Pictures of the event may be featured! The CABAPresident, Tracy L. Kettering, CABA officers, and CABA members welcome you to ABAI and to the CABA Poster. Stop by the CABA poster and meet others from the Midwest. Get on our mailing list for events and activities. We welcome your input and requests for new activities for the rest of 2011 (another Summer BBQ, perhaps?) and the Spring of 2012. |
|
3. Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College) |
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis invites you to join WisABA members to celebrate the year's accomplishments and look ahead. WisABA has been part of major changes in the behavior analytic landscape. Wisconsin now has Behavior Analysis Licenesure, insurance reimbursement for autism services, and state-recognized BCBA and BCaBA certification. WisABA worked with parent groups and service providers to being this about. At the 2010 WisABA Conference, state- and nationally-recognized professionals provided insights at workshops, panel discussions, and social events. Join us to bask in last year's work, plan for the future, and be part of an exciting movement. |
|
4. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis |
VICKI MADAUS KNAPP (Summit Educational Resources), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis represents scientists, scholars, and practitioners in psychology, education, and related fields who reside in (and outside of) New York State and are interested in the experimental analysis of behavior in all forms. We sponsor local presentations, publish a newsletter and mailing list, and run an annual conference. NYSABA currently has over 400 members and keeps them in touch with events that affect those of us here in New York State. NYSABA supports quality education for human services in New York State through the applications of ethical, humane, and effective principles of behavior analysis. |
|
5. Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis: PennABA |
LACEY R. BAILEY (Help Services, Inc.), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Richard Miller (Penn State University) |
Abstract: There is a continued need to educate and inform professionals, administrators, educators, and students about the science and application of applied behavior analysis locally. Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis is in its 13th year of service to Pennsylvania. Our primary concerns are fostering the creation of more behavior analysts within our state and beyond, clarifying BACB certification issues for our members, and maintaining the scientific integrity of the field in our practice as behavior analysts. PennABA's annual conference has provided speakers who encourage and foster behavior analysis within the lives of its members. To date, our annual conference has featured a one-track schedule and a remarkable line-up of presenters from across the country. In lock-step with our speakers, our members are diverse as well. Last year's conference brought over 110 individuals from 7 states. We also featured a three day schedule complete with five workshops and six one-hour presentations. PennABA's conference provides BCBA, BCABA, and Act 48 continuing education credits at no additional charge. Opportunities for poster presentations, a book exhibit and signing, and program exhibits will also be available. |
|
6. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA) |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA) and summarize our activities during this past year. The focus will be on our annual conference scheduled next spring, but also will cover other events and emerging issues for behavior analysts in Virginia. |
|
7. Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis |
ANDREA CLEMENTS STEARNS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Tami L. McDowell (Columbus Organization), Anney R. Fahrenholz (Columbus Organization) |
Abstract: The purpose of HLABA is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, So. Dakota, etc.) through the following means: Serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior. Identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. Organize and sponsor training events that serve as a forum for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis. Promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis. Support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services. |
|
8. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis (4caba) is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Our members reside, teach, conduct research, and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah. 4caba's mission is to promote the science of behavior and evidence-based technologies derived from the basic science in the Four Corners region. Our regional group has four objectives: (1) Serve as a scientific and professional reference group for states in the Four Corners region; (2) promote basic and applied research that will advance understanding of human and other animal behavior; (3) organize and sponsor an annual conference that will serve as a forum for presentation of scientific research, technological achievements and demonstrations of successful transfer of technologies; (4) promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and (5) support efforts of allied organizations in providing evidence-based behavior analytic services. The purpose of this poster will be to serve as a opportunity for ABAI convention attendees to learn about 4caba's mission and goals. |
|
9. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis |
EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), John Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education), William F. Steffen (Woodward Resource Center) |
Abstract: The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa. |
|
10. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Brooke Ashley Jones (University of Kansas), Jessica A. Royer (Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Nanette Perrin (University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis (KansABA) poster describes the affiliated chapter's structure and function. Its structure includes its organization by its committees, for instance, its executive committee (e.g., president, secretary, trearsurer) and governance committees (e.g., conference, legislative affairs, website, membership committees). Its function includes its activities, for instance, its current conferences (e.g., developmental disabilities, regular education) and legislative activities (e.g., passage of an insurance bill for autism treatment) and future plans (e.g., membership drive). |
|
11. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER A. WOSMEK (Bethany Lutheran College), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota), April L. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Sarah E. Roberts (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) is a regional chapter affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Our membership consists of 140 psychologists, educators, professional behavior analysts, and others interested in using behavior analysis to improve lives and our understanding of behavior. We live and work in communities across Minnesota, North Dakota, and South Dakota. MNABA membership is open to all who have interest in behavior analysis including students, parents, advocates, and professionals across disciplines. |
|
12. Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA) |
KEVIN MURDOCK (Florida Association for Behavior Analysis), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University at Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The membership and current activities of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA) will be described. |
|
13. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis |
R. M. (DUKE) SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Mark Stafford (Mariposa School for Children with Autism), Jim Phillips (Murdoch Developmental Center), Vicki Harper (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Nancy Poteet (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) celebrates its 22nd anniversary in 2011. The NCABA board, under the leadership of our president, Dr. Ya-yu Lo of UNC-Charlotte, has already put together an outstanding list of speakers for our annual conference February 16-18, 2011, in Charlotte, including Travis Thompson, Philip Hineline, Dennis Russo, Diane Browder, Denny Reid, Mark Galizio, Michelle Duda, and others. The NCABA conference will feature over 15 presentations, a poster session and at least six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. In addition attendees will be able to receive between 10-16 additional behavior analyst CEs for $30 making NCABA a great value for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Please visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news of the conference and upcoming events and to view our NCABA newsletter. "Catch someone doing good!" |
|
14. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas), Tracy E. Zinn (James Madison University), Wendy Donlin-Washington (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about behavior analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work. |
|
15. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis |
Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Lori Ann Russo (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
Abstract: The poster will provide information regarding the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA), an ABAI affiliated group and the statewide behavior analysis group for the State of Texas. The poster will provide information regarding the membership of TxABA, activities of TxABA (e.g., state conference, distributing newsletter, maintaining a website, maintaining a Facebook fan page, engagement in legislative and regulatory matters, promoting ABAI, providing consumer information, incorporating SIGs, providing professional workshops and presentations), behavior analytic activities of TxABA's members, officers of TxABA, and contact information for the organization. Information will be presented graphically (text and photos) and personally by members of the organization. Samples of materials developed and or distributed by the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis will be available. Persons viewing the poster will be more likely to talk accurately regarding the statewide ABAI affiliated chapter in Texas, behavior analysis activities in Texas and be more likely to have contact information regarding the organization and its officers than they were before viewing it. |
|
16. California Association for Behavior Analysis |
JILL M. YOUNG (Therapeutic Pathways, Inc.), Kristi L. Miller (F.A.C.E.S.) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA), including information about the mission of the organization, benefits of membership and information about the annual CalABA convention. |
|
17. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
KENNETH MACALEESE (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (Center for Advanced Learning), Molly L. Dubuque (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Nicholas M. Berens (Fit Learning), Ainsley McPherson (University of Nevada, Reno), Chelsea Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The mission of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis (NABA) is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in behavior analysis in the State of Nevada. This poster will provide an update on developments in NABA over the past year, as well as describing the structure of NABA, the forms of membership, and the current officers and their roles. Data will be presented on membership and information will be given on upcoming events, such as the 2011 Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis conference. |
|
18. HABA - Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis |
CATHERINE H. WILSON (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Aloha Kakou! Come meet HABA members. Me ka `oia`i`o Jessie Mitchell, Ka Pelekikena past O HABA and Todd Addleson, Ka Pelekikena O HABA |
|
19. Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis |
DANA J. STEVENS (Whitworth University), Kathleen S. Laino (Westcoast Behavioral Consultants), Season Almason (Central Washington University), Holly Almon (Organization for Research and Learning), Rick Shaw (Behavior Issues), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) is excited to announce that it is once again an active chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). NWABA recently held a regional conference at Gonzaga University from October 8 - 9, 2010, with over 70 members in attendance. Keynote addresses included Dr. Gina Green and Dr. Peter Gerhardt. The executive board is in the process of organizing the next conference, which will be held in October 2011. Keep a look out later in the year for more information on the specific dates, keynote speakers, and registration/membership information. If you will be moving to the area or are interested in more information about NWABA, please contact Dana Stevens at dstevens@whitworth.edu and send us your contact information or feel free to attend the NWABA business meeting at the 37th annual ABAI convention in Denver, CO. We are always looking for new members who are dedicated to the acquisition, evaluation, and dissemination of information regarding behavior analysis. |
|
20. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis |
SARAH E. BLOOM (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) is a new affiliated chapter and supports behavior analysis in the state of Utah. We held our first meeting this past June at the UtABA/Effective Practices in Special Education and Related Services conference in Logan, Utah. Dr. Brian Iwata was our keynote speaker and we offered CEUs for BCBAs and BCaBAs. |
|
21. Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group- UK and Europe |
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, University of Wales) |
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UK's leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members, we have organised international meetings for over four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London Easter, 2011. Recently we published the second peer reviewed special edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) that was devoted to the April 2009 meeting of the EABG. The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe. |
|
22. The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sigurour Vidar (Reykjalundur Rehabilitation Center), Hafdis Lilja Gunnarsdottir (Service Center for Breioholt), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Jon Gretar Sigurjonsson (National University of Ireland, Galway), Gudridur Adda Ragnarsdottir (Behavior Analysis and Teaching Consultation, Iceland), Lilja Yr Halldorsdottir (University of Akershus), INGIBJORG SVEINSDOTTIR (Primary Health Care of the Capital Area) |
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) was founded in 2004 and is a forum for people interested in the growth and development of behavior analysis in Iceland with the mission to disseminate and promote behavior analysis in Iceland. ICEABA's members are students, teachers, social workers, psychologists, parents, and behavior analysts. Behavior analysis is currently being taught at three universities in Iceland and many Icelandic graduate students are working towards, or have completed a degree in behavior analysis outside of Iceland, e.g. in the US, Norway and Britain. ICEABA has an active email discussion board sabar where ideas on behavior analysis are shared and discussed. ICEABA is also involved in the continued development of an electronic lexicon of behavior analytic terms in Icelandic, the publication of a peer reviewed web journal in behavior analysis and dissemination of reliable information about evidence-based behavior interventions in Iceland. |
|
23. Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis |
TERJE GUNDHUS (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members and is steadily growing. The organization is run by a board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters and two special interest groups. The board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis international. |
|
24. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) |
KERRI L. WALTERS (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our mission is to disseminate information about, correct misunderstandings of, and represent our membership in issues related to behaviour analysis in Manitoba. To this end we have led and attended meetings with various agencies in our province, and have formed new partnerships since the establishment of our organization in 2005. We are currently working with the Psychological Association of Manitoba and the University of Manitoba's Department of Psychology to ensure students will meet the requirements for registering as psychologists. Our chapter produces two newsletters each year and in October 2010, MABA held its 5th annual conference for which the line-up of presenters featured a number of prominent behaviour analysts. During 2010 and 2011 we have been, and will continue working, on the following tasks: (a) increasing our membership and expanding the diversity of our members to include behaviour analysts, parents, teachers, and other clinicians; (b) working with the BACB to develop a process that will facilitate certification in our province in order to increase the number of BCBAs practicing in Manitoba; and (c) working with our local psychology regulatory body to re-establish licensing for behaviour analysts in our province. |
|
25. Association of Behavior Analysis of Brazil |
MARTHA HÜBNER (USP Sao Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: The Brazilian Association of Psychotherapy and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) was founded on November, 4th, 1991. Its objective is to congregate psychologists, researchers, professors, and students who are interested in scientific and technological developments in behavior analysis. ABPMC, the Brazilian ABA chapter, currently has 4,500 names registered in its mailing list. Each year for the past 6 years, 1,600 people have attended its convention. Today, ABPMC has 1,800 members, coming from all over Brazil. Many regional meetings have been held with around 400 people attending each one. If we consider the annual meeting and the regional meeting, we have 3500 behavior analysts meeting each other every year. For 2010 and 2011 ABPMC headquarter is going to be in So Paulo city and for 2011 we are planning to organize a Latin American meeting in Behavior Analysis. Since 1999, ABPMC also publishes a regular journal called Revista Brasileira de Terapia Comportamental e Cognitiva (Brazilian Journal of Behavior and Cognitive Therapy). ABPMC also publishes a book series, named Sobre Comportamento e Cognio (About Behavior and Cognition), which has already published 24 volumes in applied and basic research areas. In 2009, behavior analysts discussed better ways of political representation for the field within government institutions, so as to increase the power and the inclusion of the field in the mainstream of the decisions that support the development of research and the diffusion of the knowledge produced by behavior analysis. Congruent with this, ABPMC played an important role in the defense of the behavioral analytic approach to autism, which was attacked by psychoanalysis, in reaction against a Rio de Janeiros government decision that institutionalized behavioral treatment to autism. The president of the association is Martha Hubner and the president of the annual meeting is Denis Zamignani. To submit papers to the ABPMC convention or to get more information about it, go to www.abpmc.org.br. |
|
26. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis |
SHIGEKI SONOYAMA (University of Tsukuba), Kenjiro Aoyama (Doshisha University), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) was established in 1981 with around 100 members. In 2010, we have almost 900 members and have lots of activities: holding annual convention, publishing journals, publishing newsletters, and so on. In this poster, we will show you the history and current activities of our association, and exhibit books in Japanese about the ABA. |
|
27. Central China Association for Behavior Analysis |
HAIQING XU (Hubei Maternal and Child Health Hospital), Hong Wang (Hubei Maternal and Child Health Hospital) |
Abstract: Central China Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) was founded on January 3, 2011, with the biggest learning center affiliated to Hubei provincial special children association in China. The poster will present the development of Central China ABA and recent events during the past year, including the mission, the history, the learning center and the conference. The expo will also share the growing and spreading of applied behavior analysis knowlege to different professionals, such as doctors, special education teachers, physical therapists, occupational therapists, language pathologists, and clinical psychologists. In addition, this expo will discuss the future plan of Central China ABA. With the continued support and help from SEEK education (USA) and TABA, the chapter is making headway and is welcomed by Chinese professionals and special needs families. It is highly expected that there will be a fast growth in applied behavior analysis in China. |
|
28. Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis: the Past, the Present, and the Future |
HUA FENG (National Chang-hua University of Education), Shu-Hwei Ke (SEEK Education, Inc.), Sharon Chien (SEEK Education, Inc.), Charlie Chen (SEEK Education, Inc.), Hung Chang (National Chang-hua University of Education) |
Abstract: Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) is honored to present the mission and recent accomplishments. The expo will share the mission of Taiwan ABA, for the present and the future. In addition, the following information will be presented in the expo, including:membership growth, approved BCaBA courses sequence, international conference, publication, training courses, and collabaration with China. In order to facilate BCBA certification in Taiwan, translating white book is undergo. The website of Taiwan ABA has been upgraded and more internet interaction is created. Pictures, video, fly, and publication will alsobe displayed in the expo. |
|
29. New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis |
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: This poster outlines the activities of the New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis (NZABA), an affiliated chapter of ABAI. It also provides information about the graduate programs at various universities in New Zealand. Further information can be found on our website at www.nzaba.org. |
|
30. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
NED CARTER (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden), Ulrika Langh (Stockholm County Council), Dag Strömberg (Stockholm County Council) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the origin, development and current activities of the Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA). SWABA is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden and to promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. From it's creation in 1996, SWABA has grown to over 150 members. SWABA has an additional 150 "virtual" members from around the world. These "virtual" members both join and re-new their memberships at the ABA Around the World Expo. A "Virtual Member of the Year" is selected at the Expo and the winner receives a SWABA t-shirt. SWABA also holds an auction for a unique SWABA t-shirt with the proceeds being donated to the ABA International Development Fund. SWABA continues revising it's routines and procedures with the goals of improving service and efficiency at the lowest possible cost Over the years, SWABA has co-sponsored an international conference and arranged numerous seminars and meetings. |
|
31. Advancement of ABA in India |
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Kinnari Bhatt (Association For Behavior Analysis of India), Suruchi Sancheti (Association For Behavior Analysis of India), Priyanka Bhabu (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Alpa Mahansaria (Association For Behavior Analysis of India), Geetika Kapoor (Association For Behavior Analysis of India), Razia Ali (Association for Behavior Analysis of India) |
Abstract: India is a country of 1 billion people, 26 states, 33 languages and 2000 dialects. It also has more than a million population of children with Autism and many more children with Developmental Disabilities. ABA India registered in 2009, has been working extensively across India to bring evidence based practice in the country. ABA India pioneered the movement by advocating ABA through workshops, training programs and organizing the first ABA Conference in India. ABA India is a professional body run by ABA educated and Board Certified personnel. There are presently 2 BCBA and 2 BCaBA professionals along with another 7-8 professionals working towards certification. ABA India has an Accreditation committee which is working towards making an accreditation program for non ABA personnel in the absence of an accredited ABA study program. It also has a Core Faculty Team which supports ABA India for faculty training. ABA India seeks the support from all Behavior Analysts willing to work, train and volunteer their time in India to advocate the science of ABA across the country. ABA India has a data base of institutions and parent groups from Ludhiana in the North to Cochin in South who are keen to have cutting edge services to learn and practice Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
Other Organizations |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. European ABA |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Neil T. Martin (European Association for Behaviour Analysis), Javier Virues Ortega (Association for Behavior Analysis of Spain), Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia), Giovambattista Presti (Libera Universita di Lingue e Comunicazione) |
Abstract: European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To publish and disseminate the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. http://www.ejoba.org/ 6. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org. |
|
2. FoxyLearning: Online Tutorials for Higher and Continuing Education |
ERIC J. FOX (FoxyLearning), Daniel J. Moran (Pickslyde Consulting) |
Abstract: FoxyLearning provides fully online, interactive, multimedia tutorials focused on behavior analysis. The tutorials are designed for easy integration into courses and can be completed for Type 2 continuing education units for maintaining certification as a BCBA or BCaBA (FoxyLearning is approved by the BACB to offer Type 2 continuing education). Tutorials on verbal behavior and relational frame theory are currently offered. This poster offers further details about the tutorials, guidelines for integrating them into a course or training program, and information for content experts interested in working with FoxyLearning to develop new tutorials. |
|
3. Division 25 of the American Psychological Association |
MATTHEW WEAVER (University of Pittsburgh), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within the APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's expo to learn more about Division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now. |
|
4. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine |
Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute), JILL FODSTAD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine provides training in behavioral psychology as it applies to individuals with developmental disabilities and pediatric problems. This training program, which has been in existence for over 30 years, is comprised of an American Psychological Association (APA) accredited predoctoral internship program (APA accredited since 1988) and a postdoctoral fellowship program. Since the inception of this training program, it has become one of the leading training programs in applied behavior analysis and behavioral psychology. Over 400 individuals have completed a predoctoral internship or a postdoctoral fellowship. The department is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field of behavioral psychology. We maintain a distinguished faculty who serve as role models for trainees. Our faculty, who hold academic appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, have a highly regarded record of research in the areas of severe behavior disorder, functional assessment and analysis, pediatric feeding problems, behavioral pediatrics, parent training, drug and behavior interactions, and functional magnetic resmance imaging. |
|
5. AdvoServ Programs |
JAMES F. MCGIMSEY (AdvoServ), Judith E. Favell (AdvoServ), Terry J. Page (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ), Byron J. Wine (AdvoServ), Gretchen Thwing (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: AdvoServ has specialized in serving individuals with severe behavior disorders for 40 years. Our residential, educational, and vocational programs promote independence and enhanced quality of life for children and adults with developmental disabilities and acquired brain injury. Behavior analysis serves as the primary method of treatment, both for teaching alternative behaviors and reducing maladaptive responses. AdvoServ currently offers programs in three states, ranging from intensive behavior units to community group homes Delaware programs serve children and adults in mid-Delaware near Maryland. Florida programs serve children and adults near Orlando. New Jersey programs serve adults throughout the state. Applied Behavior Analysis is the primary treatment approach in clinical, residential, educational, and vocational programs. We are seeking Behavior Analysts who will work within our team concept to design behavioral programs that rely on functional analysis and positive, person-centered teaching strategies. Become part of a team that values systematic staff training and development, 24-hour data collection, and intensive instruction in functional skills. |
|
6. Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis at Behavior Momentum India |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Rumno Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Behavior Momentum India established in 2010 at Bangalore India is the first organization in India which practices the science of ABA. BMI intends to create genuine partnerships with individuals and organizations to provide the highest possible standard of behavioral based intervention, education, and consultation in India and the region. It has created a Learning Academy of International Standards in India to provide best practices to Individuals with specific behavioral & learning difficulties and foster growth in all. It has currently two Centers in Bangalore and Kolkata which provided 1:1 and group programs for children with Autism, Aspergers & other Developmental Disabilities. BMI centers are the only ones in India which has 2 BCBA's under whose guidance staff training and teaching programs are practiced. BMI has 4 International Advisors, who are PhD's in ABA and / or BCBA-D. At BMI centers children are taught in Natural Environment and also during ITT. BMI offers opportunities to students for internship at its present and upcoming centers |
|
7. The Faison School for Autism |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Adam S. Warman (The Faison School for Autism), Elizabeth Braddock (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: The Faison School for Autism is located in Richmond, VA, and is a specialized private school for students with autism spectrum disorders. Faison is dedicated to providing behavior analytic services for individuals ages 2-22, using the comprehensive, CABAS approach developed by Dr. Doug Greer at Teachers College at Columbia University. The Faison School serves students with a wide range of abilities and needs, including those with limited or no communicative skills and severe behavior problems, and accesses consultative services from Dr. Greer as well as Drs. Louis Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) and Maureen Conroy (University of Florida). Current programs and initiatives include the Day and After School Programs, Self-Management Program, Outpatient and In-home Services, Life Skills & Employment Center, Intensive Intervention Program, Consultative Services, and Community Outreach. In addition, The Faison School provides professional development opportunities to clinicians, parents, educators and other practitioners through BACB course offerings, workshops, volunteer and internship opportunities. |
|
8. Westchester Institute for Human Development: Training Opportunities |
DAVID E. KUHN (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Westchester Institute for Human Devleopment), Patricia A. Moss (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York) |
Abstract: The training program in the Behavioral Psychology Program at the Westchester Institute for Human Development (WIHD) emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions in home, school and community settings. Pre- and post-doctoral interns, along with master's-level graduate students from local colleges and universities, provide outpatient services under the direction of supervisors who are both licensed psychologists and board certified behavior analysts. In addition, the interns participate in the LEND (Leadership Education in Neurodevelopmental and related Disabilities) training program at WIHD which provides additional training that prepares them for leadership positions in the field of developmental disabilities. The Westchester Institute for Human Development is committed to providing a diverse training experience focused on applying the principles of behavior analysis to socially significant behaviors in both clinical and non-clinical settings. |
|
9. TreeHouse: Ambitious about Autism, London, UK |
KATY LAMBERT (TreeHouse Trust), Emma F. Douglas-Cobane (Treehouse Trust), Becky Jones (TreeHouse Trust), Esther Thomas (Treehouse School), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University) |
Abstract: In 1997 TreeHouse became the first school in the UK to educate children with autism using the comprehensive application of applied behavior analysis (ABA). TreeHouse is now a national charity for evidence based autism education. In addition to running the largest ABA school in the UK, TreeHouse provides training to parents and professionals, commissions research and campaigns for changes to policy. TreeHouse provides personalised educational programmes through the comprehensive application of ABA in a day school setting for 87 young people with autism, intellectual disability and challenging behaviour aged 4-19 years. We work closely with the families of our students to ensure that skill acquisition and behaviour change is functional and meaningful for the individual. We employ ABA Therapists, ABA Supervisors, ABA Consultants and Senior ABA Consultants within our team. We are committed to developing our employees and actively support staff to gain skills, competencies and certification within the field of ABA. Senior staff and external students access the MSc in Applied Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales, UK via TreeHouse video conferencing facilities and we have a close research and development relationship with Professor Richard Hastings and Dr Carl Hughes from the School of Psychology at Bangor University, UK. |
|
10. Capilano University's Bachelor of Arts Degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism |
CARA ZASKOW (Capilano University) |
Abstract: The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism is a unique degree program in British Columbia. At this time, it is the only baccalaureate program in Western Canada that blends rigorous academic training and professional supervised experience. This program has tremendous potential to improve the lives of families who are currently struggling to find competent professionals in the field of behaviour analysis. At present it is estimated that 1 in 150 children meet the criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder and applied behaviour analysis is the only scientifically validated treatment that has been shown to be effective. Graduates of the program will have the requirements to become Board Certified Assistant Behavior AnalystsTM and work in partnership with Board Certified Behavior AnalystsTM. |
|
11. Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas |
SUSAN R. MILLER (University of North Texas), Leslie Burkett (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas), Janet Ellis (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 5-course sequence. |
|
12. Performance Blueprints, Inc. |
LORI H. DIENER (Performance Blueprints, Inc.), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of Performance Blueprints, Inc. is to help organizations work better by aligning people, technology & processes to optimize your company's systems to get the results you want. We specialize in small businesses, non-profits & human service settings by providing a variety of consulting and training services. These include analyzing your systems and processes and then designing comprehensive action plans that establish accountability and increase performance through measurement and management systems. We also specialize in instructional design to make your training and customer communications more effective. Our workshops are customized and action-oriented and our services are flexible to adapt to your organization’s needs and chosen level of involvement. {www.performanceblueprints.com} |
|
13. It's All Behavior, No Matter Where You Find It |
MARTA T. FIOL (Behavior Services of Brevard), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard), Bethany Dowding (Behavior Services of Brevard) |
Abstract: Behavior Services of Brevard is recruiting interns who are seeking experience with varied populations. From our Enterprises Intensive-Behavioral Adult Day Training program, to school consultation, to our in-home services, interns will have a variety of experiences with children, adolescents, and adults. Although probably best known for our work with consumers who have intellectual disabilities and severe behavior challenges, we serve typically developing children with challenging behaviors as well. Additionally, we serve many families through the child welfare system as well. This internship is perfect for a behavioral generalist, a behavior analyst who will be working in a school system, or who plans to practice in a more rural area where a breadth of experience would be desirable. We are an intensive supervision site for the Florida Institute of Technology Behavior Analysis program, as well as an internship site for the Psychology and Education programs at the University of Central Florida. Interns may be undergraduates, graduate students or post-graduates. The ideal candidates will be eager to learn, willing to be supervised, and open to working with a varied population. Behavior Services of Brevard is a behavior analysis professional development site. |
|
|
|
Accredited Graduate Training Programs |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. Western Michigan University: Masters and Doctoral Programs in Behavior Analysis |
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the ABAI-accredited graduate training programs in behavior analysis at Western Michigan University. |
|
2. West Virginia University Behavior Analysis Program |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Grace Evel Kyonka (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. |
|
3. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale: Behavior Analysis and Therapy |
BECKY L. NASTALLY (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: There arevastgraduate training opportunities at Southern Illinois Universityfor individuals interested in pursuing Master's or doctoral degrees. We offer a comprehensive program that teaching students basic science, applied technologies, and the conceptual framework of radical behaviorism. Degree programs are available on-campus and off-site in the Chicago land area, while 5 course sequences for BACB certification are offered online. |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University |
KIMBERLY A. SCHULZE (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University), Laura L. Grow (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: St. Cloud State University provides a M.S. program as well as BCBA and BCaBA courses in Applied Behavior Analysis in an on-campus and distance format. |
|
5. Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The M.A. and Ph.D. programs at The Ohio State University are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board that meets the coursework requirements for the BCBA examination. The M.A. program in Applied Behavior Analysis emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time M.A. students fulfill their practicum and research program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other community settings. The Ph.D. program prepares full-time students for leadership positions in special education whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. |
|
6. ABAI Accredited School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati |
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), David W. Barnett (University of Cincinnati), Janet L. Graden (University of Cincinnati), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly competent professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging field of education through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology. |
|
7. University of Nevada, Reno's Behavior Analysis Program |
W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno provides training in (1) philosophy, theory, and methodology of behavior analysis, (2) basic and applied research on human behavior, and (3) application of behavior principles and research. Applications relate to organizations, cultural change, rehabilitation and prevention with disabled and disadvantaged children and adults, and educational technology and educational system evaluation. |
|
8. University of North Texas: ABAI Accredited Graduate Program in Behavior Analysis |
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The poster will describe the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. The poster presents an overview of faculty expertise and interests, campus degrees and courses, and research and service-learning opportunities. Faculty from the Department of Behavior Analysis will be available to talk with attendees. |
|
9. Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Brooke Ashley Jones (University of Kansas), Andrea B. Courtemanche (University of Kansas), Zora Pace (University of Kansas), Julie A. Brandt (University of Kansas), Steven W. Payne (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The department's graduate program trains scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery and production, translation and application, and communication of knowledge in the behavioral sciences for understanding and solving problems of societal importance. For this, the department offers a Master of Arts (M.A.) in applied behavioral science and a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in behavioral psychology. In both degree programs, the department requires (a) a sequence of courses that integrates the basic principles of behavior, experimental methods and research design, and conceptual foundations with (b) training in basic, applied, and intervention research. Among the areas of application are early childhood, education, developmental disabilities, adolescence, family enhancement, independent living, physical disabilities, and health promotion and community development. Other areas are described in the graduate application materials available from the department and on the web site. Since its inception, the department has received notable grant funding for its research and training. In 2000, it received an award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions by the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. |
|
10. University of Maryland, Baltimore County: Applied Behavior Analysis Master of Arts Program at UMBC in Collaboration with the Kennedy Krieger Institute |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis includes accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC MA Program is responsive to the increasing call for such services and fills a gap in the availability of such programs in the mid-Atlantic region. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute's Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to developing and maintaining such a program. The program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis and is included in the list of programs approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, so that students who have earned our M.A. degree and have completed their supervision requirements are qualified and well-prepared to sit for the BACB certification examination. Students complete course work in basic and applied analysis of behavior, behavioral treatment design and data evaluation, the ethics of behavioral interventions, and practicum placement for hands-on experience with relevant behavioral procedures. |
|
11. Simmons College: MS and PhD Programs in Behavior Analysis |
MICHAEL J. CAMERON (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Ron F. Allen (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Elisa M. Hegg (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Simmons's innovative Behavior Analysis programs respond to a national/international need for board-certified behavior analysts, educators and counselors with formal training in behavioral principles, and graduate programs that focus the applications of behavior analysis. This program covers the methods, principles, and procedures of applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on using behavior analysis and behavioral support in multiple education and human service settings. The master's program is an ABA International Accredited Program. In addition, the master's level course sequence is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and meets the coursework requirements for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) examination. Coursework includes topics such as behavioral assessment, descriptive analysis, demonstration of functional relations, measurement and intervention tactics, data display and interpretation, selection of target behaviors and goals, family issues, legal and ethical issues, and crisis management. In the Ph.D. program, students take rigorous courses in research, conceptual issues, and advanced applied behavior analysis. Students conduct research with faculty members in a broad range of topics. |
|
12. Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis Queens College and The Graduate Center City University of New York (CUNY) |
AMANDA S. MENTZER (The Graduate Center, Queens College, The City University of New York), Jeffery Hamelin (The Graduate Center, Queens College, The City University of New York), Lindsay Maffei Almodovar (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: An overview of graduate programs in behavior analysis at Queens College and The Graduate Center of CUNY is presented. Opportunities include a Doctoral Program, Masters Programs, and an Advanced Certificate Program. The Doctoral Program offers study in Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis (LPBA) which is accredited in behavior analysis by ABAI and is license-eligible for New York state. Regularly, faculty and students present at national and international conferences, and they publish in peer-reviewed journals. Further, faculty members serve on the editorial boards of these journals and students serve as guest editors. The Master's programs offer study in a General Master's and Applied Behavior Analysis. The Advanced Certificate offers coursework in Applied Behavior Analysis to prepare students for certification as behavior analysts. Faculty interests for all behavior analytic programs include applied behavior analysis, autism, behavior-based safety, behavioral assessment, behavioral community psychology, developmental disabilities, drug addiction, equivalence class formation, human and animal timing, impulsivity, language acquisition, learning theory, motivation and reinforcement, neural mechanisms of learning and motivation, organizational behavior management, pattern recognition, stimulus control, and theories of association. |
|
13. Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University at Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy Polick (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The Masters degree in psychology at the Panama City Campus is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (one of only 14 accredited programs in the country). Our graduate curriculum has been pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), which certifies professionals at the bachelors, masters and doctoral levels. There are numerous settings for behavior analysis practicum experiences in the Panama City and Tallahassee areas that provide students with ample opportunities to practice their behavioral skills. This is a 5- to 6-semester non-thesis program with a comprehensive exam at the end plus a portfolio demonstration of behavioral skills. Courses are taught by resident faculty from the Panama City campus and faculty from the Tallahassee campus. These courses are typically taught via Interactive Television Network, which allows students to live in either Panama City or Tallahassee. |
|
14. Florida Institute of Technology Behavior Analysis Programs |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Guy S. Bruce (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The M.S. and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne, Florida will be described. |
|
15. California State University, Stanislaus MS Program in Psychology (Behavior Analysis) |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The MS program in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus is an ABAI Accredited program with a BACB approved course sequence. In addition, completion of the program meets the academic requirements for licensure in California as a Marriage Family Therapist. Four of the faculty who teach in the program are Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The program recognizes the role of basic and conceptual aspects of behavior analysis in preparaing clinicians and practitioners. |
|
16. California State University, Los Angeles Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The Master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at California State University, Los Angeles (CSULA) was first accredited in 1994 by the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and only the second ABA program accredited by the organization. The program, founded by Barry Lowenkron and G. Roy Mayer, is unique in a number of ways, not the least of which is that it is an interdisciplinary program involving two different departments—the Department of Psychology and the Division of Special Education and Counseling—in two separate colleges within the University. Students apply to either the Psychology Department or the Division of Special Education and Counseling, and once admitted, take courses in both departments. The aim of the program is to provide comprehensive training in behavior analysis. Students are expected to develop both a theoretical understanding as well as mastery of the application of the science of behavior analysis. The program is designed to prepare students for employment at the master's level or for doctoral study. The program's core curriculum has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (www.bacb.com). |
|
17. University of Houston, Clear Lake Behavior Analysis Master's Program |
CHARLES PETERSON (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Rachel Pantermuehl (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The Master's program in Behavior Analysis at UHCL provides students with a foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school and clinic settings. All students complete a major research project prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to most students. |
|
|
|
Graduate Training Programs |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. Western Michigan University: APA-Accredited Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology |
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), Amy Damashek (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes Western Michigan University's APA-accredited program in clinical psychology. |
|
2. Western Michigan University: Industrial Organizational Psychology Master's Program |
ALYCE M. DICKINSON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Bradley E. Huitema (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes Western Michigan University's Master's Program in Industrial Organizational Psychology, a program that emphasizes behavioral systems analysis, performance management, and behavior-based safety. |
|
3. Eastern Michigan University: Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Zina A. Eluri (Eastern Michigan University), Tamara L. Perry (Eastern Michigan University), Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Eastern Michigan University), Elizabeth Nelson |
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's (2 years, thesis optional) and doctoral levels (APA accredited; 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support). The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study is BACB-certified and prepares the graduate for licensure at the masters and doctoral levels. A masters in experimental psychology (thesis required) is available. |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Youngstown State University |
ROCIO ROSALES (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University), Jane Kestner (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the graduate program in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at Youngstown State University is to train students in the theoretical, experimental, and application of behavior analysis through a balanced combination of coursework and practical experience in community settings. The program employs a scientist-practitioner model of graduate training. The full-time program requires two years of coursework and practicum experience. As a result of this training, students earn a Master of Science degree in ABA and are eligible to sit for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board exam. Students will also be prepared to enter a doctoral program for further training. |
|
5. Chicago School of Professional Psychology's ABA Department in Chicago |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Welcome to the Expo! A few things about the Chicago School ABA Department: as always we are seeking to expand the science of behavior to new applications and populations. Our theoretical foundation is radical behaviorism, and faculty interests include autism, precision teaching, instructional design, Goldiamond's constructional approach, verbal behavior, selectionism, and other topics. We now grant an MA and a PhD in ABA, as we successfully converted our previous PsyD to a PhD. We have a course sequence approved by the BACBand a wide variety of field placements. Clients range from young children to older adults, including people with autism and other developmental disabilities and a wide array of diagnoses. Sites include home-based, center-based, schools, residential settings, and emergency behavioral intervention services. Sites include both Special Education and regular public schools. Our training in basic clinical skills gives graduates a strong advantage in dealing with other professionals, parents, and organizations. A joint program with the Counseling Department allows students to qualify for the Licensed Professional Counselor credential as well as the BCBA--a uniquely marketable combination of skills and a real opportunity for ABA theory, measures, and procedures to expand to another population. (Ask about the status of our double MA degree program!). |
|
6. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University |
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a one-year, non-thesis master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Students are trained to provide ABA services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorder, adults with mental retardation, children with academic and behavioral challenges, and other individuals in need of behavioral services. Behavior-analytic training at the doctoral level is available through programs in either Experimental Psychology or Clinical Psychology. Faculty members and graduate students in each of these programs are active in both basic and applied research. |
|
7. Doctoral and Master's Level Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell College |
TINA SIDENER (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Caldwell College currently has two degree programs in its Department of Applied Behavior Analysis: a 45-credit Master's program and a 90-credit PhD program in ABA, both BACB-approved for coursework requirements. The programs are designed to prepare students for employment within the fields where there are growing demands for competent ABA professionals and scholars. Students are required to show proficiency in coursework and to complete a research thesis in the MA program and a research dissertation in the PhD program. The curriculum broadly focuses on (a) the principles and procedures of basic and applied behavior analysis practice and research, (b) the application of behavior analysis and behavioral support in complex environments (i.e., home, school, work, other community settings, and institutional settings), (c) conceptual and theoretical underpinnings of advanced topics in behavior analysis, (d) development and completion of independent research in behavior analysis, and (e) supervision and training of others in behavior analysis. Caldwell College is affiliated with a number of sites where students may work to complete their supervised hours for eligibility to sit for BCBA certification. In addition, students have the opportunity for both applied and research practica experiences in the new on-campus Center for Autism and ABA. |
|
8. Graduate and Certficiate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth Campus |
BARRY HAIMSON (University of Massachusetts Dartmouth), Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: The poster will describe 2 graduate programs located in Massachusetts at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth campus. The Cambridge College program offers a Masters in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating an approved BCBA course sequence and a Behavior Analyst Post-Master's Certificate Program. The University of Massachusetts offers a Master of Arts in Psychology with an Applied Behavior Analysis option and a Behavior Analyst Post-Master's Certificate Program. All courses are offered under the direction of the Psychology Department at an APA approved research university. Both programs offer a fieldwork practicum supervised by board certified behavior analysts at approved placements or through alternative arrangements for students not currently employed in the field. In addition both programs satisfy the academic requirements to sit for the BCBA? exam Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth offer these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon Services. |
|
9. Gonzaga University Graduate Programs in Special Education |
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Randy L. Williams (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Gonzaga University offers graduate training in (a) functional analysis, (b) early childhood special education, 3) general special education content, and 4) a Masters of Initial Teaching (MIT) in special education. The functional analysis program focuses on clinical procedures and training of candidates. Individuals completing this program will complete courses with content required for BCBA certification and many courses are pre-approved through the BACB. The early childhood special education program provides instruction and application in working with young children with disabilities. The general special education program is designed for students who wish to extend their teaching area or are looking to work in non-certified positions. The MIT in special education is designed for candidates who are seeking teacher certification to work with students with disabilities. |
|
10. The Special Education Program At Penn State -- University Park |
DAVID L. LEE (Penn State University) |
Abstract: Currently, there is a serious shortage of special education teachers and related personnel. This shortage spans from classroom teachers to those faculty who prepare teachers and conduct research. The Special Education Program at Penn State prepares teachers and higher education faculty to meet these ongoing demands. Graduate students at both masters and doctoral levels can design courses of study that emphasize work with students with low incidence (e.g., autism) or high incidence disabilities (e.g., learning disabilities and behavior disorders) all within a behavior analytic framework. Master's-level students work through a research-based curriculum whereby skills learned in university-based settings are applied early and often in k-12 settings during practicum. The focus on generalization of skills is also emphasized in the PhD program where students move through the CONE (Criteria of Next Environment) model, whereby skills required of higher education faculty are explicitly taught and practiced. Funding is often available for qualified students. |
|
11. Masters Degree inApplied Behavior Analysisat Penn StateHarrisburg |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University) |
Abstract: The Masters Degree in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at Penn State Harrisburg provides students with BACB approved course content and experience requirements. Students have opportunities to study with leaders in the field for severe behavior, feeding problems, and autism. |
|
12. Rowan University: The Center for Behavior Analysis |
AMANDA K. MASON (Rowan University), Alexander Ward (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Rowan University is a selective medium-sized public university located in Glassboro, New Jersey approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan University currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework towards the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master's degree program in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 36 credit hour program that also fulfills the coursework requirement for the BCBA. The certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 15 credit hour program designed for individuals who already possess a graduate degree and would like to complete the behavior analytic coursework requirements for BCBA. The undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services for Children & Their Families consists of five courses designed to provide psychology majors with the required coursework for the BCaBA as well as some supervised experience in applied behavior analysis. The post-baccalaureate program in ABA is a three course sequence that provides the required coursework for the BCaBA for individuals currently possessing a bachelors degree. In addition to behavior analytic coursework, further understanding of behavior analysis is fostered by the variety of research and field experience opportunities. |
|
13. Temple University Behavior Analysis Training |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Liberal Arts and the College of Education. Students can acquire behavior analytic expertise through programs identified as Brain, Behavior, and Cognition; Special Education; Social Psychology; and School Psychology. Both Master's and PhD degrees are available, including a specialized Master's degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Additional behavior analytic research and training opportunities are available in a variety of settings within Philadelphia and surrounding communities. |
|
14. Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the University of Wales, Bangor, UK |
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University), Sandy Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, University of Wales), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University), Steve Noone (University of Wales Bangor), Corinna Grindle (Bangor University) |
Abstract: In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam (3rd Task List). In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enrol approximately 30 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe. |
|
15. Western New England College's Ph.D. and MS Programs in Behavior Analysis |
Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College), AMANDA KARSTEN (Western New England College), Dennis J. Kolodziejski (Western New England College), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England College) |
Abstract: The Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis (Dr. Gregory Hanley, Chair) at Western New England College (WNEC) prepares future scholars and scientist-practitioners to discover, translate, and apply knowledge of behavior to problems of social importance. Students in the Doctoral Program complete all coursework, practicum, and dissertation research requirements (54 credits, total) within approximately 3 years. Competitive funding opportunities are available to doctoral students in the form of teaching fellowships at WNEC, clinical assistantships at the New England Center for Children (NECC), or federal research grant assistantships. The Master of Science (MS) in Applied Behavior Analysis Program (Dr. Rachel H. Thompson, Chair) prepares students to deliver behavior analytic services, sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Boardexam, and to pursue doctoral training in behavior analysis. The MS in ABA Program is offered on the campus of NECC in Southborough, MA. Financial support is provided for all students who are also employed by NECC and ranges from partial tuition reimbursement to full support (including full tuition, housing, stipend, plus regular employee benefits). Students in the MS Program complete all coursework, practicum, and thesis research requirements (36 credits, total) within approximately 3 years. |
|
16. University of North Carolina, Wilmington's Behavior Analysis Programs |
ASHLEY AIKMAN (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Matthew Alcala (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Camille Arnold (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Rachel A. Eure (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Brian Messina (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Shelly Moore (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina - Wilmington) |
Abstract: This poster will present information on the two MA training programs in behavior analysis available at the University of North Carolina, Wilmington. Information on the applied behavior analysis clinical track and on the general track will be included. Faculty, programs of study, and research opportunities will be described. |
|
17. Doctoral Programs in Psychology at The University of Mississippi |
Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), APRAL FOREMAN (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at The University of Mississippi offers programs of study that lead to the Doctor of Philosophy in two separate areas: clinical psychology and experimental psychology. The Clinical Program has been fully accredited by the American Psychological Association since 1974. It is a scientist-practitioner model program that emphasizes an empirical approach to clinical practice. Clinical and research supervision is available from behavioral and cognitive behavioral approaches. The Clinical Program is designed to provide a sequence of research and practical experiences that requires students to function at increasing levels of autonomy and independence. We provide the grounding for these experiences in a rigorous sequence of courses that are taken early in the program. The Experimental Program includes a behavioral neuroscience program of study. Experimental students in this area of concentration take courses and seminars in neuroscience methods, neurobiology, psychopharmacology, pharmacology, toxicology, and biostatistics. State-of-the-art research experiences are offered in the study of the behavioral effects of psychotherapeutic and abused drugs, neurochemical analysis of monoamines using in vivo dialysis, striatal and hippocampal behavioral function using stereotaxic techniques, and evaluation of neural tissue through histological techniques. |
|
18. Behavior Analysis at Jacksonville State University |
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University), Steven C. Stout (Jacksonville State University), Heidi L. Dempsey (Jacksonville State University), Shannon Robertson (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Students in the program complete six required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum and research opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility and can practice applying behavioral principles in a variety of local agencies, such as The Little Tree Preschool-Jacksonville and Anniston Middle School. This poster provides more detail about our faculty and curriculum, including coursework and practicum opportunities. |
|
19. Stephen F. Austin State University:School & Behavioral Psychology Program |
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Michael E. Walker (Stephen F. Austin State University), Stevie Malnar (Stephen F. Austin State University), Amy Beaver (Stephen F. Austin State University), Carol Bradley (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: The School & Behavioral Psychology Program at Stephen F. Austin offers extensive graduate training in applied behavior analysis at the master's and doctoral levels. Sixteen Graduate Assistantships are available at the doctoral level at $18,000 per year. Current faculty includes six behavior analysts with diversified interests. Internal and external practicum experiences are available including an autism clinic housed within the department. The department is housed in a new state of the art building with extensive facilities for the study of autism, brain behavior relationships, an audiology lab, a family systems therapy lab, a counseling clinic and a speech clinic. Current faculty interests include autism, verbal behavior, behavioral assessment software development, artificial intelligence, relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, direct instruction, brain behavior relationships, environmental and social issues, school based health programs, organizational behavior management, behavioral systems analysis, response to intervention, school reform, ADHD, learning disabilities, instructional design, computer programming languages, and family systems therapy. |
|
20. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of the training program in behavior analysis in the department of psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. An overview of admissions and funding opportunities will be provided. |
|
21. Utah State University: Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis doctoral specialization at Utah State University prepares graduates to be hihgly effective university faculty and behavior analytic practitioners who significantly improve children's lives through research, intervention, and teaching. The specialization offers students the opportunity to advance their behavior analytic skills by: taking advanced coursework in behavior analysis theory, research, and practice; practicing applied behavior analysis in clinical and educational settings; and collaborating extensively with faculty in the areas of research, teaching, and staff supervision. |
|
22. Applied Behavior Analysis at George Mason University |
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Kristy Park (George Mason University), Michael M. Behrmann (George Mason University), Grace Mihyun Cho (Alexandria City Public Schools), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University) |
Abstract: George Mason University is home to an undergraduate minor in applied behavior analysis and a graduate certificate program in applied behavior analysis. The former is designed for students completing bachelor's degrees or others who hold bachelor's degrees and who wish to be trained to become a Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst. The latter is designed for those holding or earning graduate degrees, and provides the coursework needed to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Coursework, internship (at the practicum and intensive practicum level), faculty, and other features of the programs are described. |
|
23. Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Spalding University |
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Spalding University), Keith Hersh (Spalding University), David Morgan (Spalding University), Richard Hudson (Spalding University) |
Abstract: Spalding University is a private institution with undergraduate, graduate and adult accelerated programs, whose academic mission is founded in social justice. Spalding Universitys Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 36 credit-hour program which will prepare students to apply for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. As the flagship and only graduate program in Kentucky devoted to applied behavior analysis with board certification preparation, Spalding University's Applied Behavior Analysis Master's program is centered on providing a professional environment devoted to empirically-based behavioral standards across a range of behavior-analytic training areas including behavioral systems analysis, the analysis and treatment of autism and related developmental disabilities, and performance-management strategies. Graduate students in Spalding University's Applied Behavior Analysis Program are offered a variety of student support opportunities, practicum placement through partnerships with multiple service provision agencies locally and throughout the state of Kentucky, and involvement with the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
24. Bachelor's Programme in Learning Psychology With an Emphasis in Behavior Analysis |
Heidi Skorge Olaff (Akershus University College), ANNE BAKKE (Akershus University College), Gunnar Ree (Akershus University College), Christoffer K. Eilifsen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Norway has more behavior analysts per capita than any other country. However, the link to academia has been rather weak. Since 2008 we have offered a bachelor program in behaviour analysisthat givesbasic competence in behavioral science in the research and practical field. The study will increase the knowledge about how human behaviour influence and changes, and how human behaviour can be analyzed in interaction with the environment. The program will give a substantial introduction to how basic learning principles applies within different areas in the field. The bachelor program will allowyouto study behavior analyses more extended through our master program in Learning in Complex System and PhD in Behaviour Analysis. The study is arranged for exchanges of students internationally and internationally. We'll welcome international students. |
|
25. Behavior Analysis at James Madison University |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the Behavior Analysis Concentration within the undergraduate Psychology major as well as the Behaivor Analysis and Clinical Research concentrations within the Psychological Sciences master's program. |
|
26. California State University, Sacramento: Behavior Analysis Program |
Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), BECKY PENROD (California State University, Sacramento), Michelle Waddell (California State University, Sacramento), Jillian Kay LaBrie (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan Fernand (California State University, Sacramento), Evelyn C. Sprinkle (California State University, Sacramento), Laura Gardella (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A. level behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral (Ph.D.) programs in applied bhavior analysis or experimental analysis of behavior. Our program follows a small, boutique, scientist-practitioner model, where students work closely with faculty on research and clinical projects. We only accept 6 graduate students per year. Our graduates are extremely marketable in California and are typically employed by school districts, private schools or agencies providing services to individuals with learning, emotional or developmental disabilities. The ABA program coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA). |
|
27. Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale |
MOLLIE J. HORNER-KING (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Leigh Karole Grannan (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kirsten Schaper (Southern Illinois University), Sherell Sparks (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders provides empirically supported assessment, intervention, and consultation services for persons with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and their families. Parent and community provider training and consultation also are offered. The Center provides clinical and research training for graduate students in the Behavior Analysis & Therapy, Communication Disorders & Sciences, and other university programs. Supervisors and graduate students from multiple disciplines work together to design and implement treatments for individual and group therapy sessions. This model allows for more comprehensive service and provides graduate students direct experience with professionals in other fields. Clientele served at the center includes children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and their families, children with severe deficits in language and social behaviors, as well as school and community providers. The Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders is a partner in The Autism Program (TAP). TAP is a systems initiative, a network of resources forASD in the state of Illinois. TAP provides the strategy and framework for the state of Illinois to address the complex issues involved in diagnosis, treatment and research for the thousands of children in Illinois with ASDs. |
|
28. University of Manitoba, Canada MA and PhD Programs |
JAVIER VIRUES (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Graduate study in the Department of Psychology at the University of Manitoba is offered at both the MA and the PhD levels. The primary purpose of the program is to provide training in several specialized areas of psychology for individuals desiring to advance their level of knowledge, their research skills, and their applied capabilities. The MA program is designed to provide a broad foundation in the scientific approach to psychology, as well as specialized skills. The PhD program provides a higher degree of specialization coupled with more intensive training in research and application. The University of Manitoba offers admission into the areas of Behavioural Experimental Psychology, Clinical Behavioural Psychology, and has recently extended their areas of admission to include the Applied Behavioural Analysis Program. The Department of Psychology offers research and applied training at both the MA and PhD levels in Applied Behavioural Analysis. Programs and research opportunities are tailored to meet the interests of individual students. Students receive supervised training in the practice of Applied Behavioural Analysis. The program is also BACB-approved. |
|
29. Akershus University Norway Master's and PhD Programs in Behavior Analysis |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Science at Akershus University College (AUC), Norway, is proud to announce the start of a Ph D program in behavior analysis. Applications are accepted from prospective candidates for the program, which starts in the fall semester 2010. The program has an educational component of 30 study points (ECTS) and two mandatory courses, Research methods and statistics and Ethics and professional standards. Elective courses are The philosophical and conceptual basis of radical behaviorism and behavior analysis, Learning and complex behavior: Advanced concepts - research and application, Complexity, science and society, Pervasive Developmental Disorders- diagnosis, etiology, prevalence and intervention, Complex stimulus control- research and application and Empirically Supported Treatments - research, control and validation. Since 2004 have offered a master program in behavior analysis; Master in Learning in Complex Systems. |
|
30. Sage Graduate School's Online Applied Behavior Analysis M.A. and Certificate Program |
MICHELLE TURAN (University of Windsor), Dana R. Reinecke (Room to Grow), Benjamin C. Mauro (Positive Behavioral Dynamics, LLC) |
Abstract: Are you interested in working with people diagnosed with autism? Do you want to learn effective strategies that will make a difference to children and adults with this disorder? Then the Sage School of Education Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism is for you.
The program follows a "scientist-practitioner" model of training where all instruction is grounded in the scientific approach towards studying behavior. You will learn about research design, the importance of empirical evidence, and the focus on experimentation to discern causes of behavior.
The goals of the MS program are: (1) to prepare students to work with persons with autism, (2) to give the students the educational and skill competence necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, and (3) to increase the number of professionals who have behavioral skills.
The on-line format of our coursework allows for a multi-media presentation of material. In each course, students are given varied access to proven learning tools for their own growth and improved comprehension.
Our professors are all Behavior Analysts who enjoy using our technology who are focused on training professionals in the best, evidence-based practices in the treatment of autism, while individualizing each student’s educational experience. |
|
31. Louisiana State University School Psychology Program |
JOANNA LOMAS (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Sarah K. Slocum (Louisiana State University), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University), Jessica Schuh-Claus (Louisiana State University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Louisiana State University), Megan L Kliebert (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The School Psychology Ph.D. program at Louisiana State University is accredited by NASP, APA, and includes a course sequence that is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The department is small and collegial with a student to faculty ratio of about 6:1, which provides students with frequent and high quality contact with their major professor. The orientation of the program is strongly rooted in behavior analysis. In addition to coursework, this program emphasizes a "hands on" approach to practicum work and research in homes, schools, clinics, hospitals, and institutions. Graduates of our program are well trained to pursue careers in academics, research, or as practitioners. All of the School Psychology faculty have obtained external funding to support their research and training programs. The School Psychology program has been identified as among the top 3 in School Psychology programs nationally in scholarly productivity (Caper & Williams, 2004) and as one of the top 6 most prolific institutions for publishing in behavior-analytic journals (Shabani, Carr, Petursdottir, Esch, & Gillett, 2004). |
|
32. The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program at Sam Houston State University |
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Sam Houston State University), Chad Rose (Sam Houston State University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University) |
Abstract: The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism (LIDA) Program at Sam Houston State University is a blend of special education and applied behavior analysis (ABA) coursework. Also, students have a year of supervised fieldwork in ABA with both individual and group supervision provided by faculty. The program is designed for working professionals with courses offered in the evenings and over the summer. We welcome students from a variety of backgrounds; students do not need to have an undergraduate degree in education. Most students take two courses per semester and graduate with an MA or MEd in special education in two years. Students who already have a master�s degree can take courses for certification only. Both the course sequence and the field experience classes are approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. |
|
33. University of Michigan-Dearborn Online M.Ed. in Special Education, Inclusion Specialist Certificate |
KIM KILLU (University of Michigan - Dearborn), Belinda Davis Lazarus (University of Michigan - Dearborn) |
Abstract: The online Master of Education in Special Education degree program with an Inclusion Specialist Certificate at the University of Michigan-Dearborn offers students the convenience of earning a masters degree from anywhere in the world. Students learn to identify, manage, and teach students with disabilities in the general education classroom via Internet courses that may be completed at anytime from home, school, work, or any other place with Internet access. The 30 credit hour degree program requires the completion of 10 courses and has many features including: all coursework offered via the Internet, courses in characteristics, assessment, strategies, collaboration, and classroom management, online assignments, discussions, and Internet activities, convenient anytime/anywhere learning, opportunities to interact with other teachers from many different geographic locations, and e-mail or phone advising. The program is fully accredited by the Higher Learning Commission and the Michigan Department of Education. University of Michigan-Dearborn faculty are devoted to teaching and committed to student achievement. |
|
34. University of Pittsburgh Special Education and Applied Behavior Analysis |
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh), Cynthia R. Johnson (University of Pittsburgh Medical Center), Benjamin L. Handen (University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine), Diana Knoll (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: The University of Pittsburgh offers different ways to achieve Board Certification in Behavior Analysis while receiving your degree. For example, students accepted into either the doctoral or general masters in Special Education program can embed the five course BCBA sequence and eight supervised practicum hours as part of their degree allowing students to sit for the test at the conclusion of their studies. Additionally, non-education majors and employed students can enroll in the course sequence working toward certification. The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Pittsburgh includes instructors from the University of Pittsburgh Special Education Program, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Children's Hospital, and Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic. |
|
35. Saint Joseph's University-BACB Approved Curriculum |
PATRICIA GRIFFIN (Saint Joseph's University) |
Abstract: Saint Joseph's University is the leading provider of education in behavior analysis. As the only Behavior Analyst Board Certified (BACB) approved curriculum with a forensic specialization, the department serves the needs of behavior specialists, mobile therapists, educational consultants, speech-language pathologists, school counselors, social workers, criminal justice professionals, and human services professionals. Though the application of behavior analysis is broad and versatile, it is now recognized as a best practice in the field of autism, behavioral health, addiction, and corrections. Students who complete the designated course of study meet the requirements to taking the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Examination. Coursework is offered as a concentration in the M.S. in Criminal Justice or as a Post-Masters Certificate. Through this program students will develop the skills to transfer basic principles of behavior analysis into effective comprehensive functional behavioral assessments, behavioral interventions, and program evaluation. Program flexibility allows a student to qualify for the BCBA Examination, through the completion of required courses, or to continue studies to obtain a M.S. in Criminal Justice. |
|
36. University of South Florida Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAURA ANN HANRATTY (University of South Florida), Ashley Breeden (University of South Florida), Errity Jones (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Masters program at the University of South Florida is a two year full time program that looks to train master's level clinicians as scientist-practitioners. Both the didactic training and practical experience components are BACB approved and students are eligible to sit for the BACB exam upon completion of the degree. |
|
37. University of the Pacific Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The University of the Pacific offers a master of arts degree in psychology with an optional emphasis in applied behavior analysis. The 30-unit curriculum and the supervised experience students receive are both approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Boards (BACB). The course sequence is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings (e.g., schools, community programs). Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in developing, conducting and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Two faculty and three staff are board certified behavior analysts and can provide the supervision necessary for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a behavior analyst. |
|
38. University of Nebraska Medical Centers Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE M. RODRIGUEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christy Williams (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica. |
|
39. The Chicago School, Los Angeles |
RACHEL S. FINDEL-PYLES (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The Chicago School, Los Angeles (TCS LA) MA and Doctoral programs in ABA were launched in Fall 2008 at the newly opened Southern California campus. The program is designed to meet the needs of working professionals wanting to obtain comprehensive graduate training in Behavior Analysis. Faculty members include Rachel Findel-Pyles (f. Rachel Tarbox), Eric Carlson, PhD, Mitch Fryling, PhD & David Pyles, PhD and Megan Kirby, MA. The program also has nationally and internationally recognized adjunct faculty including Caio Miguel, PhD, Amanda Adams, PhD, Jonathan Tarbox, PhD, Mike Mozzoni, PhD, Hank Schlinger, PhD, and Dennis Dixon, PhD. The Advisory Board includes Pat Ghezzi, PhD, Jane Howard, PhD, Michele Wallace, PhD, and Pat Friman, PhD. The TCS LA ABA program is designed to prepare students in a wide variety of specialization areas including working with individuals with autism, severe behavior problems, instructional design, organizational behavior management, and applications with gerontology, people with traumatic brain injury, and regular and special education. Coursework covers all domains of Behavior Analysis including ABA, EAB, Service Delivery and Theory and Philosophy. Program requirements include: thesis, dissertation, comprehensive examinations, practicum, internship and active participation in a research lab. Please stop by to meet the faculty and students. |
|
|
|
Other Training Programs |
Saturday, May 28, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
1. St. Lawrence College: Canada's First Bachelor's Degree in Behavioural Psychology |
GARY A. BERNFELD (St. Lawrence College), Glenna Hunter (St. Lawrence College), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College), Marie-Line Jobin (St. Lawrence College), Andrew W. McNamara (St. Lawrence College), Deborah K. Smith (St. Lawrence College) |
Abstract: St. Lawrence College has offered a new Bachelor of Applied Arts (Behavioural Psychology) degree since September 2004. This program provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g. graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc). The major areas of study within the program are ABA and cognitive behaviour therapy, as well as behaviourally-orientated courses in Abnormal and Developmental Psychology, Statistics, etc. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities [totalling over 1100 hours] ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from past ABA presidents as well as recognised leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. |
|